# Czech translation for util-linux-man
# This file is distributed under the same license as the util-linux package.
# Copyright © of this file:
# Luděk Brukner <Ludek.Brukner@barco.com>, 2001.
# Ondřej Pavlíček <mox@post.cz>, 2001.
# Petr Kolář <Petr.Kolar@vslib.cz>, 2001.
# Pavel Heimlich <tropikhajma@gmail.com>, 2009.
# Petr Písař <petr.pisar@atlas.cz>, 2022.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: util-linux-man 2.38-rc4\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: util-linux@vger.kernel.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-03-16 17:43+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-19 16:33+01:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Petr Písař <petr.pisar@atlas.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <translation-team-cs@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Bugs: Report translation errors to the Language-Team address.\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
msgstr "HLÁŠENÍ CHYB"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:3
msgid "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues."
msgstr "Pro hlášení chyb (anglicky) použijte systém pro sledování problémů na https://github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "COLORS"
msgstr "BARVY"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:5
msgid "The output colorization is implemented by *terminal-colors.d*(5) functionality.  Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file"
msgstr "Obarvení výstupu je zařízeno pomocí funkcionality v *terminal-colors.d*(5). Výchozí obarvení lze vypnout pomocí prázdného souboru"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:7
msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{command}.disable_"
msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{command}.disable_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:9
msgid "for the *{command}* command or for all tools by"
msgstr "pro příkaz *{command}* nebo pro všechny nástroje z"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:11
msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:14 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:47
msgid "The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting."
msgstr "Globální nastavení lze přebít uživatelským nastavením v _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ a _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:17
msgid "Note that the output colorization may be enabled by default, and in this case _terminal-colors.d_ directories do not have to exist yet."
msgstr "Pamatujte, že obarvení výstupu může být standardně zapnuto a v takovém případě adresáře _terminal-colors.d_ nemusí ještě existovat."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:1 ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:1
#: ../man-common/footer.adoc:1 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "AVAILABILITY"
msgstr "TIRÁŽ"

#.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{configfile}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the name of the configuration file.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "*{configfile}* is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive].\n"
msgstr "*{configfile}* je součástí balíku util-linux, který lze stáhnout z https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[archivu jádra Linuxu].\n"

#.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{lib}* and {firstversion} untranslated, will be replaced with the library name and the version of util-linux where the library appeared for the first time.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:4
msgid "The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version {firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
msgstr "Knihovna *{lib}* je součástí balíku util-linux od verze {firstversion}. Stáhnout jej lze z https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[archivu jádra Linuxu]."

#.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{command}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the command name.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/footer.adoc:4
msgid "The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
msgstr "Příkaz *{command}* je součástí balíku util-linux, který lze stáhnout z https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[archivu jádra Linuxu]."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:1 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:216
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:3 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:114
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:218 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:48
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:39
msgid "Display help text and exit."
msgstr "Zobrazí text nápovědy a skončí."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:100
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:5
msgid "Print version and exit."
msgstr "Zobrazí verzi a skončí."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:2
msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
msgstr "Zobrazí velikosti v bajtech namísto v podobě srozumitelnější lidem."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:7
msgid "By default, the unit, sizes are expressed in, is byte, and unit prefixes are in power of 2^10 (1024). Abbreviations of symbols are exhibited truncated in order to reach a better readability, by exhibiting alone the first letter of them; examples: \"1 KiB\" and \"1 MiB\" are respectively exhibited as \"1 K\" and \"1 M\", then omitting on purpose the mention \"iB\", which is part of these abbreviations."
msgstr "Standardně jednotka, v nichž jsou velikosti vyjádřeny, je bajt, a předpony jednotek jsou v mocninách 2^10 (1024). Zkratky symbolů jsou kvůli lepší srozumitelnosti zkráceny na první písmeno. Například: „1 KiB“ a „1 MiB“ jsou zobrazeny jako „1 K“ a „1 M“, přičemž koncovka „iB“, která je součástí těchto zkratek, je záměrně vynechána."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../man-common/translation.adoc:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "TRANSLATION"
msgstr "PŘEKLAD"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/translation.adoc:6
msgid "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *.po file at GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
msgstr "Autory tohoto překladu lze zjistit nahlédnutím do hlavičky odpovídajícího souboru *.po na GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"

#. TRANSLATORS: Please replace %1 with the address of the mailing list of your
#. translation team.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/translation.adoc:12
msgid "Report man page translation bugs to: <%1>"
msgstr "Chyby v překladu manuálové stránky hlaste (česky) na: <translation-team-cs@lists.sourceforge.net>"

#. addpart.8 -- man page for addpart
#. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "addpart(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute :man manual:
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:10 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:10
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:18 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:10
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:11
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:4
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:4
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:8
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:11
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:11
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:10
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:8
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:4 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:22
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:6
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:4
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:14
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:8 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:6
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:11
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:34
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:4 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "System Administration"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:15 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:15
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:15
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:17
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:9
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:9
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:13
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:16
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:16
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:15
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:24 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:13
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:17 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:16
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:41
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:41
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:43
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:41
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:41
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:17
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:26 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:13
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:11 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:11
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:9 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:9
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:10 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:28
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:26 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:43
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:12 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:47
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:11
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:10
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:14
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:43
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:15
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:20 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:11
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:11
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:13
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:43
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:11 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:34
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:10 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:33
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:34
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:43
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:14
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:14 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:40
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:15
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:43
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:11 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:9
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:9
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:9 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:43
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:10
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:10 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:16
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:46
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:44
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:43
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:45 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:10
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:10
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "JMÉNO"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:18
msgid "addpart - tell the kernel about the existence of a partition"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:19 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:19
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:27 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:19
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:21
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:13
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:13
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:17
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:20
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:20
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:19
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:17
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:21 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:20
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:45
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:45
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:47
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:45
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:45
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:21
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:30 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:17
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:15 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:15
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:13 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:13
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:14 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:32
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:30 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:47
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:16 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:51
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:15
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:14
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:18
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:47
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:19
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:24 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:15
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:15
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:17
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:47
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:15 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:38
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:14 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:37
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:38
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:47
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:21
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:18
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:18 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:44
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:19
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:47
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:15 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:13
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:13
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:13 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:47
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:48 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:14
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:14 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:20
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:48 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:50
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:48 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:47
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:14
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:50 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:14
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "POUŽITÍ"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*addpart* _device partition start length_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:27
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:23
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:27
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:17
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:17
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:21
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:24
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:26
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:23
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:21
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:25 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:26
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:49 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:51
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:51
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:58
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:52
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:53
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:25 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:25
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:36 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:21
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:19
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:17 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:19
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:18 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:36
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:53
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:26 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:57
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:19
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:22 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:22
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:25
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:51
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:23
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:28 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:19
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:19
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:21
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:51
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:24 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:44
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:24 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:43
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:21
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:23
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:46
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:51
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:24
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:39
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:22 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:60
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:51
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:19
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:17
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:31
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:17 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:51
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:52 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:18
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:18 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:24
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:52 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:52
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:54 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:52
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:51
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:53 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:18
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:54 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:18
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "POPIS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" ioctl.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:28
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:28
msgid "This command doesn't manipulate partitions on a block device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:29
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "PARAMETERS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "_device_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:33
msgid "The disk device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "_partition_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:36 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:36
msgid "The partition number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "_start_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:39
msgid "The beginning of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "_length_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:42
msgid "The length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:145
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:74
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:220 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:159
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:51 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:98
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:53 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:54
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:74 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:86
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:111 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:135
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:42 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:447
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:48 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:56
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:59
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:63
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:84
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:70
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:67
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:73 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:55
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:124 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:161
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:131 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:38
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:67 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:129
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:145 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:75
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:72 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:179
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:67
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:235 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:151
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:107 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:240
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:101 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:168
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:440 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:108
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:71
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:100 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:81
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:68
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:103 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:138
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:91 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:109
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:108
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:76 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:81
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:47
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:183 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:117
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:125
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:135
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:83 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:373
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:68
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:88 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:118
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:106
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:75
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1566 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:65
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:137 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:63
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:135 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:92
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:130
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:114
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:164
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:176
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:262 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:100
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:95 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:161
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:75 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:95
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:167 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:81
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:80 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:123
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:92 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:67
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:194 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:22
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:195 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:142
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:61 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "DALŠÍ INFORMACE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*getmntent*(3),\n"
#| "*fs*(5),\n"
#| "*findmnt*(8),\n"
#| "*mount*(8),\n"
#| "*swapon*(8)\n"
msgid ""
"*delpart*(8),\n"
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*getmntent*(3),\n"
"*fs*(5),\n"
"*findmnt*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8)\n"

#
#. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
#. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "blockdev(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:18
msgid "blockdev - call block device ioctls from the command line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _command_ [_command_...] _device_ [_device_...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blockdev* *--report* [_device_...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:30
msgid "The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:45
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:50
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:52
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:45
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:27
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:27 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:33
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:39
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:37
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:139 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:29
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:35 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:31
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:46 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:39
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:27 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:25
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:25 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:33
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:50
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:57
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:67
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:34
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:32 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:41
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:57
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:29
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:34
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:39
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:25
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:48
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:71 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:38
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:90 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:46
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:69 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:63
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:82
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:35
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:35
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:35
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:27
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:74
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:31
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:23
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:32
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:47
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:29
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:23
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:52
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:39 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:56
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:69 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:62
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:28 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:30
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:28 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:60
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:72 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:60
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:56 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:59
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:57
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:58 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:26
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:57 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "VOLBY"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-q*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:35
msgid "Be quiet."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:36 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-v*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:58
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:39
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:88
msgid "Be verbose."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--report*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:41
msgid "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:61
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:23
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:44 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:100
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMANDS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:47
msgid "It is possible to give multiple devices and multiple commands."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--flushbufs*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:50
msgid "Flush buffers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getalignoff*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:53
msgid "Get alignment offset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getbsz*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:56
msgid "Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for example) by filesystem driver on mount."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getdiscardzeroes*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:59
msgid "Get discard zeroes support status."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getfra*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:62
msgid "Get filesystem readahead in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getiomin*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:65
msgid "Get minimum I/O size."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getioopt*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:68
msgid "Get optimal I/O size."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getmaxsect*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:71
msgid "Get max sectors per request."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getpbsz*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:74
msgid "Get physical block (sector) size."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getra*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:77
msgid "Print readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getro*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:80
msgid "Get read-only. Print 1 if the device is read-only, 0 otherwise."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getsize64*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print version and exit."
msgid "Print device size in bytes."
msgstr "Zobrazí verzi a skončí."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getsize*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:86
msgid "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getss*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:89
msgid "Print logical sector size in bytes - usually 512."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getsz*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:92
msgid "Get size in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--rereadpt*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:95
msgid "Reread partition table"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--setbsz* _bytes_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:98
msgid "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once *blockdev* exits."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--setfra* _sectors_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:101
msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same as *--setra* on 2.6 kernels)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--setra* _sectors_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:104
msgid "Set readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--setro*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:107
msgid "Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--setrw*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:110
msgid "Set read-write."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:111 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:139
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:213
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:154 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:94
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:128
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:57 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:441
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:44 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:46
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:55
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:59
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:80
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:66
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:63
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:69 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:51
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:120 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:157
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:126 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:34
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:63 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:70
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:71 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:175
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:49 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:63
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:231 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:100
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:236 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:163
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:435 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:104
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:62
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:99
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:133 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:86
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:100 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:122
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:103
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:47
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:177
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:113 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:81
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:116 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:49
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:383
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:84
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:114
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:154 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:97
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:101 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:45
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:71
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1562 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:61
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:132 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:131
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:122
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:110
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:41
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:257 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:68
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:95 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:325
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:62 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:79
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:187
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blockdev* was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak.\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#. cfdisk.8 -- man page for cfdisk
#. Copyright 1994 Kevin E. Martin (martin@cs.unc.edu)
#. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
#. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
#. preserved on all copies.
#. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
#. manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
#. entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
#. permission notice identical to this one.
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "cfdisk(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:26
msgid "cfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cfdisk* [options] [_device_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cfdisk* is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device. The default device is _/dev/sda_.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:36
msgid "Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:38
msgid "All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using the write command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:40
msgid "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:42
msgid "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and *lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:44
msgid "If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:49
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__when__]"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:51
msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:64
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:49 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:55
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:158 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--lock*[=_mode_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:66
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:51 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:57
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:160
msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *yes*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with *systemd-udevd*(8) or other tools."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:89
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:387 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:105
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-r*, *--read-only*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:57
msgid "Forced open in read-only mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-z*, *--zero*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:60
msgid "Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible script."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:64
msgid "The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key (pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the available commands:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*b*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:67
msgid "Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be available for all partition label types."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*d*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:70
msgid "Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be deleted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:71 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "*h*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:73
msgid "Show the help screen."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:53
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:61 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:140
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*owner*"
msgid "*n*"
msgstr "*owner*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:76
msgid "Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the entire available free space at the current position."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:78
msgid "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*q*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:81
msgid "Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the disk."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:82
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*user*"
msgid "*r*"
msgstr "*user*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:84
msgid "Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that partition.*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:87 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:122
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*user*"
msgid "*s*"
msgstr "*user*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:89
msgid "Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*t*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:92
msgid "Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ partitions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:93
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*user*"
msgid "*u*"
msgstr "*user*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:95
msgid "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an **sfdisk**(8)-compatible script file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:97
msgid "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:99
msgid "It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* command-line option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*W*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:102
msgid "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition table from the disk."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:104
msgid "The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using *partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "*x*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:107
msgid "Toggle extra information about a partition."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "_Up Arrow_, _Down Arrow_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:110
msgid "Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next (previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) partition displayed on the screen."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "_Left Arrow_, _Right Arrow_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:113
msgid "Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the currently selected item."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:115
msgid "All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters (except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the _Esc_ key to return to the main menu."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cfdisk* does not support color customization with a color-scheme file.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:119 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:193
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:128 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:70
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:81 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:101
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:399 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:39
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:129 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:66
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:171
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:188
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:77
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:140 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:106
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:352
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:128 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1505
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:120
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:150 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:127
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:137 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:164
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:117 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "*CFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:123
msgid "enables cfdisk debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:124 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:198
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:403
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:126 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:200
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:405
msgid "enables libfdisk debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:127 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:201
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:405 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:145
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1516 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:129 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:203
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:146 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:85
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:105 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:407
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:62
msgid "enables libblkid debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:130 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:204
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:407 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:199
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:132 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:206
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:409
msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:133 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:207
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:202 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:135
msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:136 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:210
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:409
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<mode>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:138 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:212
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:74 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:88
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:411 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:87
msgid "use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:142 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:444
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:234
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:102 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:50
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:180 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:74
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1565 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:64
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:65
msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:144
msgid "The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8),\n"
"*sfdisk*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. delpart.8 -- man page for delpart
#. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "delpart(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:18
msgid "delpart - tell the kernel to forget about a partition"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*delpart* _device partition_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*delpart* asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified _partition_ (a number) on the specified _device_. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"del partition\" ioctl.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*addpart*(8),\n"
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "fdformat(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:16
msgid "fdformat - low-level format a floppy disk"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fdformat* [options] _device_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is shown for informational purposes only):\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/dev/fd0d360  (minor = 4)\n"
"/dev/fd0h1200 (minor = 8)\n"
"/dev/fd0D360  (minor = 12)\n"
"/dev/fd0H360  (minor = 12)\n"
"/dev/fd0D720  (minor = 16)\n"
"/dev/fd0H720  (minor = 16)\n"
"/dev/fd0h360  (minor = 20)\n"
"/dev/fd0h720  (minor = 24)\n"
"/dev/fd0H1440 (minor = 28)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/dev/fd1d360 (minor = 5)\n"
"/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n"
"/dev/fd1D360 (minor = 13)\n"
"/dev/fd1H360 (minor = 13)\n"
"/dev/fd1D720 (minor = 17)\n"
"/dev/fd1H720 (minor = 17)\n"
"/dev/fd1h360 (minor = 21)\n"
"/dev/fd1h720 (minor = 25)\n"
"/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:49
msgid "The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load the disk parameters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--from* _N_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:54
msgid "Start at the track _N_ (default is 0)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:55
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-t*, *--to* _N_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:57
msgid "Stop at the track _N_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-r*, *--repair* _N_"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:60
msgid "Try to repair tracks failed during the verification (max _N_ retries)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-n*, *--no-verify*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:63
msgid "Skip the verification that is normally performed after the formatting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:89
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:47 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:412
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:114 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:118
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:53 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:133
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:141
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:94 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:157
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:100 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:127
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:68 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:110
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:97
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:125
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:171 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:63
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:124
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:110
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:76 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:110
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:136
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:64
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:142 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:134
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:73 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:86
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "NOTES"
msgstr "POZNÁMKY"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:69
msgid "This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:73
msgid "mailto:almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch[Werner Almesberger]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fd*(4),\n"
"*emkfs*(8),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*setfdprm*(8),\n"
"*ufiformat*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
#. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
#. Copyright (C) 2013 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "fdisk(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:20
msgid "fdisk - manipulate disk partition table"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fdisk* [options] _device_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fdisk* *-l* [_device_...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fdisk* is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:32
msgid "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called _partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk slices' and a `disklabel'.)"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:35
msgid "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. *fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-<size>{M,G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:37
msgid "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S <n> -H <n>* advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:39
msgid "Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should always be backward compatible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _sectorsize_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:44
msgid "Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and 4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This option changes both sector sizes to _sectorsize_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:45
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-B*, *--protect-boot*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:47
msgid "Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:48
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
msgid "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_mode_]"
msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:50
msgid "Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:78
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L*, *--color*[=_when_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:151
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:119
msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:56 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:47
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:78
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:66 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:98
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:37
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-l*, *--list*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:58
msgid "List the partition tables for the specified devices and then exit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:60
msgid "If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/partitions_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-x*, *--list-details*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:63
msgid "Like *--list*, but provides more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:67
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:69
msgid "Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', 'g', etc.)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:69
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:189 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:69
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:37 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:97
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:78 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:45
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:48 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:28
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:43
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-o*, *--output* _list_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:191
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:58
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:67
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:45
msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:74
msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:76
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-s*, *--getsz*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:78
msgid "Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:79 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:29
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-t*, *--type* _type_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:81
msgid "Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable support for all other types."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--units*[=_unit_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:84
msgid "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the *-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '**-u=**__cylinders__'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--cylinders* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:87
msgid "Specify the _number_ of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody would want to do so."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-H*, *--heads* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:90
msgid "Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 and 16."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--sectors* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:93
msgid "Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable value is 63."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:94 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--wipe* _when_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:96
msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:97 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:210
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-W*, *--wipe-partitions* _when_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:99
msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:102 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:117
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:215 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:36
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Display help text and exit."
msgid "Display version information and exit."
msgstr "Zobrazí text nápovědy a skončí."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEVICES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:106
msgid "The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ (IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:108
msgid "The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt_ file)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "SIZES"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:114
msgid "The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of sectors or by {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:118
msgid "If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the partition)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:120
msgid "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:124
msgid "The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:126
msgid "For backward compatibility *fdisk* also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes are deprecated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:127
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "CONFIG FILES"
msgid "SCRIPT FILES"
msgstr "KONFIGURAČNÍ SOUBORY"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fdisk* allows reading (by 'I' command) *sfdisk*(8) compatible script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the device.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:132
msgid "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to the script file by command 'O'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:134
msgid "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "DISK LABELS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "*GPT (GUID Partition Table)*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:139
msgid "GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:141
msgid "Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:143
msgid "GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a UEFI boot loader."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "*DOS-type (MBR)*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:146
msgid "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called `primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting from 5."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:148
msgid "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in 32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be unsupported in some later *fdisk* version."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions.* *fdisk* does not care about cylinder boundaries by default.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "*BSD/Sun-type*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:154
msgid "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS partition."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "*IRIX/SGI-type*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:157
msgid "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled `volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:159
msgid "A *sync*(2) and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "DOS mode and DOS 6.x WARNING"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:163
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things like* *geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really want* *DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and cylinder* *units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk command-line options.*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:165
msgid "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:167
msgid "The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk*(8) to change the size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command *dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fdisk* usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:171
msgid "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required for good cooperation with other systems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:173
msgid "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first partition)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:175
msgid "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:177
msgid "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) programs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:180
msgid "The logical color names supported by *fdisk* are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:181 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:392
#, no-wrap
msgid "*header*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:183 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:394
msgid "The header of the output tables."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "*help-title*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:186
msgid "The help section titles."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:187 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:394
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:167
#, no-wrap
msgid "*warn*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:189 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:396
msgid "The warning messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:190 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:396
#, no-wrap
msgid "*welcome*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:192 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:398
msgid "The welcome message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:195
#, no-wrap
msgid "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:197
msgid "enables fdisk debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:209 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:204
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:156
msgid "use visible padding characters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:217
msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:219
msgid "The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and others."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*cfdisk*(8),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8),\n"
"*sfdisk*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "fsck(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:16
msgid "fsck - check and repair a Linux filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_]] [*-t* _fstype_] [_filesystem_...] [*--*] [_fs-specific-options_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck* is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux filesystems. _filesystem_ can be a device name (e.g., _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), a mount point (e.g., _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), or an filesystem label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or LABEL=root). Normally, the *fsck* program will try to handle filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of time needed to check all of them.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:26
msgid "If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:28
msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:42
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:80 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:35
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:69 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:51
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:87
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:59
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1469
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:95
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*0*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:82
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:81
msgid "No errors"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:37
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:89
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:62
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1472
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:46 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*1*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33
msgid "Filesystem errors corrected"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:55
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:770
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1475 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*2*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35
msgid "System should be rebooted"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:44
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:71
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1478 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*4*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86
msgid "Filesystem errors left uncorrected"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:46
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:71
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1481 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*8*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:83
msgid "Operational error"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1484
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "*16*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:92
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:85
msgid "Usage or syntax error"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1487
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "*32*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:43
msgid "Checking canceled by user request"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*128*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:45
msgid "Shared-library error"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:47
msgid "The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:49
msgid "In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is undefined then fallback to _/sbin_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:51
msgid "Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:44
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:56
msgid "Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/<diskname>.lock_) for whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or DM) - this feature is not implemented yet."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r* [_fd_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:59
msgid "Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck run. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:63
msgid "GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine parsable format. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:59
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:392
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:68
msgid "Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: *e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if you do not.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t* _fslist_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:71
msgid "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those listed filesystems will be checked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:73
msgid "Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:75
msgid "For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:77
msgid "For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of *loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified as an argument to the *-t* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:79
msgid "Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-A*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:82
msgid "Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:84
msgid "The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, *fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck* does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel with any other device. See below for *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* setting. The _/sys_ filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:88
msgid "Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive paging is a concern."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck* normally does not check whether the device actually exists before calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may be used to have *fsck* skip non-existing devices. *fsck* also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem type *auto*.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C* [_fd_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:93
msgid "Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:94 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:96
msgid "Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:99
msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-P*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:102
msgid "When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is really the right solution)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-R*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:105
msgid "When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. (This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-write.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:108
msgid "Don't show the title on startup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-V*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:111
msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:112
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-?*, *--help*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:115
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*--version*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILESYSTEM SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-specific checker!*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:123
msgid "These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:125
msgid "Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:127
msgid "Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:131
msgid "The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment variables:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:132
#, no-wrap
msgid "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:134
msgid "If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "*FSCK_MAX_INST*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:137
msgid "This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run based on gathering accounting data from the operating system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "*PATH*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:140
msgid "The *PATH* environment variable is used to find filesystem checkers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:141
#, no-wrap
msgid "*FSTAB_FILE*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:143
msgid "This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers who are testing *fsck*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:147
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:149 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:56
msgid "enables libmount debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:150 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:134
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:109 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:137
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:29 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:111
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:119 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:82
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:50
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:120
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:360 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:133
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1522 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:56
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:71 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:114
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:128 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:59
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:161 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:76
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:296 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "SOUBORY"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:153 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:50
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1526 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:133
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/fstab_"
msgstr "_/etc/fstab_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:158
msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:172
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fstab*(5),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*fsck.ext2*(8) or *fsck.ext3*(8) or *e2fsck*(8),\n"
"*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
"*fsck.jfs*(8),\n"
"*fsck.nfs*(8),\n"
"*fsck.minix*(8),\n"
"*fsck.msdos*(8),\n"
"*fsck.vfat*(8),\n"
"*fsck.xfs*(8),\n"
"*reiserfsck*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "fsck.cramfs(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:12
msgid "fsck.cramfs - fsck compressed ROM file system"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck.cramfs* [options] _file_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck.cramfs* is used to check the cramfs file system.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:56
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:96
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:39 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:28
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:101 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:83
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:98
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:84
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:168
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:95 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:436
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:105
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:86
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:111 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:71
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-v*, *--verbose*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:25 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:37
msgid "Enable verbose messaging."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--blocksize* _blocksize_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:28
msgid "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at creation time. Only used for *--extract*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--extract*[=_directory_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:31
msgid "Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the _file_ to _directory_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:37
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:46
msgid "This option is silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-y*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:76
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:50
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:67 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:75
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:65 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:47
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:97
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:106 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:148
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:49 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:182
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:83 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:185
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:126 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:60
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:173 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:93
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:88 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:66
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:342 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:120
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1465
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:91
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:72
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "NÁVRATOVÁ HODNOTA"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:37
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:71 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:53
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:89 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:130
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:60
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:70 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1471
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:97
msgid "success"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:46
msgid "file system was left uncorrected"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:73
msgid "operation error, such as unable to allocate memory"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:50
msgid "usage information was printed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.cramfs*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be freely distributed.
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "fsck.minix(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:16
msgid "fsck.minix - check consistency of Minix filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck.minix* [options] _device_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:26
msgid "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:28
msgid "The _device_ name will usually have the following form:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|/dev/hda[1-63] |IDE disk 1\n"
"|/dev/hdb[1-63] |IDE disk 2\n"
"|/dev/sda[1-15] |SCSI disk 1\n"
"|/dev/sdb[1-15] |SCSI disk 2\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:40
msgid "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:31
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "WARNING"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsck.minix* should *not* be used on a mounted filesystem. Using *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:49
msgid "List all filenames."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-r*, *--repair*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:52
msgid "Perform interactive repairs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-a*, *--auto*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:55
msgid "Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-s*, *--super*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:61
msgid "Output super-block information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:62
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-m*, *--uncleared*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:64
msgid "Activate MINIX-like \"mode not cleared\" warnings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:65 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:44
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:152 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:46
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:95
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:73
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--force*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:67
msgid "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:70 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:321
#, no-wrap
msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:73
msgid "There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most commonly seen in normal usage."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:75
msgid "If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:79
msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck.minix* is the sum of the following:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*3*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84
msgid "Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was mounted"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*7*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88
msgid "Combination of exit statuses 3 and 4"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:97
msgid "mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fsck*(8),\n"
"*fsck.ext2*(8),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
"*reboot*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "isosize(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:12
msgid "isosize - output the length of an iso9660 filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*isosize* [options] _iso9660_image_file_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:20
msgid "This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e.g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a large number (>> 4 GB)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:23
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-x*, *--sectors*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:25
msgid "Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:26 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:42
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--divisor* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:28
msgid "Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the block size then the shown value will be the block count."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:30
msgid "The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the end of an iso9660 image."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39
msgid "generic failure, such as invalid usage"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:74
msgid "all failed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:91
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:65
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1490
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "*64*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:43
msgid "some failed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "mkfs(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:12
msgid "mkfs - build a Linux filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_fs-options_] _device_ [_size_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs.<type> utils.*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:24
msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:26
msgid "In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:31
msgid "Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "_fs-options_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:34
msgid "Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:35
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-V*, *--verbose*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:37
msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:40
msgid "(Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:51
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:151 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:67
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:153 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:141
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:129 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:50
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:89
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1548 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:67
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:313 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:155
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:163 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:70
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:145 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:44
msgid "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:50
msgid "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:52
msgid "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the ext2 filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fs*(5),\n"
"*badblocks*(8),\n"
"*fsck*(8),\n"
"*mkdosfs*(8),\n"
"*mke2fs*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.bfs*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.ext3*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.ext4*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.vfat*(8),\n"
"*mkfs.xfs*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 1999 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
#. May be freely distributed.
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "mkfs.bfs(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:16
msgid "mkfs.bfs - make an SCO bfs filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs.bfs* [options] _device_ [_block-count_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs.bfs* creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a disk partition or a file accessed via the loop device).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:26
msgid "The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N*, *--inodes* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:31
msgid "Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on the size of the partition."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:32
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-V*, *--vname* _label_"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:34
msgid "Specify the volume _label_. I have no idea if/where this is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:35
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-F*, *--fname* _name_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:37
msgid "Specify the filesystem _name_. I have no idea if/where this is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:40 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:73
msgid "Explain what is being done."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:41 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:49
msgid "Option *-V* only works as *--version* when it is the only option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:53
msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when something went wrong."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "mkfs.cramfs(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:12
msgid "mkfs.cramfs - make compressed ROM file system"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs.cramfs* [options] _directory file_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:20
msgid "Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file systems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:22
msgid "The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:24
msgid "File sizes are limited to less than 16 MB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:26
msgid "Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:27 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:125
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:35 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:35
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "ARGUMENTS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:30
msgid "The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to generate a compressed filesystem out of."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:32
msgid "The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-E*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:40
msgid "Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b* _blocksize_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:43
msgid "Use defined block size, which has to be divisible by page size."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e* _edition_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:46
msgid "Use defined file system edition number in superblock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N* _big, little, host_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:49
msgid "Use defined endianness. Value defaults to _host_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i* _file_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:52
msgid "Insert a _file_ to cramfs file system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n* _name_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:55
msgid "Set name of the cramfs file system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:56 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:58
msgid "Pad by 512 bytes for boot code."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:61
msgid "This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry sorting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-z*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:64
msgid "Make explicit holes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
#. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
#. Copyright (C) 2013 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "mkfs.minix(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:19
msgid "mkfs.minix - make a Minix filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs.minix* [options] _device_ [_size-in-blocks_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk partition).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:29
msgid "The _device_ is usually of the following form:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE disk 1)\n"
"/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE disk 2)\n"
"/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI disk 1)\n"
"/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI disk 2)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:38
msgid "The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:40
msgid "The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:41
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-c*, *--check*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:45
msgid "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are found, the count is printed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--namelength* _length_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:48
msgid "Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only value 60. The default is 30."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--inodes* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:54
msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--badblocks* _filename_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:57
msgid "Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-1*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:60
msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem. This is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-2*, *-v*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:63
msgid "Make a Minix version 2 filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-3*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:66
msgid "Make a Minix version 3 filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:69
msgid "The long option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:86
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=<mode>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:78
msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.minix* is one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:79 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:109
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:128 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:68
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "8"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:83
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "126"
msgid "16"
msgstr "126"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:91
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*mesg*(1),\n"
#| "*talk*(1),\n"
#| "*who*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*fsck*(8),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
"*reboot*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "mkswap(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:16
msgid "mkswap - set up a Linux swap area"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkswap* [options] _device_ [_size_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkswap* sets up a Linux swap area on a device or in a file.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:26
msgid "The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type 82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:28
msgid "The _size_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:30
msgid "After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon*(8) command to start using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:34
msgid "The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkswap*, like many others mkfs-like utils, *erases the first partition block to make any previous filesystem invisible.*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:38
msgid "However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk label (SUN, BSD, ...)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:43
msgid "Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:46
msgid "Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:48
msgid "Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on a device with a partition table."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:49 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:195
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:46
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:46 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:72
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:99
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:115
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-q*, *--quiet*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:51
msgid "Suppress output and warning messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:33
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:331
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-L*, *--label* _label_"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:54
msgid "Specify a _label_ for the device, to allow *swapon*(8) by label."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pagesize* _size_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:60
msgid "Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:61 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:65
msgid "Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID. The format of the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like this: \"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The UUID parameter may also be one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*clear*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:68
msgid "clear the filesystem UUID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*random*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70
msgid "generate a new randomly-generated UUID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "*time*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:72
msgid "generate a new time-based UUID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:73
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:75
msgid "Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:76 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:171
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:83
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--verbose*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:78
msgid "Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about detected problems during swap area set up."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:83 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:103
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:60
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:92
msgid "The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the kernel version."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:94
msgid "The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap device is ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:96
msgid "Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the file _/proc/swaps_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mkswap* refuses areas smaller than 10 pages.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:100
msgid "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you can look it up with *getconf PAGESIZE*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:102
msgid "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=swapfile bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:108
msgid "to create 8GiB swapfile."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:110
msgid "Please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use restrictions* (holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. partx.8 -- man page for partx
#. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
#. Copyright 2010 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:19
msgid "partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] _disk_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disk_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:29
msgid "Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions from its bookkeeping."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:31
msgid "The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:34
msgid "partx --show - /dev/sda3"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:37
msgid "This will see sda3 as a whole-disk rather than as a partition."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*partx is not an fdisk program* - adding and removing partitions does not change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-a*, *--add*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:44
msgid "Add the specified partitions, or read the disk and add all partitions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:34
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:37
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:69
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-b*, *--bytes*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:48
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-d*, *--delete*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:50
msgid "Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-g*, *--noheadings*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:53
msgid "Do not print a header line with *--show* or *--raw*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:56
msgid "List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly written scripts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--nr* __M__**:**_N_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:59
msgid "Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format __M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "_M_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:62
msgid "Specifies just one partition (e.g. *--nr 3*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "__M__**:**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:64
msgid "Specifies the lower limit only (e.g. *--nr 2:*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "**:**__N__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:66
msgid "Specifies the upper limit only (e.g. *--nr :4*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "__M__**:**_N_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:68
msgid "Specifies the lower and upper limits (e.g. *--nr 2:4*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:71
msgid "Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:72 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:72
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:103 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:104 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:86
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:48 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:48
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:71
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--output-all*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:74 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:85
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:106
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:50
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:73
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:55
msgid "Output all available columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:106
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:37
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-P*, *--pairs*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:77
msgid "List the partitions using the KEY=\"value\" format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:78 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:78
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:132
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:92 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:52
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:60 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:59
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:102 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:71
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:54
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-r*, *--raw*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:80
msgid "List the partitions using the raw output format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:81
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-s*, *--show*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:83
msgid "List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:86
msgid "Specify the partition table type."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--list-types*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:89
msgid "List supported partition types and exit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:90
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-u*, *--update*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:92
msgid "Update the specified partitions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--sector-size* _size_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:95
msgid "Overwrite default sector size."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:97
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:438 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:57
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:113
msgid "Verbose mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:106 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:142
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:67
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:141 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:37
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:77 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:64
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:81
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:185
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx --show /dev/sdb3"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx --show /dev/sdb3 /dev/sdb"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:112
msgid "All three commands list partition 3 of _/dev/sdb_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:115
msgid "Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:118
msgid "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on _/dev/sdb_ without header."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:121
msgid "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/sda_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:124
msgid "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on _/dev/sdd_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:127
msgid "Removes the last partition on _/dev/sdd_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:132
msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:134
msgid "The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*addpart*(8),\n"
"*delpart*(8),\n"
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "raw(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:12
msgid "raw - bind a Linux raw character device"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _<major>_ _<minor>_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _/dev/<blockdev>_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*raw* *-qa*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*raw* is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does not even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel module later).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*raw* is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ is the device name of an existing raw device node in the filesystem. The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified either in terms of its _major_ and _minor_ device numbers, or as a path name _/dev/<blockdev>_ to an existing block device file.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:30
msgid "The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:32
msgid "Unbinding can be done by specifying major and minor 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:34
msgid "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at all is required to complete the I/O."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:36
msgid "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 bytes for most devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:39
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-q*, *--query*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:41
msgid "Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a new one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:34
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:43
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:33
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:303
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:27
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:54
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-a*, *--all*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:44
msgid "With *-q*, specify that all bound raw devices should be queried."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:50
msgid "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer *open*(2) devices, such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:54
msgid "The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages (*EINVAL*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:56
msgid "Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:60
msgid "mailto:sct@redhat.com[Stephen Tweedie]"
msgstr ""

#. resizepart.8 -- man page for resizepart
#. Copyright 2012 Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
#. Copyright 2012 Red Hat, Inc.
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "resizepart(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:18
msgid "resizepart - tell the kernel about the new size of a partition"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*resizepart* _device partition length_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*resizepart* tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize partition\" ioctl.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:39
msgid "The new length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*addpart*(8),\n"
"*delpart*(8),\n"
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#. sfdisk.8 -- man page for sfdisk
#. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
#. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
#. preserved on all copies.
#. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
#. manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
#. entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
#. permission notice identical to this one.
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:15
#, no-wrap
msgid "sfdisk(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:27
msgid "sfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _device_ [*-N* _partition-number_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _command_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a terminal).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:39
msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The option *--wipe always* disables this protection. Note that *fdisk*(8) and *cfdisk*(8) completely erase this area by default.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* (since version 2.26) *aligns the start and end of partitions* to block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the default values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are used for sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized (reduced or enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified exactly in sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative suffixes.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:45
msgid "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows specified numbers without any optimization."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN disk labels like *fdisk*(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create all partitions including whole-disk system partitions.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* uses *BLKRRPART* (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also *--no-reread*). It's possible that this feature or another *sfdisk* activity races with *systemd-udevd*(8). The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions is to use *--lock* option. The exclusive lock will cause *systemd-udevd* to skip the event handling on the device.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:51
msgid "The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if *-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:55
msgid "The commands are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "[*-N* _partition-number_] __device__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:58
msgid "The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition table according to the specification. See below for the description of the input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an interactive session."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:60
msgid "If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the partition are not modified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:62
msgid "Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-A*, *--activate* __device__ [__partition-number__...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:65
msgid "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on all partitions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:67
msgid "The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:69
msgid "If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an enabled flag."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--backup-pt-sectors* _device_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:72
msgid "Back up the current partition table sectors in binary format and exit. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--delete* _device_ [__partition-number__...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:75
msgid "Delete all or the specified partitions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--dump* _device_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:78
msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to *sfdisk*. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, *--show-geometry* [__device__...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:81
msgid "List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same meaning as this one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:82
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-J*, *--json* _device_"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:84
msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not able to use JSON as input format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--list* [__device__...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:87
msgid "List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be used together with *--verify*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-F*, *--list-free* [__device__...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:90
msgid "List the free unpartitioned areas on all or the specified devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--part-attrs* _device partition-number_ [__attributes__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:93
msgid "Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently supported attribute bits are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Bit 0 (RequiredPartition)*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96
msgid "If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Bit 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:98
msgid "EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read from it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Bit 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:100
msgid "The partition may be bootable by legacy BIOS firmware."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Bits 3-47*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102
msgid "Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the UEFI specification."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Bits 48-63*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:104
msgid "Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, 61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to disable automount."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--part-label* _device partition-number_ [__label__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:107
msgid "Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then print the current partition label."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--part-type* _device partition-number_ [__type__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:110
msgid "Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the current partition type."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:112
msgid "The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. \"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--part-uuid* _device partition-number_ [__uuid__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:115
msgid "Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the current partition UUID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--disk-id* _device_ [__id__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:118
msgid "Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--reorder* _device_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:121
msgid "Renumber the partitions, ordering them by their start offset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--show-size* [__device__...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:124
msgid "List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:125
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-T*, *--list-types*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:127
msgid "Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified by *--label*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-V*, *--verify* [__device__...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:130
msgid "Test whether the partition table and partitions seem correct."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--relocate* _oper_ _device_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:133
msgid "Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT header only. The argument _oper_ can be:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "*gpt-bak-std*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136
msgid "Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "*gpt-bak-mini*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:138
msgid "Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:141 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:66
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-a*, *--append*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:143
msgid "Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:145
msgid "Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in the partition table."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:146 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-b*, *--backup*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:148
msgid "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*. See section *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--color*[**=**__when__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:154
msgid "Disable all consistency checking."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--Linux*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:157
msgid "Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux (and other modern operating systems) is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:161 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:31
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-n*, *--no-act*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:163
msgid "Do everything except writing to the device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:164
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--no-reread*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:166
msgid "Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is in use."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:167
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--no-tell-kernel*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:169
msgid "Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:170
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--backup-file* _path_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:172
msgid "Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset are always appended to the file name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:173
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--move-data*[**=**__path__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:175
msgid "Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:177
msgid "The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word \"@default\" as a _path_ forces *sfdisk* to use _~/sfdisk-<devname>.move_ for the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:179
msgid "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup your data!*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:181
msgid "See also *--move-use-fsync*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:183
msgid "In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original sdc1 will become sdc2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:185
#, no-wrap
msgid "*echo '+100M,' | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1* *echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append* *sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:186
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--move-use-fsync*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:188
msgid "Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new location by *--move-data*."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:193
msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:197
msgid "Suppress extra info messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:198
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-u*, *--unit S*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:200
msgid "Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not supported when using the *--show-size* command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:201
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-X*, *--label* _type_"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:203
msgid "Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the current label may be overwritten by the \"label: <name>\" script header line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:204
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Y*, *--label-nested* _type_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:206
msgid "Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on devices with GPT."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:209
msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the *always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See also the *wipefs*(8) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:212
msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partition, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:213
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-v*, *--version*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "INPUT FORMATS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* supports two input formats and generic header lines.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "Header lines"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:226
msgid "The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the partition table. The header-line format is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:228
#, no-wrap
msgid "*<name>: <value>*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:230
msgid "The currently recognized headers are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "*unit*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:233
msgid "Specify the partitioning unit. The only supported unit is *sectors*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:233
#, no-wrap
msgid "*label*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:235
msgid "Specify the partition table type. For example *dos* or *gpt*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:235
#, no-wrap
msgid "*label-id*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:237
msgid "Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number (with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "*first-lba*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:239
msgid "Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:239
#, no-wrap
msgid "*last-lba*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:241
msgid "Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:241
#, no-wrap
msgid "*table-length*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:243
msgid "Specify the maximal number of GPT partitions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:243
#, no-wrap
msgid "*grain*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:245
msgid "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not modify this variable if you're not sure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sector-size*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:247
msgid "Specify sector size. This header is informative only and it is not used when *sfdisk* creates a new partition table, in this case the real device specific value is always used and sector size from the dump is ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:249
msgid "Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition is specified in the input."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:250
#, no-wrap
msgid "Unnamed-fields format"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:254
msgid "_start size type bootable_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:257
msgid "where each line fills one partition descriptor."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:259
msgid "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma (recommended) or semicolon possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each field is its previous value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:261
msgid "The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes. Since v2.38 when the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, a '{plus}' can be used to enlarge partition by move start of the partition if there is a free space before the partition."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:264
msgid "The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note '{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; existing partitions will be resized as required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:266
msgid "The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:268
msgid "Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:270
msgid "Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:272
msgid "Supported shortcuts and aliases:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:273
#, no-wrap
msgid "*L - alias 'linux'*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:275
msgid "Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:276
#, no-wrap
msgid "*S - alias 'swap'*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:278
msgid "swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:279
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Ex - alias 'extended'*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:281
msgid "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:282
#, no-wrap
msgid "*H - alias 'home'*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:284
msgid "home partition; means 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 for GPT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:285
#, no-wrap
msgid "*U - alias 'uefi'*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:287
msgid "EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:288
#, no-wrap
msgid "*R - alias 'raid'*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:290
msgid "Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:291
#, no-wrap
msgid "*V - alias 'lvm'*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:293
msgid "LVM; means 8E for MBR and E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 for GPT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:295
msgid "The default _type_ value is _linux_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:297
msgid "The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour of 'Ex'."
msgstr ""

#.  TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:300
msgid "_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and for other operating systems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:301
#, no-wrap
msgid "Named-fields format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:304
msgid "This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format to keep your scripts more readable."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:307
msgid "[_device_ *:*] _name_[**=**__value__], ..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:310
msgid "The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:312
msgid "The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition name\"). The fields *start=* and *size=* support '{plus}' and '-' in the same way as *Unnamed-fields format*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:314
msgid "The currently supported fields are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:315
#, no-wrap
msgid "**start=**__number__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:317
msgid "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:318
#, no-wrap
msgid "**size=**__number__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:320
msgid "Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to device I/O limits."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:321
#, no-wrap
msgid "*bootable*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:323
msgid "Mark the partition as bootable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:324
#, no-wrap
msgid "**attrs=**__string__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:326
msgid "Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:327
#, no-wrap
msgid "**uuid=**__string__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:329
msgid "GPT partition UUID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:330
#, no-wrap
msgid "**name=**__string__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:332
msgid "GPT partition name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:333
#, no-wrap
msgid "**type=**__code__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:335
msgid "A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields format for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the same meaning."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:336
#, no-wrap
msgid "EMPTY DISK LABEL"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:339
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* does not create partition table without partitions by default. The lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The empty partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: <name>\" script header line without any partitions lines. For example:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:342
#, no-wrap
msgid "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:345
msgid "creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this feature."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:346
#, no-wrap
msgid "BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:349
msgid "It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two ways."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:350
#, no-wrap
msgid "Dump in sfdisk compatible format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:354
msgid "Use the *--dump* command to save a description of the device layout to a text file.  The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:356
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --dump /dev/sda > sda.dump*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:359
msgid "This can later be restored by:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:361
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk /dev/sda < sda.dump*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:363
#, no-wrap
msgid "Full binary backup"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:366
msgid "If you want to do a full binary backup of all sectors where the partition table is stored, then use the *--backup-pt-sectors* command. It writes the sectors to _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_ files. The default name of the backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files contain only raw data from the _device_. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:369
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --backup-pt-sectors /dev/sda*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:372
msgid "The GPT header can later be restored by:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:375
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda seek=$\\((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:379
msgid "It's also possible to use the *--backup* option to create the same backup immediately after startup for other *sfdisk* commands. For example, backup partition table before deleting all partitions from partition table:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:381
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --backup --delete /dev/sda*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:385
msgid "The same concept of backup files is used by *wipefs*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:387
msgid "Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:391
msgid "The logical color names supported by *sfdisk* are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:401
#, no-wrap
msgid "*SFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:403
msgid "enables *sfdisk* debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:415
msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --rereadpt* instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:417
msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:418 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:205
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:128 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:232
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:94 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:77
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:111
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:88 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:72
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:114
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:100
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:146 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:50
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:67 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:83
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:169 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:227
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:420
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --list --label-nested=mbr /dev/sda*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:422
msgid "Print protective MBR on device with GPT disk label."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:423
#, no-wrap
msgid "*echo -e ',10M,L\\n,10M,L\\n,,+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:425
msgid "Create three Linux partitions, with the default start, the size of the first two partitions is 10MiB, and the last partition fills all available space on the device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:426
#, no-wrap
msgid "*echo -e 'size=10M, type=L\\n size=10M, type=L\\n size=+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:428
msgid "The same as the previous example, but in named-fields format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:429
#, no-wrap
msgid "*echo -e 'type=swap' | sfdisk -N 3 /dev/sdc*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:431
msgid "Set type of the 3rd partition to 'swap'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:432
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --part-type /dev/sdc 3 swap*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:434
msgid "The same as the previous example, but without script use."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:435
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --delete /dev/sdc 2*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:437
msgid "Delete 2nd partition."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:438
#, no-wrap
msgid "*echo \"+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:440
msgid "Enlarge 3rd partition in both directions, move start to use free space before the partition and enlarge the size to use all free space after to the partition, and move partition data too."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:446
msgid "The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from Andries E. Brouwer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:454
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fdisk*(8),\n"
"*cfdisk*(8),\n"
"*parted*(8),\n"
"*partprobe*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 2010 Jason Borden <jborden@bluehost.com>
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "swaplabel(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:16
msgid "swaplabel - print or change the label or UUID of a swap area"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swaplabel* [*-L* _label_] [*-U* _UUID_] _device_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swaplabel* will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition located on _device_ (or regular file).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:26
msgid "If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:28
msgid "If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:35
msgid "Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most 16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* will truncate it and print a warning message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:38
msgid "Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard 8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swaplabel* was written by mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:53
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*mesg*(1),\n"
#| "*talk*(1),\n"
#| "*who*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*uuidgen*(1),\n"
"*mkswap*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#. terminal-colors.d.5 --
#. Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala <ooprala@redhat.com>
#. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. Copyright 2014 Red Hat, Inc.
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:10
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
msgid "terminal-colors.d(5)"
msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"

#. type: Attribute :man manual:
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:12 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:61
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "File formats"
msgstr "Formáty souborů"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:20
msgid "terminal-colors.d - configure output colorization for various utilities"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:24
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
msgid "/etc/terminal-colors.d/_[[name][@term].][type]_"
msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:28
msgid "Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when coloring output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:30
msgid "The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:32
msgid "The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the *TERM* environment variable). The terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is used for all unspecified terminals."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:34
msgid "The _type_ is a file type. Supported file types are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*disable*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:37
msgid "Turns off output colorization for all compatible utilities."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*enable*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:40
msgid "Turns on output colorization; any matching *disable* files are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*scheme*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:43
msgid "Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the utility, the default format is described below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:45
msgid "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEFAULT SCHEME FILES FORMAT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:51
msgid "The following statement is recognized:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*name color-sequence*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:57
msgid "The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:59
msgid "The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape sequences."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "Color names"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:63
msgid "black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "ANSI color sequences"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:67
msgid "The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by semicolons. The most common codes are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|0 |to restore default color\n"
"|1 |for brighter colors\n"
"|4 |for underlined text\n"
"|5 |for flashing text\n"
"|30 |for black foreground\n"
"|31 |for red foreground\n"
"|32 |for green foreground\n"
"|33 |for yellow (or brown) foreground\n"
"|34 |for blue foreground\n"
"|35 |for purple foreground\n"
"|36 |for cyan foreground\n"
"|37 |for white (or gray) foreground\n"
"|40 |for black background\n"
"|41 |for red background\n"
"|42 |for green background\n"
"|43 |for yellow (or brown) background\n"
"|44 |for blue background\n"
"|45 |for purple background\n"
"|46 |for cyan background\n"
"|47 |for white (or gray) background\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "Escape sequences"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:97
msgid "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-escaped notation can be used:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*\\a* |Bell (ASCII 7)\n"
"|*\\b* |Backspace (ASCII 8)\n"
"|*\\e* |Escape (ASCII 27)\n"
"|*\\f* |Form feed (ASCII 12)\n"
"|*\\n* |Newline (ASCII 10)\n"
"|*\\r* |Carriage Return (ASCII 13)\n"
"|*\\t* |Tab (ASCII 9)\n"
"|*\\v* |Vertical Tab (ASCII 11)\n"
"|*\\?* |Delete (ASCII 127)\n"
"|*\\_* |Space\n"
"|*\\\\* |Backslash (\\)\n"
"|*\\^* |Caret (^)\n"
"|*\\#* |Hash mark (#)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:118
msgid "Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as the first character."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:120
msgid "For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of *dmesg*(1), use:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:125
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*comment*"
msgid "Comments"
msgstr "*comment*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:128
msgid "Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "*TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:110
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:132
msgid "enables debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:137
msgid "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:139
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
msgid "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_"
msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:145
msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utilities:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:148 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:160
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n"
msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:151
msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils on a vt100 terminal:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:154
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n"
msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:157
msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils except *dmesg*(1):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:162
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"
msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:164 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:112
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:159
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "AVAILABILITY"
msgid "COMPATIBILITY"
msgstr "TIRÁŽ"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:167
msgid "The *terminal-colors.d* functionality is currently supported by all util-linux utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 2001 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
#. This man page was created for libblkid.so.1.0 from e2fsprogs-1.24.
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
#. Created  Wed Sep 14 12:02:12 2001, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "libblkid(3)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute :man manual:
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:10 ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:35
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:35
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:37
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:35
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "Programmer's Manual"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:19
msgid "libblkid - block device identification library"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*#include <blkid.h>*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cc* _file.c_ *-lblkid*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:29
msgid "The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-coding specific block device names into configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:31
msgid "The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information about partitions and block device topology."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:33
msgid "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:35
msgid "In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you are not able to read the block device directly)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:37
msgid "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine *LABEL/UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or read information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:39
msgid "If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and the on-disk cache will be updated if possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:41
msgid "In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the use of the cache file is *required* in this situation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:158
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "CONFIG FILES"
msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE"
msgstr "KONFIGURAČNÍ SOUBORY"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:45
msgid "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config file see *blkid*(8) man page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*libblkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem utilities, with input from Ted Ts'o. The library was subsequently heavily modified by Ted Ts'o.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:51
msgid "The low-level probing code was rewritten by Karel Zak."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYING"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*libblkid* is available under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL), version 2 (or at your discretion any later version).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:60 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*blkid*(8),\n"
"*findfs*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid(3)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid - DCE compatible Universally Unique Identifier library"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:48
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:48
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:50
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:48
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*#include <uuid.h>*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:52
msgid "The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:54
msgid "The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:76
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:59
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:228 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:82
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONFORMING TO"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:79
msgid "This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:58
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:62
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:83
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:69
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:66
msgid "Theodore Y. Ts'o"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_clear(3)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_clear - reset value of UUID variable to the NULL value"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*void uuid_clear(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:54
msgid "The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable _uu_ to the NULL value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_compare(3)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_compare - compare whether two UUIDs are the same"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*int uuid_compare(uuid_t __uu1__, uuid_t __uu2__)*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:54
msgid "The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ and _uu2_ to each other."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:55
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:72 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:58
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "RETURN VALUE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:58
msgid "Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater than _uu2_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_copy(3)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_copy - copy a UUID value"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*void uuid_copy(uuid_t __dst__, uuid_t __src__;*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:54
msgid "The *uuid_copy*() function copies the UUID variable _src_ to _dst_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:58
msgid "The copied UUID is returned in the location pointed to by _dst_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. %Begin-Header%
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. %End-Header%
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_generate(3)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:46
msgid "uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*void uuid_generate(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_generate_random(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_generate_time(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
"*int uuid_generate_time_safe(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_generate_md5(uuid_t __out__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*name__, size_t __len__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_generate_sha1(uuid_t __out__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*name__, size_t __len__);*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:61
msgid "The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier (UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from *getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and random data generated using a pseudo-random generator."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:63
msgid "The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs generated in this fashion."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:65
msgid "The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or the *uuidd*(8) daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, use *uuid_generate_time_safe*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:67
msgid "The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to *uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:69
msgid "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:71
msgid "The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:75
msgid "The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by _out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuidgen*(1),\n"
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3),\n"
"*uuidd*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_is_null(3)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_is_null - compare the value of the UUID to the NULL value"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*int uuid_is_null(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:54
msgid "The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_parse(3)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_parse - convert an input UUID string into binary representation"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*int uuid_parse(char *__in__, uuid_t __uu__);* +\n"
"*int uuid_parse_range(char *__in_start__, char *__in_end__, uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:55
msgid "The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:57
msgid "The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:61
msgid "Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:65
msgid "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_time(3)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_time - extract the time at which the UUID was created"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*time_t uuid_time(uuid_t __uu__, struct timeval *__ret_tv__)*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:54
msgid "The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the *uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:58
msgid "The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT (the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
#.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
#.    products derived from this software without specific prior
#.    written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
#. DAMAGE.
#. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
#. type: Title =
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuid_unparse(3)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_unparse - convert a UUID from binary representation to a string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*void uuid_unparse(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_unparse_upper(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
"*void uuid_unparse_lower(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:56
msgid "The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by *uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-dependent local default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:58
msgid "If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions *uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:62
msgid "This library unparses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
"*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
"*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
"*uuid_time*(3),\n"
"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
"*uuid_parse*(3)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#. chfn.1 -- change your finger information
#. (c) 1994 by salvatore valente <svalente@athena.mit.edu>
#. This program is free software.  You can redistribute it and
#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
#. There is no warranty.
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "chfn(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute :man manual:
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:12 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:12
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:8
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:6 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:6
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:4 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:4
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:41
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:4
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:9
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:38
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:6
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:6
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:8 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:6
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:38 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:28
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:4 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:26
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:12
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:28
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:8
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:4
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:38
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:6
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:4 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:38
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:4
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:4 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:11
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:39 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:41
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:41 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:38
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:38
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:5
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:41 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:5
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "User Commands"
msgstr "Příručka uživatele"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:20
msgid "chfn - change your finger information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chfn* [*-f* _full-name_] [*-o* _office_] [*-p* _office-phone_] [*-h* _home-phone_] [*-u*] [*-v*] [_username_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chfn* is used to change your finger information. This information is stored in the _/etc/passwd_ file, and is displayed by the *finger* program. The Linux *finger* command will display four pieces of information that can be changed by *chfn*: your real name, your work room and phone, and your home phone.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:30
msgid "Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:32
msgid "In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chfn* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchfn*(1), *lchfn*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--full-name* _full-name_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:39
msgid "Specify your real name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--office* _office_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:42
msgid "Specify your office room number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--office-phone* _office-phone_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:45
msgid "Specify your office phone number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-h*, *--home-phone* _home-phone_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:48
msgid "Specify your home phone number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:51 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "CONFIG FILES"
msgid "CONFIG FILE ITEMS"
msgstr "KONFIGURAČNÍ SOUBORY"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:54
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su*{colon}\n"
msgid "*chfn* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (e.g., shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *chfn*:\n"
msgstr "*su* čte konfigurační soubory _/etc/default/su_ a _/etc/login.defs_. Následující konfigurační položky jsou relevantní pro *su*{colon}\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _string_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:58
msgid "Indicate which fields are changeable by *chfn*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:60
msgid "The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that also the Full Name is changeable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:62
msgid "Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, *CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:64
msgid "If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. This is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:68 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:50
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:96
msgid "Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command syntax was not valid."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:72 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:54
msgid "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*chsh*(1),\n"
"*finger*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*passwd*(5)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#. chsh.1 -- change your login shell
#. (c) 1994 by salvatore valente <svalente@athena.mit.edu>
#. This program is free software.  You can redistribute it and
#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
#. There is no warranty.
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "chsh(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:20
msgid "chsh - change your login shell"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chsh* [*-s* _shell_] [*-l*] [*-h*] [*-v*] [_username_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chsh* is used to change your login shell. If a shell is not given on the command line, *chsh* prompts for one.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chsh* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchsh*(1), *lchsh*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:53
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-s*, *--shell* _shell_"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:35
msgid "Specify your login shell."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-l*, *--list-shells*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:38
msgid "Print the list of shells listed in _/etc/shells_ and exit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "VALID SHELLS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chsh* will accept the full pathname of any executable file on the system.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:46
msgid "The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*setpriv*(1),\n"
#| "*login.defs*(5),\n"
#| "*shells*(5),\n"
#| "*pam*(8),\n"
#| "*runuser*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*passwd*(5),\n"
"*shells*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
"*setpriv*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*shells*(5),\n"
"*pam*(8),\n"
"*runuser*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (C) 1998-2004 Miquel van Smoorenburg.
#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
#. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
#. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#. (at your option) any later version.
#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
#. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
#. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "last(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:29
msgid "last, lastb - show a listing of last logged in users"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:33
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*last* [options] [_username_...] [_tty_...]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:35
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*lastb* [options] [_username_...] [_tty_...]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*last* searches back through the _/var/log/wtmp_ file (or the file designated by the *-f* option) and displays a list of all users logged in (and out) since that file was created. One or more _usernames_ and/or _ttys_ can be given, in which case *last* will show only the entries matching those arguments. Names of _ttys_ can be abbreviated, thus *last 0* is the same as *last tty0*.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:41
msgid "When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually control-C) or a *SIGQUIT* signal, *last* will show how far it has searched through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then terminate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:43
msgid "The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus *last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was created."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lastb* is the same as *last*, except that by default it shows a log of the _/var/log/btmp_ file, which contains all the bad login attempts.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:48
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-a*, *--hostlast*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:50
msgid "Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--dns* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-d*, *--dns*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:53
msgid "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back into a hostname."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:67
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--file* _file_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:56
msgid "Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files will be processed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-F*, *--fulltimes*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:59
msgid "Print full login and logout times and dates."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-i*, *--ip*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:62
msgid "Like *--dns ,* but displays the host's IP number instead of the name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "**-**__number__; *-n*, *--limit* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:65
msgid "Tell *last* how many lines to show."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:66
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*"
msgid "*-p*, *--present* _time_"
msgstr "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:68
msgid "Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:69
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-R*, *--nohostname*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:71
msgid "Suppresses the display of the hostname field."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:72
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-s*, *--since* _time_"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:74
msgid "Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e.g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option is often combined with *--until*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--until* _time_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:77
msgid "Display the state of logins until the specified _time_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--time-format* _format_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:80
msgid "Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The _iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are investigated outside of the system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:81
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-w*, *--fullnames*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:83
msgid "Display full user names and domain names in the output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:84
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-x*, *--system*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:86
msgid "Display the system shutdown entries and run level changes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "TIME FORMATS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:92
msgid "The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(seconds will be set to 00)\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD |(time will be set to 00:00:00)\n"
"|hh:mm:ss |(date will be set to today)\n"
"|hh:mm |(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)\n"
"|now |\n"
"|yesterday |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
"|today |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
"|tomorrow |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
"|+5min |\n"
"|-5days |\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:113
msgid "_/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/btmp_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:117
msgid "The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs information in these files if they are present. This is a local configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:119
msgid "An empty entry is a valid type of wtmp entry. It means that an empty file or file with zeros is not interpreted as an error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:123
msgid "mailto:miquels@cistron.nl[Miquel van Smoorenburg]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:130
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*getmntent*(3),\n"
#| "*fs*(5),\n"
#| "*findmnt*(8),\n"
#| "*mount*(8),\n"
#| "*swapon*(8)\n"
msgid ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*wtmp*(5),\n"
"*init*(8),\n"
"*shutdown*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*getmntent*(3),\n"
"*fs*(5),\n"
"*findmnt*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8)\n"

#. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "login(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:16
msgid "login - begin session on the system"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* _username_|_username_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*login* is used when signing onto a system. If no argument is given, *login* prompts for the username.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:26
msgid "The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in the *CONFIG FILE ITEMS* section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:28
msgid "If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to *passwd*(1) for more information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:30
msgid "The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, *$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:32
msgid "The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:34
msgid "The environment variables defined by PAM are always preserved."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:36
msgid "Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If there is no home directory specified in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check as described below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:38
msgid "If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login time is printed, and the current login is recorded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:43
msgid "Used by *getty*(8) to tell *login* to preserve the environment."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:94
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:46
msgid "Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the *getty*(8) autologin feature."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-h*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:49
msgid "Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the superuser is allowed use this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:51
msgid "Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is _remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-H*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:54
msgid "Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also *LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su*{colon}\n"
msgid "*login* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *login*:\n"
msgstr "*su* čte konfigurační soubory _/etc/default/su_ a _/etc/login.defs_. Následující konfigurační položky jsou relevantní pro *su*{colon}\n"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*ENV_PATH* (string)"
msgid "*MOTD_FILE* (string)"
msgstr "*ENV_PATH* (řetězec)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:63
msgid "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from the directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:65
msgid "The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the *MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:67
msgid "The directories in the *MOTD_FILE* are supported since version 2.36."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:69
msgid "Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in system tools."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*MOTD_FIRSTONLY* (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:73
msgid "Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:77
msgid "Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default value is _no_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:78
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*FAIL_DELAY* (number)"
msgid "*LOGIN_TIMEOUT* (number)"
msgstr "*FAIL_DELAY* (číslo)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:81
msgid "Maximum time in seconds for login. The default value is _60_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:82
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*FAIL_DELAY* (number)"
msgid "*LOGIN_RETRIES* (number)"
msgstr "*FAIL_DELAY* (číslo)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:85
msgid "Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value is _3_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LOGIN_KEEP_USERNAME* (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:89
msgid "Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, but the username is valid. The default value is _no_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:90 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*FAIL_DELAY* (number)"
msgstr "*FAIL_DELAY* (číslo)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:93
msgid "Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login failure. The default value is _5_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:94
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*ENV_PATH* (string)"
msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
msgstr "*ENV_PATH* (řetězec)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:97
msgid "The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:98
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (string)"
msgid "*TTYGROUP* (string)"
msgstr "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (řetězec)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:101
msgid "The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set to the user's primary group."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:103
msgid "The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group identifier."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*HUSHLOGIN_FILE* (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:107
msgid "If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will be enabled for all users."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:109
msgid "If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the file exists in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:111
msgid "The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/.hushlogin_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:113
msgid "If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:114
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (boolean)"
msgid "*DEFAULT_HOME* (boolean)"
msgstr "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (pravdivostní hodnota)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:117
msgid "Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is _yes_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LASTLOG_UID_MAX* (unsigned number)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:121
msgid "Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default value is _ULONG_MAX_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:122
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (boolean)"
msgid "*LOG_UNKFAIL_ENAB* (boolean)"
msgstr "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (pravdivostní hodnota)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:125
msgid "Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The default value is _no_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:127
msgid "Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters their password instead of their login name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:128 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:85
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ENV_PATH* (string)"
msgstr "*ENV_PATH* (řetězec)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:131
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
msgid "If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr "Určuje proměnnou prostředí *PATH* pro běžné uživatele. Výchozí hodnota je _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:132 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:88
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (string)"
msgstr "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (řetězec)"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:133 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:89
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ENV_SUPATH* (string)"
msgstr "*ENV_SUPATH* (řetězec)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:136
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
msgid "If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr "Určuje proměnnou prostředí *PATH* pro uživatele root. *ENV_SUPATH* má přednost. Výchozí hodnota je _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:150
msgid "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:154
msgid "The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by some *rlogind*(8) programs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:156
msgid "A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by *vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:160
msgid "Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:172
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*mail*(1),\n"
"*passwd*(1),\n"
"*passwd*(5),\n"
"*utmp*(5),\n"
"*environ*(7),\n"
"*getty*(8),\n"
"*init*(8),\n"
"*lastlog*(8),\n"
"*shutdown*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#.  Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala (ondrej.oprala@gmail.com)
#.  May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "lslogins(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:14
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems"
msgid "lslogins - display information about known users in the system"
msgstr "fstab - statická informace o souborových systémech"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lslogins* [options] [*-s*|*-u*[=_UID_]] [*-g* _groups_] [*-l* _logins_] [_username_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:22
msgid "Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ and output the desired data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:24
msgid "The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as an error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:26
msgid "The default action is to list info about all the users in the system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:30
msgid "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:33
msgid "Display data about the date of last password change and the account expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--btmp-file* _path_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:36
msgid "Alternate path for btmp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--colon-separate*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:39
msgid "Separate info about each user with a colon instead of a newline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:47
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-e*, *--export*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:42
msgid "Output data in the format of NAME=VALUE. See also option *--shell*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--failed*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:45
msgid "Display data about the users' last failed login attempts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__group__"
msgid "*-G*, *--supp-groups*"
msgstr "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__skupina__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:48
msgid "Show information about supplementary groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:49
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
msgid "*-g*, **--groups**=_groups_"
msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__skupina__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:51
msgid "Only show data of users belonging to _groups_. More than one group may be specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown group names are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:53
msgid "Note that the relation between user and group may be invisible for the primary group if the user is not explicitly specified as group member (e.g., in _/etc/group_). If the command *lslogins* scans for groups then it uses the groups database only, and the user database with primary GID is not used at all."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:54
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-L*, *--last*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:56
msgid "Display data containing information about the users' last login sessions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-l*, **--logins**=_logins_"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:59
msgid "Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or user IDs). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown login names are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:56
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-n*, *--newline*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:58
msgid "Display each piece of information on a separate line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:59
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--noheadings*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:92
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:77 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:47
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:55 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:57
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:44
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:45
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:32
msgid "Do not print a header line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:55
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--notruncate*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:64
msgid "Don't truncate output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:71
msgid "Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:74
msgid "Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:75
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-p*, *--pwd*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:77
msgid "Display information related to login by password (see also *-afL*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:73
msgid "Raw output (no columnation)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:81
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-s*, *--system-accs*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:83
msgid "Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between 101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters *SYS_UID_MIN* and *SYS_UID_MAX* in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--time-format* _type_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:79
msgid "Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time format is designed to be space efficient and human readable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:87
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-u*, *--user-accs*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:89
msgid "Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--wtmp-file* _path_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:94
msgid "Alternate path for wtmp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--lastlog* _path_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:97
msgid "Alternate path for *lastlog*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:98
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*y-*, *--shell*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:85
msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--export*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--export* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:101
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-Z*, *--context*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:103
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Display help text and exit."
msgid "Display the users' security context."
msgstr "Zobrazí text nápovědy a skončí."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:104
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-z*, *--print0*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:106
msgid "Delimit user entries with a nul character, instead of a newline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:90
msgid "if OK,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:112 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:103
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:112 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:131
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:70 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:290
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:93
msgid "if incorrect arguments specified,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:115 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:293
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:117
msgid "if a serious error occurs (e.g., a corrupt log)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:121
msgid "The default UID thresholds are read from _/etc/login.defs_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:122 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:59
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:125 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:141
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:149
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:90 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:431
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:97
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1544 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:82
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:160
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:172 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:91
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:151 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:77
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:119
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:63
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:141 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:183
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "HISTORY"
msgstr "HISTORIE"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:125
msgid "The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first appeared in FreeBSD 4.10."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:105
msgid "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:137
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*group*(5),\n"
"*passwd*(5),\n"
"*shadow*(5),\n"
"*utmp*(5)\n"
msgstr ""

#.  Original author unknown.  This man page is in the public domain.
#.  Modified Sat Oct  9 17:46:48 1993 by faith@cs.unc.edu
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "newgrp(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:14
msgid "newgrp - log in to a new group"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*newgrp* [_group_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*newgrp* changes the group identification of its caller, analogously to *login*(1). The same person remains logged in, and the current directory is unchanged, but calculations of access permissions to files are performed with respect to the new group ID.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:24
msgid "If no group is specified, the GID is changed to the login GID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:33
msgid "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:37
msgid "Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*group*(5)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "nologin(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:12
msgid "nologin - politely refuse a login"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nologin* [*-V*] [*-h*]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nologin* displays a message that an account is not available and exits non-zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field to deny login access to an account.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:22
msgid "If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to the user instead of the default message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:24
msgid "The exit status returned by *nologin* is always 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:28
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
msgid "*-c*, *--command* _command_\n"
msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--init-file*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i* *--interactive*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--init-file* _file_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-i*, *--interactive*\n"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:38
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-l*, *--login*\n"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--noprofile*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--norc*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--posix*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--rcfile* _file_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:48
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-r*, *--restricted*\n"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:50
msgid "These shell command-line options are ignored to avoid *nologin* error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nologin* is a per-account way to disable login (usually used for system accounts like http or ftp). *nologin* uses _/etc/nologin.txt_ as an optional source for a non-default message, the login access is always refused independently of the file.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*pam_nologin*(8) PAM module usually prevents all non-root users from logging into the system. *pam_nologin*(8) functionality is controlled by _/var/run/nologin_ or the _/etc/nologin_ file.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The ancestor of this *fstab* file format appeared in 4.0BSD."
msgid "The *nologin* command appeared in 4.4BSD."
msgstr "Předchůdce formátu souboru *fstab* se objevil v 4.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*passwd*(5),\n"
"*pam_nologin*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "runuser(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:12
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "su - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
msgid "runuser - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
msgstr "su - spustí shell pod jiným uživatelským a skupinovým ID"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*runuser* [options] *-u* _user_ [[--] _command_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:18
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*runuser* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*runuser* can be used to run commands with a substitute user and group ID. If the option *-u* is not given, *runuser* falls back to *su*-compatible semantics and a shell is executed. The difference between the commands *runuser* and *su* is that *runuser* does not ask for a password (because it may be executed by the root user only) and it uses a different PAM configuration. The command *runuser* does not have to be installed with set-user-ID permissions.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:24
msgid "If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use the *setpriv*(1) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:26
msgid "When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive shell as _root_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:28
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side effects caused by mixing environments."
msgid "For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version of *runuser* uses PAM for session management."
msgstr "Z důvodu zpětné kompatibility *su* ve výchozí podobě nemění pracovní adresář a z proměnných prostředí pouze změní *HOME* a *SHELL* (a *USER* a *LOGNAME*, není-li cílový _uživatel_ root). Doporučuje se vždy použít přepínač *--login* (namísto jeho zkratky *-*), aby se zamezilo vedlejším účinkům způsobeným pomícháním prostředí."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:30
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
msgid "Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
msgstr "Pamatujte, že *su* ve všech případech používá PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)), aby upravil konečné prostředí. Přepínače příkazové řádky jako *--login* nebo *--preserve-environment* ovlivňují prostředí před tím, než je změněno systémem PAM."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:32
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Since version 2.38 *su* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
msgid "Since version 2.38 *runuser* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
msgstr "Od verze 2.38 *su* resetuje omezení zdrojů procesu RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS a RLIMIT_NOFILE."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:35
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
msgid "*-c*, *--command*=_command_"
msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:37 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:38
msgid "Pass _command_ to the shell with the *-c* option."
msgstr "Předá _příkaz_ shellu pomocí přepínače *-c*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:40 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:41
msgid "Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the shell."
msgstr "Předá shellu *-f*, což může, nebo nemusí být užitečné v závislosti na shellu."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:41
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
msgid "*-g*, *--group*=_group_"
msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__skupina__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:43
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only."
msgid "The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only."
msgstr "Určuje primární skupinu. Tento přepínač je dostupný pouze uživateli root."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:44
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__group__"
msgid "*-G*, *--supp-group*=_group_"
msgstr "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__skupina__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:46 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:47
msgid "Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary group if the option *--group* is not specified."
msgstr "Určuje doplňkovou skupinu. Tento přepínač je dostupný pouze uživateli root. První zadaná doplňková skupina se rovněž použije jako primární skupina, nebyl-li zadán přepínač *--group*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:47 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:49 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:50
msgid "Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:"
msgstr "Spustí shell jako přihlašovací shell s prostředím podobným skutečnému přihlášení:"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:51
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
msgid "clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
msgstr "vyčistí všechny proměnné prostředí kromě *TERM* a proměnných zadaných v *--whitelist-environment*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:53
msgid "initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*"
msgstr "inicializuje proměnné prostředí *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* a *PATH*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:53 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:54
msgid "changes to the target user's home directory"
msgstr "přejde do domovského adresáře cílového uživatele"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:54 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:55
msgid "sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell"
msgstr "nastaví argv[0] shellu na '*-*', aby se shell stal shellem přihlašovacím"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid *TIOCSTI* ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *su --pty* **-** __username__ *-c* _application_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty* *-u* _username_ *--* _command_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
msgstr "Pro relaci vytvoří pseudoterminál. Nezávislý terminál poskytuje větší bezpečí, neboť uživatel nesdílí terminál s původní relací. Toho lze využít k zabránění vložení řídícího volání *TIOCSTI* terminálu a jiným bezpečnostním útokům na deskriptory souboru terminálu. Rovněž celou relaci je možné přesunout na pozadí (např. *su --pty* **-** __uživatel__ *-c* _aplikace_ *&*). Je-li pseudoterminál zapnut, pak *su* bude pracovat jako prostředník mezi relacemi (synchronizovat standardní vstup a výstup)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | su --pty*), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | runuser --pty -u* _user_), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
msgstr "Tato funkce je převážně navržena pro interaktivní relace. Pokud standardní vstup není terminál, ale například rourou (př. *echo \"date\" | su --pty*), pak příznak *ECHO* pseudoterminálu bude vypnut, aby se předešlo zaneřádění výstupu."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:60 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*"
msgstr "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
msgstr "Zachová celé prostředí. Tj. nenastaví *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, ani *LOGNAME*. Tento přepínač se ignoruje, byl-li uveden přepínač *--login*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:63
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-s*, *--shell*=_shell_"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:65 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:66
msgid "Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is selected according to the following rules, in order:"
msgstr "Spustí zadaný _shell_ namísto výchozího. Který shell by se měl spustit, se vybírá na základě následujících pravidel v tomto pořadí:"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:67 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:68
msgid "the shell specified with *--shell*"
msgstr "shell zadaný pomocí  *--shell*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:68
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-environment* option is used"
msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-environment* option is used"
msgstr "shell určený proměnnou prostředí *SHELL*, je-li použit přepínač *--preserve-environment*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:69 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:70
msgid "the shell listed in the passwd entry of the target user"
msgstr "shell uvedený v záznamu passwd cílového uživatele"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:70 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:71
msgid "/bin/sh"
msgstr "/bin/sh"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
msgid "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
msgstr "Je-li shell cílového uživatele omezený (tj. neuvedený v _/etc/shells_), přepínač *--shell* a proměnná prostředí *SHELL* jsou ignorovány, pokud volajícím není root."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:73 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--session-command=**__command__"
msgstr "**--session-command=**__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:76
msgid "Same as *-c*, but do not create a new session. (Discouraged.)"
msgstr "Stejné jako *-c*, ale nevytvoří novou relaci. (Nedoporučuje se.)"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:76
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__list__"
msgid "*-w*, *--whitelist-environment*=_list_"
msgstr "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__seznam__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:78 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:79
msgid "Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated _list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*."
msgstr "Neresetuje proměnné prostředí uvedené v čárkou odděleném _seznamu_, když se čistí prostředí pro *--login*. Tento seznam se ignoruje pro proměnné prostředí *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* a *PATH*."

#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:81 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONFIG FILES"
msgstr "KONFIGURAČNÍ SOUBORY"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:84
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su*{colon}\n"
msgid "*runuser* reads the _/etc/default/runuser_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *runuser*:\n"
msgstr "*su* čte konfigurační soubory _/etc/default/su_ a _/etc/login.defs_. Následující konfigurační položky jsou relevantní pro *su*{colon}\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:87
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
msgid "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr "Určuje proměnnou prostředí *PATH* pro běžné uživatele. Výchozí hodnota je _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:91 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:100
msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr "Určuje proměnnou prostředí *PATH* pro uživatele root. *ENV_SUPATH* má přednost. Výchozí hodnota je _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:92 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (boolean)"
msgstr "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (pravdivostní hodnota)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:94
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not specified *su* initializes *PATH*."
msgid "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not specified *runuser* initializes *PATH*."
msgstr "Je-li nastaveno na _yes_ a *--login* a *--preserve-environment* nebyly-li zadány, *su* inicializuje *PATH*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:96 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:105
msgid "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and _/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))."
msgstr "Proměnná prostředí *PATH* se může lišit na systémech, kde _/bin_ a _/sbin_ jsou začleněny do _/usr_. Tato proměnná je rovněž ovlivněna přepínačem příkazové řádky *--login* a nastavením systému PAM (např. *pam_env*(8))."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:100
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *su* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n"
msgid "*runuser* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *runuser* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n"
msgstr "Nástroj *su* běžně vrací návratovou hodnotu příkazu, který spustil. Byl-li příkaz zabit signálem, *su* vrátí číslo signálu plus 128.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Exit status generated by *su* itself:"
msgid "Exit status generated by *runuser* itself:"
msgstr "Návratová hodnota vyrobená nástrojem *su* samotným:"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:105 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114
msgid "Generic error before executing the requested command"
msgstr "Obecná chyba před spuštěním požadovaného příkazu"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:105 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "126"
msgstr "126"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116
msgid "The requested command could not be executed"
msgstr "Požadovaný příkaz nebylo možné spustit"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "127"
msgstr "127"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:109 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:118
msgid "The requested command was not found"
msgstr "Požadovaný příkaz nebyl nalezen"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:113
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su_"
msgid "_/etc/pam.d/runuser_"
msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:115 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:123
msgid "default PAM configuration file"
msgstr "výchozí konfigurační soubor PAM"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:116
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_"
msgid "_/etc/pam.d/runuser-l_"
msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:118 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:126
msgid "PAM configuration file if *--login* is specified"
msgstr "konfigurační soubor PAM, byl-li zadán *--login*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:119
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/default/su_"
msgid "_/etc/default/runuser_"
msgstr "_/etc/default/su_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:121
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "command specific logindef config file"
msgid "runuser specific logindef config file"
msgstr "konfigurační soubor logindef určený tento nástroj"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:122 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/login.defs_"
msgstr "_/etc/login.defs_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:124 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:132
msgid "global logindef config file"
msgstr "globální konfigurační soubor logindef"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been refactored by Karel Zak."
msgid "This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by Dan Walsh."
msgstr "Tento nástroj *su* byl odvozen z *su* v balíku coreutils, který byl založen na implementaci Davida MacKenzie. Verze v util-linux byl přepsána Karlem Žákem."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:136
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*setpriv*(1),\n"
#| "*login.defs*(5),\n"
#| "*shells*(5),\n"
#| "*pam*(8),\n"
#| "*runuser*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*setpriv*(1),\n"
"*su*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*shells*(5),\n"
"*pam*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*setpriv*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*shells*(5),\n"
"*pam*(8),\n"
"*runuser*(1)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "su(1)"
msgstr "su(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:13
msgid "su - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
msgstr "su - spustí shell pod jiným uživatelským a skupinovým ID"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "*su* allows commands to be run with a substitute user and group ID.\n"
msgstr "*su* dovoluje příkazům běžet se změněným ID uživatele a skupiny.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:23
msgid "When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional __argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell."
msgstr "Je-li zavolán bez udání _uživatele_, *su* spustí interaktivní shell jako _root_. Je-li _uživatel_ zadán, lze zadat další _argumenty_ a ty budou v takovém případě předány shellu."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:25
msgid "For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side effects caused by mixing environments."
msgstr "Z důvodu zpětné kompatibility *su* ve výchozí podobě nemění pracovní adresář a z proměnných prostředí pouze změní *HOME* a *SHELL* (a *USER* a *LOGNAME*, není-li cílový _uživatel_ root). Doporučuje se vždy použít přepínač *--login* (namísto jeho zkratky *-*), aby se zamezilo vedlejším účinkům způsobeným pomícháním prostředí."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:27
msgid "This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM."
msgstr "Tato verze *su* používá pro autentizaci, autorizaci a správu relace PAM. Některé možnosti nastavení nacházející se v jiných implementacích *su*, jako podpora skupiny wheel, se musí nastavit přes PAM."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "*su* is mostly designed for unprivileged users, the recommended solution for privileged users (e.g., scripts executed by root) is to use non-set-user-ID command *runuser*(1) that does not require authentication and provides separate PAM configuration. If the PAM session is not required at all then the recommended solution is to use command *setpriv*(1).\n"
msgstr "*su* je navrženo pro neprivilegované uživatele. Doporučené řešení pro privilegované uživatele (např. skripty spouštěné rootem) je použít program bez SUID *runuser*(1), který nepotřebuje autentizaci a přitom poskytuje samostatné nastavení PAM. Není-li relace PAM vůbec potřeba, pak doporučeným řešením je příkaz *setpriv*(1).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:31
msgid "Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
msgstr "Pamatujte, že *su* ve všech případech používá PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)), aby upravil konečné prostředí. Přepínače příkazové řádky jako *--login* nebo *--preserve-environment* ovlivňují prostředí před tím, než je změněno systémem PAM."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:33
msgid "Since version 2.38 *su* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
msgstr "Od verze 2.38 *su* resetuje omezení zdrojů procesu RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS a RLIMIT_NOFILE."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__příkaz__"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__skupina__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:44
msgid "Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only."
msgstr "Určuje primární skupinu. Tento přepínač je dostupný pouze uživateli root."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__group__"
msgstr "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__skupina__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:52
msgid "clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
msgstr "vyčistí všechny proměnné prostředí kromě *TERM* a proměnných zadaných v *--whitelist-environment*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:58
msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
msgstr "Zachová celé prostředí. Tj. nenastaví *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, ani *LOGNAME*. Tento přepínač se ignoruje, byl-li uveden přepínač *--login*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:61
msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid *TIOCSTI* ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *su --pty* **-** __username__ *-c* _application_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
msgstr "Pro relaci vytvoří pseudoterminál. Nezávislý terminál poskytuje větší bezpečí, neboť uživatel nesdílí terminál s původní relací. Toho lze využít k zabránění vložení řídícího volání *TIOCSTI* terminálu a jiným bezpečnostním útokům na deskriptory souboru terminálu. Rovněž celou relaci je možné přesunout na pozadí (např. *su --pty* **-** __uživatel__ *-c* _aplikace_ *&*). Je-li pseudoterminál zapnut, pak *su* bude pracovat jako prostředník mezi relacemi (synchronizovat standardní vstup a výstup)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:63
msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | su --pty*), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
msgstr "Tato funkce je převážně navržena pro interaktivní relace. Pokud standardní vstup není terminál, ale například rourou (př. *echo \"date\" | su --pty*), pak příznak *ECHO* pseudoterminálu bude vypnut, aby se předešlo zaneřádění výstupu."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:69
msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-environment* option is used"
msgstr "shell určený proměnnou prostředí *SHELL*, je-li použit přepínač *--preserve-environment*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:73
msgid "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
msgstr "Je-li shell cílového uživatele omezený (tj. neuvedený v _/etc/shells_), přepínač *--shell* a proměnná prostředí *SHELL* jsou ignorovány, pokud volajícím není root."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__list__"
msgstr "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__seznam__"

#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:82 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "SIGNALS"
msgstr "SIGNÁLY"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:85
msgid "Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*."
msgstr "Po přijetí signálu *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* nebo *SIGTERM* *su* ukončí svého potomka a poté ukončí sebe přijatým signálem. Potomek bude ukončen signálem *SIGTERM*. Při neúspěšném pokusu bude po 2 sekundách prodlení potomek zabit signálem *SIGKILL*."

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su*{colon}\n"
msgstr "*su* čte konfigurační soubory _/etc/default/su_ a _/etc/login.defs_. Následující konfigurační položky jsou relevantní pro *su*{colon}\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:93
msgid "Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a non-negative integer."
msgstr "Zpoždění v sekundách v případě selhání přihlášení. Hodnota musí být nezáporné celé číslo."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:96
msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr "Určuje proměnnou prostředí *PATH* pro běžné uživatele. Výchozí hodnota je _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:103
msgid "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not specified *su* initializes *PATH*."
msgstr "Je-li nastaveno na _yes_ a *--login* a *--preserve-environment* nebyly-li zadány, *su* inicializuje *PATH*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "*su* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *su* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n"
msgstr "Nástroj *su* běžně vrací návratovou hodnotu příkazu, který spustil. Byl-li příkaz zabit signálem, *su* vrátí číslo signálu plus 128.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:111
msgid "Exit status generated by *su* itself:"
msgstr "Návratová hodnota vyrobená nástrojem *su* samotným:"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su_"
msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su_"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_"
msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/default/su_"
msgstr "_/etc/default/su_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:129
msgid "command specific logindef config file"
msgstr "konfigurační soubor logindef určený tento nástroj"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:136
msgid "For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the _btmp_ file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ file as well. For example by:"
msgstr "Z bezpečnostních důvodů *su* vždy zaprotokoluje selhané pokusy o přihlášení to souboru _btmp_, avšak vůbec nezapisuje do souboru _lastlog_. Následující řešení pomocí nastavení PAM lze použít k ovlivnění chování *su*. Chcete-li používat modul *pam_lastlog*(8) pro vypisování varování o selhaných přihlašovacích pokusech, pak *pam_lastlog*(8) musí být nastaven tak, aby rovněž aktualizoval soubor _lastlog_. Například:"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:139
msgid "session required pam_lastlog.so nowtmp"
msgstr "session required pam_lastlog.so nowtmp"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:144
msgid "This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been refactored by Karel Zak."
msgstr "Tento nástroj *su* byl odvozen z *su* v balíku coreutils, který byl založen na implementaci Davida MacKenzie. Verze v util-linux byl přepsána Karlem Žákem."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*setpriv*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*shells*(5),\n"
"*pam*(8),\n"
"*runuser*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*setpriv*(1),\n"
"*login.defs*(5),\n"
"*shells*(5),\n"
"*pam*(8),\n"
"*runuser*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (C) 1998-2006 Miquel van Smoorenburg.
#. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
#. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
#. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#. (at your option) any later version.
#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
#. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
#. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "sulogin(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:31
msgid "sulogin - single-user login"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sulogin* [options] [_tty_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sulogin* is invoked by *init* when the system goes into single-user mode.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:41
msgid "The user is prompted:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:43
msgid "Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal startup):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:45
msgid "If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sulogin* will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional _tty_ device that can be specified on the command line (typically _/dev/console_).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:49
msgid "When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the prompt, the system will continue to boot."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-e*, *--force*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:54
msgid "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via *getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* will *start a root shell without asking for a password*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:57
msgid "Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected against unauthorized access."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-p*, *--login-shell*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:60
msgid "Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a login shell."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _seconds_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:63
msgid "Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, *sulogin* will wait forever."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sulogin* looks for the environment variable *SUSHELL* or *sushell* to determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it will try to execute root's shell from _/etc/passwd_. If that fails, it will fall back to _/bin/sh_.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sulogin* was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg for sysvinit and later ported to util-linux by Dave Reisner and Karel Zak.\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright (C) 2010 Michael Krapp
#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
#. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
#. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#. (at your option) any later version.
#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
#. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
#. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "utmpdump(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:29
msgid "utmpdump - dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*utmpdump* [options] _filename_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*utmpdump* is a simple program to dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format, so they can be examined. *utmpdump* reads from stdin unless a _filename_ is passed.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--follow*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:42
msgid "Output appended data as the file grows."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-o*, *--output* _file_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:45
msgid "Write command output to _file_ instead of standard output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-r*, *--reverse*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:48
msgid "Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*utmpdump* can be useful in cases of corrupted utmp or wtmp entries. It can dump out utmp/wtmp to an ASCII file, which can then be edited to remove bogus entries, and reintegrated using:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*utmpdump -r < ascii_file > wtmp*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:60
msgid "But be warned, *utmpdump* was written for debugging purposes only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:64
msgid "Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may become incompatible in future."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:66
msgid "The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift amount of timezone offset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:70
msgid "You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal use, but for debugging only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:74
msgid "Michael Krapp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:81
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*mesg*(1),\n"
#| "*talk*(1),\n"
#| "*who*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*last*(1),\n"
"*w*(1),\n"
"*who*(1),\n"
"*utmp*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1983, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)vipw.8	6.7 (Berkeley) 3/16/91
#. type: Title =
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "vipw(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:46
msgid "vipw, vigr - edit the password or group file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*vipw* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*vigr* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*vipw* edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the password file is already locked for editing by another user, *vipw* will ask you to try again later. The default editor for *vipw* and *vigr* is *vi*(1). *vigr* edits the group file in the same manner as *vipw* does the passwd file.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:64
msgid "If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* and *vigr*:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:65 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "*EDITOR*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:67
msgid "The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the default editor *vi*(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:71
msgid "The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-Linux 2.6."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*vi*(1),\n"
"*passwd*(1),\n"
"*flock*(2),\n"
"*passwd*(5)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:81
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
msgid "The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]"
msgstr "Příkaz *{command}* je součástí balíku util-linux, který lze stáhnout z https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[archivu jádra Linuxu]."

#.  Copyright 2000 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
#.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "blkid(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:15
msgid "blkid - locate/print block device attributes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid* *--label* _label_ | *--uuid* _uuid_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid* *--probe* [*--offset* _offset_] [*--output* _format_] [*--size* _size_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-types* _list_] [*--usages* _list_] [*--no-part-details*] _device_...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid* *--info* [*--output format*] [*--match-tag* _tag_] _device_...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:29
msgid "The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the *libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes (tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID fields)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*It is recommended to use* *lsblk*(8) *command to get information about block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or* *findmnt*(8) *to search in already mounted filesystems.*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsblk*(8) provides more information, better control on output formatting, easy to use in scripts and it does not require root permissions to get actual information. *blkid* reads information directly from devices and for non-root users it returns cached unverified information. *blkid* is mostly designed for system services and to test *libblkid*(3) functionality.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:37
msgid "When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid* has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more specified devices.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:41
msgid "For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:45
msgid "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--cache-file* _cachefile_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:48
msgid "Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see the *CONFIGURATION FILE* section for more details). If you want to start with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:49
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-d*, *--no-encoding*"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:51
msgid "Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-D*, *--no-part-details*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:54
msgid "Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-level probing mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, *--garbage-collect*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:57
msgid "Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which no longer exist."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-H*, *--hint* _setting_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:62
msgid "Set probing hint. The hints are an optional way to force probing functions to check, for example, another location. The currently supported is \"session_offset=_number_\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:33
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-i*, *--info*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:65
msgid "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the *--probe* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:66
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-k*, *--list-filesystems*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:68
msgid "List all known filesystems and RAIDs and exit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:69
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-l*, *--list-one*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:71
msgid "Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the *--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search parameter."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:73
msgid "This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in *--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils (like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:76
msgid "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option works on systems with and without udev."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:78
msgid "Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--match-types* _list_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:81
msgid "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the types which should be ignored. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:85
msgid "probes for vfat, ext3 and ext4 filesystems, and"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:89
msgid "probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is only useful together with *--probe*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--output* _format_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:92
msgid "Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*full*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:95
msgid "print all tags (the default)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*value*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:97
msgid "print the value of the tags"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*list*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:99
msgid "print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:101
msgid "This output format is *DEPRECATED* in favour of the *lsblk*(8) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*device*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103
msgid "print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--label* and *--uuid* options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "*udev*"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {underscore} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:106
msgid "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with '{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe chars."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:108
msgid "The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions including empty partitions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:110
msgid "This output format is *DEPRECATED*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "*export*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:112
msgid "print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are requested."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:114
msgid "The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all potentially unsafe characters are escaped."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:115
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-O*, *--offset* _offset_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:117
msgid "Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be used together with the *--info* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:118
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-p*, *--probe*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:120
msgid "Switch to low-level superblock probing mode (bypassing the cache)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:122
msgid "Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--match-tag* _tag_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:125
msgid "For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no other options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:126 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:157
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-S*, *--size* _size_"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:128
msgid "Override the size of device/file (only useful with *--probe*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:129
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--match-token* _NAME=value_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:131
msgid "Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value _value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the specified devices are searched."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:132
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--usages* _list_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:134
msgid "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of \"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types which should be ignored. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:138
msgid "probes for all filesystem and other (e.g., swap) formats, and"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:140
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:142
msgid "probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful together with *--probe*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:143 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:433
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _uuid_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:145
msgid "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see the *--label* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:151
msgid "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:153
msgid "If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:155
msgid "For usage or other errors, an exit status of 4 is returned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:157
msgid "If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-p*), an exit status of 8 is returned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:161
msgid "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. The following options control the libblkid library:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:162
#, no-wrap
msgid "_SEND_UEVENT=<yes|not>_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:164
msgid "Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. Default is \"yes\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:165
#, no-wrap
msgid "_CACHE_FILE=<path>_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:167
msgid "Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:168
#, no-wrap
msgid "_EVALUATE=<methods>_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:170
msgid "Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:174
msgid "Setting _LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all_ enables debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by Theodore Ts'o and Karel Zak.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:185
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*libblkid*(3),\n"
"*findfs*(8),\n"
"*lsblk*(8),\n"
"*wipefs*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
#. 	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
#. Kim Letkeman.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)cal.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "cal(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:50
msgid "cal - display a calendar"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cal* [options] [[[_day_] _month_] _year_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cal* [options] [_timestamp_|_monthname_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cal* displays a simple calendar. If no arguments are specified, the current month is displayed.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:62
msgid "The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an abbreviated month name according to the current locales."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:64
msgid "Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:66
msgid "Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:69
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-1*, *--one*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:71
msgid "Display single month output. (This is the default.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:72
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-3*, *--three*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:74
msgid "Display three months spanning the date."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n , --months* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:77
msgid "Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S, --span*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:80
msgid "Display months spanning the date."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:81
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-s*, *--sunday*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:83
msgid "Display Sunday as the first day of the week."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:84
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-m*, *--monday*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:86
msgid "Display Monday as the first day of the week."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:87 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:53
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-v*, *--vertical*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:89
msgid "Display using a vertical layout (aka *ncal*(1) mode)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--iso*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:92
msgid "Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:93
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-j*, *--julian*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:95
msgid "Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--reform* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:97
msgid "Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar system. See *DESCRIPTION* above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--reform* _val_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:100
msgid "This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can be:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:102
msgid "_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:103
msgid "_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar system's creation use extrapolated values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:104
msgid "_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic Gregorian calendar."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:105
msgid "_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all calendar output uses the Julian calendar system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:107
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgid "See *DESCRIPTION* above."
msgstr "POPIS"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:108
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-y*, *--year*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:110
msgid "Display a calendar for the whole year."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Y, --twelve*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:113
msgid "Display a calendar for the next twelve months."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--week*[=_number_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:116
msgid "Display week numbers in the calendar (US or ISO-8601). See the *NOTES* section for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--color*[=_when_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Single digits-only parameter (e.g., 'cal 2020')*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:126
msgid "Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: *cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Single string parameter (e.g., 'cal tomorrow' or 'cal August')*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:129
msgid "Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to the current locales."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:131
msgid "The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:133
msgid "The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week ago')."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Two parameters (e.g., 'cal 11 2020')*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:137
msgid "Denote the _month_ (1 - 12) and _year_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Three parameters (e.g., 'cal 25 11 2020')*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:140
msgid "Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, the current month's calendar is displayed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:144
msgid "A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:146
msgid "The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:152
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgid "A *cal* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Příkaz *write* se objevil v AT&T UNIXu verze 6."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:156
msgid "The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:158
msgid "Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported."
msgstr ""

#
#. Copyright 2017 Red Hat, Inc.
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "fincore(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:18
msgid "fincore - count pages of file contents in core"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fincore* [options] _file_...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fincore* counts pages of file contents being resident in memory (in core), and reports the numbers. If an error occurs during counting, then an error message is printed to the stderr and *fincore* continues processing the rest of files listed in a command line.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:28
msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:31 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:90
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:42
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:53
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:25
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:40
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:30 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:36
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:47
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-n*, *--noheadings*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:49
msgid "Do not print a header line in status output."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:39
msgid "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:56
msgid "Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:72
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:39
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:50
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:72
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:113 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:63
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:34
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:34
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:27
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-J*, *--json*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:46 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:74
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:44
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:52 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:51
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:41
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:29
msgid "Use JSON output format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:52
msgid "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*mincore*(2),\n"
"*getpagesize*(2),\n"
"*getconf*(1p)\n"
msgstr ""

#.  Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
#.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "findfs(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:14
msgid "findfs - find a filesystem by label or UUID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findfs* *NAME*=_value_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findfs* will search the block devices in the system looking for a filesystem or partition with specified tag. The currently supported tags are:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LABEL*=_<label>_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:25
msgid "Specifies filesystem label."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*UUID*=_<uuid>_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:28
msgid "Specifies filesystem UUID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "*PARTUUID*=_<uuid>_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:31
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It's also possible to use *PARTUUID=* and *PARTLABEL=*. These partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
msgid "Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables."
msgstr "Rovněž je možné použít *PARTUUID=* nebo *PARTLABEL=*. Tyto identifikátory oddílů jsou podporovány například s tabulkou rozdělení disku GUID (GPT)."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*PARTLABEL*=_<label>_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:34
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It's also possible to use *PARTUUID=* and *PARTLABEL=*. These partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
msgid "Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables."
msgstr "Rovněž je možné použít *PARTUUID=* nebo *PARTLABEL=*. Tyto identifikátory oddílů jsou podporovány například s tabulkou rozdělení disku GUID (GPT)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:36
msgid "If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on stdout."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:38
msgid "The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for example by"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsblk --fs*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*partx --show <disk>*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkid*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:55
msgid "label or uuid cannot be found"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:57
msgid "usage error, wrong number of arguments or unknown option"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findfs* was originally written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o] and re-written for the util-linux package by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*blkid*(8),\n"
"*lsblk*(8),\n"
"*partx*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "findmnt(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:13
msgid "findmnt - find a filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt* [options] [*--source*] _device_ [*--target* _path_|*--mountpoint* _mountpoint_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt* will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem. The *findmnt* command is able to search in _/etc/fstab_, _/etc/mtab_ or _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If _device_ or _mountpoint_ is not given, all filesystems are shown.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:27
msgid "The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows *mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint (and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are not specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:29
msgid "The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then *findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:31
msgid "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:33
msgid "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-one. The filesystem may use more block devices. This is why *findmnt* provides SOURCE and SOURCES (pl.) columns. The column SOURCES displays all devices where it is possible to find the same filesystem UUID (or another tag specified in _fstab_ when executed with *--fstab* and *--evaluate*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-A*, *--all*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:38
msgid "Disable all built-in filters and print all filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:39
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-a*, *--ascii*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:41
msgid "Use ascii characters for tree formatting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:47
msgid "Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--canonicalize*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:50
msgid "Canonicalize all printed paths."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--deleted*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:53
msgid "Print filesystems where target (mountpoint) is marked as deleted by kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:54
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-D*, *--df*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:56
msgid "Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use *--all* to print all filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-d*, *--direction* _word_"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:59
msgid "The search direction, either *forward* or *backward*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-e*, *--evaluate*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:62
msgid "Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding device names for the SOURCE column.  It's an unusual situation, but the same tag may be duplicated (used for more devices). For this purpose, there is SOURCES (pl.) column. This column displays by multi-line cell all devices where the tag is detected by libblkid. This option makes sense for _fstab_ only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-F*, *--tab-file* _path_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:65
msgid "Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:66
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--first-only*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:68
msgid "Print the first matching filesystem only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:69
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-i*, *--invert*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:71
msgid "Invert the sense of matching."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:75
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-k*, *--kernel*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:77
msgid "Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by kernel (see also *--mtab*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:80
msgid "Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option *-F*) is specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M*, *--mountpoint* _path_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:83
msgid "Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:84
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-m*, *--mtab*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:86
msgid "Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--tree*). The output may include user space mount options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:87
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-N*, *--task* _tid_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:89
msgid "Use alternative namespace _/proc/<tid>/mountinfo_ rather than the default _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--options* _list_"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:95
msgid "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:99
msgid "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:101
msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:105
msgid "Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are not included."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:49
msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--poll*[_=list_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:111
msgid "Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:113
msgid "The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--timeout* or *--first-only* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:115
msgid "The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ACTION*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118
msgid "mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*OLD-TARGET*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:120
msgid "available for umount and move actions"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:120
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "OPTIONS"
msgid "*OLD-OPTIONS*"
msgstr "VOLBY"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:122
msgid "available for umount and remount actions"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--pseudo*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:125
msgid "Print only pseudo filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:126
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--shadow*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:128 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:155
msgid "Print only filesystems over-mounted by another filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:129
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-R*, *--submounts*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:131
msgid "Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:134
msgid "Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--real*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:137
msgid "Print only real filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:138
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-S*, *--source* _spec_"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:140
msgid "Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, __maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, **PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:141
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-s*, *--fstab*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:143
msgid "Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--target* _path_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:146
msgid "Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a strictly specified mountpoint."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:147 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:75
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-t*, *--types* _list_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:149
msgid "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For more details see *mount*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:150
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--tree*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:152
msgid "Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., _fstab_)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:153
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--shadowed*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:156
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-U*, *--uniq*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:158
msgid "Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping over-mounted mount points."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:159 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:63
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-u*, *--notruncate*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:161
msgid "Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the *TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:162
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-v*, *--nofsroot*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:164
msgid "Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs subvolumes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:165
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--timeout* _milliseconds_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:167
msgid "Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in milliseconds."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:168
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-x*, *--verify*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:170
msgid "Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option *--verbose* forces *findmnt* to print more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:173
msgid "Force *findmnt* to print more information (*--verify* only for now)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--vfs-all*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:176
msgid "When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS kernel mount options which are normally not listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:177 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:117
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:83
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-y*, *--shell*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:179
msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:187
msgid "The exit value is 0 if there is something to display, or 1 on any error (for example if no filesystem is found based on the user's filter specification, or the device path or mountpoint does not exist)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:190 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1507
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBMOUNT_FSTAB*=<path>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:192
msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:193 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1510
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBMOUNT_MTAB*=<path>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:195
msgid "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:196 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:148
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1513 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:198 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1515
msgid "enables libmount debug output"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:201
msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt --fstab -t nfs*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:209
msgid "Prints all NFS filesystems defined in _/etc/fstab_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:210
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt --fstab /mnt/foo*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:212
msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:213
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/foo*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:215
msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/foo_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:216
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:218
msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to the real device names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:221
msgid "Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is mounted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/foo*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:224
msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on _/mnt/foo_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:225
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/foo*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:227
msgid "Waits for _/mnt/foo_ unmount."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:228
#, no-wrap
msgid "*findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:230
msgid "Monitors remounts to read-only mode on all ext3 filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:239
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*fstab*(5),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "getopt(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:13
msgid "getopt - parse command options (enhanced)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*getopt* _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:19
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _optstring_ [options] [*--*] _parameters_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*getopt* is used to break up (_parse_) options in command lines for easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It uses the GNU *getopt*(3) routines to do this.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:27
msgid "The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:29
msgid "If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first _parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see the *COMPATIBILITY* section for more information)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:31
msgid "Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell (usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the *SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-a*, *--alternative*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:36
msgid "Allow long options to start with a single '*-*'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--longoptions* _longopts_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:39
msgid "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--name* _progname_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:42
msgid "The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from getopt."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--options* _shortopts_"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:45
msgid "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see the *SCANNING MODES* section for details)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:49
msgid "Disable error reporting by *getopt*(3)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-Q*, *--quiet-output*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:52
msgid "Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), unless you also use *-q*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:55
msgid "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not given, the *BASH* conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:56
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-T*, *--test*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:58
msgid "Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-u*, *--unquoted*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:61
msgid "Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) implementations)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "PARSING"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:67
msgid "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of *getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:69
msgid "The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option parameter."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:71
msgid "A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the option character if present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:73
msgid "It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:75
msgid "A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the *BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:77
msgid "Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:79 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:68
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "OUTPUT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:82
msgid "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ (_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see *QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain whitespace or special characters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:84
msgid "If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a non-zero error status is returned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:86
msgid "For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:88
msgid "If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be present in the output as a separate parameter."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:90
msgid "For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with short options."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:92
msgid "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of '*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "QUOTING"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:97
msgid "In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into separate parameters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:99
msgid "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is found."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:101
msgid "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two 'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script language, one of these flavors can still be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "SCANNING MODES"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:105
msgid "The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the *SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:108
msgid "If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as non-option parameters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:111
msgid "If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last parameter in this mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:115
msgid "This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without any modifications, and with some advantages."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:117
msgid "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', *getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options automatically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:120
msgid "The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and *POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. Usually, though, neither is needed."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:122
msgid "In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short options string are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "RETURN CODES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*getopt* returns error code *0* for successful parsing, *1* if *getopt*(3) returns errors, *2* if it does not understand its own parameters, *3* if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and *4* if it is called with *-T*.\n"
msgstr ""

#.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{package-docdir}_.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:132
msgid "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:137
msgid "This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:140
msgid "Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the *SYNOPSIS*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "*getopt*(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). This *getopt*(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they were not present.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:146
msgid "The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:147 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:135
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:150
msgid "mailto:frodo@frodo.looijaard.name[Frodo Looijaard]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:156
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*mesg*(1),\n"
#| "*talk*(1),\n"
#| "*who*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*bash*(1),\n"
"*tcsh*(1),\n"
"*getopt*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#
#. SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
#. Copyright (C) 2008 - 2012 Julian Andres Klode. See hardlink.c for license.
#. Copyright (C) 2021 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "hardlink(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:18
msgid "hardlink - link multiple copies of a file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hardlink* [options] [_directory_|_file_]...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*hardlink* is a tool that replaces copies of a file with either hardlinks\n"
"or copy-on-write clones, thus saving space.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*hardlink* first creates a binary tree of file sizes and then compares\n"
"the content of files that have the same size. There are two basic content\n"
"comparison methods. The *memcmp* method directly reads data blocks from\n"
"files and compares them. The other method is based on checksums (like SHA256);\n"
"in this case for each data block a checksum is calculated by the Linux kernel\n"
"crypto API, and this checksum is stored in userspace and used for file\n"
"comparisons.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:40
msgid "For each file also an \"intro\" buffer (32 bytes) is cached. This buffer is used independently from the comparison method and requested cache-size and io-size.  The \"intro\" buffer dramatically reduces operations with data content as files are very often different from the beginning."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:45
msgid "If specified once, every hardlinked file is displayed, if specified twice, it also shows every comparison."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:48
msgid "Quiet mode, don't print anything."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:93
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-n*, *--dry-run*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:51
msgid "Do not act, just print what would happen."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-y*, *--method* _name_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:58
msgid "Set the file content comparison method. The currently supported methods are sha256, sha1, crc32c and memcmp. The default is sha256, or memcmp if Linux Crypto API is not available. The methods based on checksums are implemented in zero-copy way, in this case file contents are not copied to the userspace and all calculation is done in kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--reflink*[=_when_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:64
msgid "Create copy-on-write clones (aka reflinks) rather than hardlinks. The reflinked files share only on-disk data, but the file mode and owner can be different. It's recommended to use it with *--ignore-owner* and *--ignore-mode* options. This option implies *--skip-reflinks* to ignore already cloned files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:70
msgid "The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always*, or *auto*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*, in this case, *hardlink* checks filesystem type and uses reflinks on BTRFS and XFS only, and fallback to hardlinks when creating reflink is impossible.  The argument *always* disables filesystem type detection and fallback to hardlinks, in this case, only reflinks are allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--skip-reflinks*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:73
msgid "Ignore already cloned files. This option may be used without *--reflink* when creating classic hardlinks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:74
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--respect-name*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:76
msgid "Only try to link files with the same (base)name. It's strongly recommended to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way by other *hardlink* implementations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:79
msgid "Link and compare files even if their mode is different. Results may be slightly unpredictable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:80
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:82
msgid "Link and compare files even if their owner information (user and group) differs. Results may be unpredictable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--ignore-time*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:85
msgid "Link and compare files even if their time of modification is different. This is usually a good choice."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:88
msgid "Only try to link files with the same extended attributes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:89
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-m*, *--maximize*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:91
msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the highest link count."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:92
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-M*, *--minimize*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:94
msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the lowest link count."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:95
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:97
msgid "Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of modification."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--exclude* _regex_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:100
msgid "A regular expression which excludes files from being compared and linked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--include* _regex_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:103
msgid "A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern are included."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _size_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:106
msgid "The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--maximum-size* _size_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:109
msgid "The maximum size to consider. By default this is 0 and 0 has the special meaning of unlimited. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--io-size* _size_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:118
msgid "The size of the *read*(2) or *sendfile*(2) buffer used when comparing file contents.  The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB, MiB, etc.  The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\". The default is 8KiB for memcmp method and 1MiB for the other methods. The only memcmp method uses process memory for the buffer, other methods use zero-copy way and I/O operation is done in the kernel. The size may be altered on the fly to fit a number of cached content checksums."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--cache-size* _size_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:124
msgid "The size of the cache for content checksums. All non-memcmp methods calculate checksum for each file content block (see *--io-size*), these checksums are cached for the next comparison. The size is important for large files or a large sets of files of the same size. The default is 10MiB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hardlink* takes one or more directories which will be searched for files to be linked.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:132
msgid "The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no more supported by the current *hardlink*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hardlink* assumes that the trees it operates on do not change during operation. If a tree does change, the result is undefined and potentially dangerous. For example, if a regular file is replaced by a device, *hardlink* may start reading from the device. If a component of a path is replaced by a symbolic link or file permissions change, security may be compromised. Do not run *hardlink* on a changing tree or on a tree controlled by another user.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:138
msgid "There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode."
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu)
#. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "kill(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:17
msgid "kill - terminate a process"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "*kill*  [**-**_signal_|*-s* _signal_|*-p*]  [*-q* _value_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _milliseconds_ _signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_name_...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*kill* *-l* [_number_] | *-L*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:28
msgid "The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes or process groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:30
msgid "If no signal is specified, the *TERM* signal is sent. The default action for this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in preference to the *KILL* signal (number 9), since a process may install a handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a *TERM* signal has been sent, then the *KILL* signal may be used; be aware that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:32
msgid "Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, are local extensions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:34
msgid "If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still performed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:38
msgid "The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "_pid_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:41
msgid "Each _pid_ can be expressed in one of the following ways:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "_n_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:43
msgid "where _n_ is larger than 0. The process with PID _n_ is signaled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45
msgid "All processes in the current process group are signaled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:47
msgid "All processes with a PID larger than 1 are signaled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "**-**__n__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:49
msgid "where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to send."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "_name_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:52
msgid "All processes invoked using this _name_ will be signaled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:55
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-s*, *--signal* _signal_"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:57
msgid "The signal to send. It may be given as a name or a number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--list* [_number_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59
msgid "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a name. The signals can be found in _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-L*, *--table*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61
msgid "Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding numbers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63
msgid "Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the same UID as the present process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:98
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:77 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:74
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:63
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-p*, *--pid*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65
msgid "Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any signals."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67
msgid "Print PID(s) that will be signaled with *kill* along with the signal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-q*, *--queue* _value_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69
msgid "Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of the _siginfo_t_ structure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--timeout* _milliseconds signal_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:71
msgid "Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes *kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no longer exists."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:73
msgid "Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that used a recycled PID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:75
msgid "The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be combined with the *--queue* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:77
msgid "As an example, the following command sends the signals *QUIT*, *TERM* and *KILL* in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the signals:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL \\\n"
"        --signal QUIT 12345\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*kill* has the following exit status values:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:91 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:133
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:63
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:72
msgid "failure"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:93
msgid "partial success (when more than one process specified)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:97
msgid "Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of *CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:99
msgid "Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:104
msgid "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:106
msgid "The original version was taken from BSD 4.4."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*bash*(1),\n"
"*tcsh*(1),\n"
"*sigaction*(2),\n"
"*kill*(2),\n"
"*sigqueue*(3),\n"
"*signal*(7)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993
#. 	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#. 	@(#)logger.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "logger(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:46
msgid "logger - enter messages into the system log"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*logger* [options] _message_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*logger* makes entries in the system log.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:56
msgid "When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard input is logged."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-d*, *--udp*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:61
msgid "Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:173
msgid "See also *--server* and *--socket* to specify where to connect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:64
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-e*, *--skip-empty*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:66
msgid "Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix (e.g., *<13>*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:69
msgid "Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined with a command-line message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:72
msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--id*[**=**__id__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:75
msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that send several messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:77
msgid "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--journald*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:80
msgid "Write a *systemd* journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a field that is accepted by *journald*; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes finding entries easy. Examples:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    logger --journald <<end\n"
"    MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
"    MESSAGE=The dogs bark, but the caravan goes on.\n"
"    DOGS=bark\n"
"    CARAVAN=goes on\n"
"    end\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "    logger --journald=entry.txt\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:92
msgid "Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:94
msgid "To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the journal if they appear multiple times."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--msgid* _msgid_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:97
msgid "Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--server* _server_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:100
msgid "Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--no-act*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:103
msgid "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the system log, and removing the connection to the journal. This option can be used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--octet-count*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:106
msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:107
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-P*, *--port* _port_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:109
msgid "Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port defaults to *syslog* for udp and to *syslog-conn* for tcp connections."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--priority* _priority_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:112
msgid "Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The default is *user.notice*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--prio-prefix*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:115
msgid "Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and level=6, becomes *<134>*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:117
msgid "If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:119
msgid "This option doesn't affect a command-line message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--rfc3164*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:122
msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--rfc5424*[**=**__without__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:125
msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, *nohost*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:127
msgid "The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-id timeQuality* is specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:129
msgid "The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:131
msgid "The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message header."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:133
msgid "The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:134
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-s*, *--stderr*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:136
msgid "Output the message to standard error as well as to the system log."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--sd-id* _name_[**@**__digits__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:139
msgid "Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-standardized IDs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:141
#, no-wrap
msgid "*logger* currently generates the *timeQuality* standardized element only. RFC 5424 also describes the elements *origin* (with parameters *ip*, *enterpriseId*, *software* and *swVersion*) and *meta* (with parameters *sequenceId*, *sysUpTime* and *language*). These element IDs may be specified without the **@**__digits__ suffix.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--sd-param* _name_=_value_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:144
msgid "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are required and must be escaped on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123             \\\n"
"                     --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\"   \\\n"
"                     --sd-param zebra=\"running\"  \\\n"
"                     --sd-id manager@123         \\\n"
"                     --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\"  \\\n"
"                     \"this is message\"\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:154
msgid "produces:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:159
msgid "Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC 5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:161
msgid "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not only when *--rfc5424* was used)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:163
msgid "Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:164
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--socket-errors*[**=**__mode__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:166
msgid "Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of *off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto*, then *logger* will detect if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so assumption is made _/dev/log_ can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/log_ will not cause errors that is identical with messaging using *openlog*(3) system call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used *openlog*(3), and hence was unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:168
msgid "The default mode is *auto*. When errors are not enabled lost messages are not communicated and will result to successful exit status of *logger*(1) invocation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:169
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-T*, *--tcp*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:171
msgid "Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:174
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-t*, *--tag* _tag_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:176
msgid "Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on effective user ID)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:177
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--socket* _socket_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:179
msgid "Write to the specified _socket_ instead of to the system log socket."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:182
msgid "End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:188
msgid "The *logger* utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:189
#, no-wrap
msgid "FACILITIES AND LEVELS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:192
msgid "Valid facility names are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:196
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*auth* +\n"
"*authpriv* for security information of a sensitive nature +\n"
"*cron* +\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:200
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*daemon* +\n"
"*ftp* +\n"
"*kern* cannot be generated from userspace process, automatically converted to *user* +\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:211
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*lpr* +\n"
"*mail* +\n"
"*news* +\n"
"*syslog* +\n"
"*user* +\n"
"*uucp* +\n"
"*local0* +\n"
"    to +\n"
"*local7* +\n"
"*security* deprecated synonym for *auth*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:213
msgid "Valid level names are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:225
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*emerg* +\n"
"*alert* +\n"
"*crit* +\n"
"*err* +\n"
"*warning* +\n"
"*notice* +\n"
"*info* +\n"
"*debug* +\n"
"*panic* deprecated synonym for *emerg* +\n"
"*error* deprecated synonym for *err* +\n"
"*warn* deprecated synonym for *warning* +\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:227
msgid "For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, see *syslog*(3)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:231
msgid "The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") compatible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:235
#, no-wrap
msgid "*logger System rebooted* *logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/idmc* *logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:239
msgid "The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in 1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:245
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*journalctl*(1),\n"
"*syslog*(3),\n"
"*systemd.journal-fields*(7)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
#. 	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)look.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/14/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "look(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:46
msgid "look - display lines beginning with a given string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*look* [options] _string_ [_file_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:54
msgid "The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_ as a prefix. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that *look* is invoked with)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:56
msgid "If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters is ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:61
msgid "Use the alternative dictionary file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:62
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-d*, *--alphanum*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:64
msgid "Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:66
msgid "Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:67
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--ignore-case*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:69
msgid "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file is specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--terminate* _character_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:72
msgid "Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in _string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are compared."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:76
msgid "The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*WORDLIST*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:81
msgid "Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority than the dictionary path defined in the *FILES* segment."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/usr/share/dict/words_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:86
msgid "the dictionary"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/usr/share/dict/web2_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:89
msgid "the alternative dictionary"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgid "The *look* utility appeared in Version 7 AT&T Unix."
msgstr "Příkaz *write* se objevil v AT&T UNIXu verze 6."

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sort -d /etc/passwd -o /tmp/look.dict\n"
"look -t: root:foobar /tmp/look.dict\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*grep*(1),\n"
"*sort*(1)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "lsblk(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:12
msgid "lsblk - list block devices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*lsblk* [options] [_device_...]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsblk* lists information about all available or the specified block devices. The *lsblk* command reads the *sysfs* filesystem and *udev db* to gather information. If the udev db is not available or *lsblk* is compiled without udev support, then it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and filesystem types from the block device. In this case root permissions are necessary.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:22
msgid "The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like format by default. Use *lsblk --help* to get a list of all available columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:24
msgid "The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:26
msgid "Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:28
msgid "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points associated with the device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-A*, *--noempty*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:33
msgid "Don't print empty devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:36
msgid "Disable all built-in filters and list all empty devices and RAM disk devices too."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-D*, *--discard*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:42
msgid "Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-d*, *--nodeps*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:45
msgid "Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/sda* prints information about the sda device only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-E*, *--dedup* _column_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:48
msgid "Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:50
msgid "The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, for example by *-E WWN*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--exclude* _list_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:53
msgid "Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not obvious."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:54
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--fs*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:56
msgid "Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE,FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-I*, *--include* _list_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:59
msgid "Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not obvious."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-i*, *--ascii*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:62
msgid "Use ASCII characters for tree formatting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:65
msgid "Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also *--tree* if necessary."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:68
msgid "Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:69
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-M*, *--merge*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:71
msgid "Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:72
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-m*, *--perms*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:74
msgid "Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:80
msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:82
msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:83
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-O*, *--output-all*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:88
msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:89
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-p*, *--paths*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:91
msgid "Print full device paths."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:94
msgid "Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>) in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:95
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-S*, *--scsi*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:97
msgid "Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder devices are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:98
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-s*, *--inverse*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:100
msgid "Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested then the lines are still ordered by dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:101
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
msgid "*-T*, *--tree*[**=**__column__]"
msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__skupina__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:103
msgid "Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is printed in the column. The default is NAME column."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:104
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-t*, *--topology*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:106
msgid "Output info about block-device topology. This option is equivalent to"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:108
msgid "NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--width* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:113
msgid "Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the *watch*(1) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--sort* _column_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:116
msgid "Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:119
msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-IO and FSUSE%. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:120
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-z*, *--zoned*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:122
msgid "Print the zone related information for each device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--sysroot* _directory_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:125
msgid "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:134 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "32"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:136
msgid "none of specified devices found"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:137 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "64"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:139
msgid "some specified devices found, some not found"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LSBLK_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:144
msgid "enables *lsblk* debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:147 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:127
msgid "enables *libblkid* debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:150 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:124
msgid "enables *libmount* debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:153
msgid "enables *libsmartcols* debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:160
msgid "For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from the parent device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:162
msgid "The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with a new enough kernel, check that *CONFIG_SYSFS* was enabled at the time of the kernel build."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:167
msgid "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:173
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*mesg*(1),\n"
#| "*talk*(1),\n"
#| "*who*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*ls*(1),\n"
"*blkid*(8),\n"
"*findmnt*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#
#. Copyright 2021 Red Hat, Inc.
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "lsfd(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:18
msgid "lsfd - list file descriptors"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsfd* [option]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*lsfd* is intended to be a modern replacement for *lsof*(8) on Linux systems.\n"
"Unlike *lsof*, *lsfd* is specialized to Linux kernel; it supports Linux\n"
"specific features like namespaces with simpler code. *lsfd* is not a\n"
"drop-in replacement for *lsof*; they are different in the command line\n"
"interface and output formats.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*lsfd* uses Libsmartcols for output formatting and filtering. See the description of *--output*\n"
"option for customizing the output format, and *--filter* option for filtering.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-l*, *--threads*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:38
msgid "List in threads level."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:27
msgid "Don't print headings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:48
msgid "Specify which output columns to print. See the *OUTPUT COLUMNS* section for details of available columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:51
msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_ (e.g., *lsfd -o +DELETED*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:54
msgid "Use raw output format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:57
msgid "Don't truncate text in columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pids_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:62
msgid "Collect information only for specified processes.  _pids_ is a list of pids. A comma or whitespaces can be used as separators.  You can use this option with *pidof*(1). See *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:67
msgid "Both *-Q* option with an expression including PID, e.g. -Q (PID == 1), and *-p* option, e.g. -p 1, may print the same output but using *-p* option is much more efficient because *-p* option works at a much earlier stage of processing than the *-Q* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Q*, *--filter* _expr_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:71
msgid "Print only the files matching the condition represented by the _expr_.  See also *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--counter* __label__:__filter_expr__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:78
msgid "Define a custom counter used in *--summary* output. *lsfd* makes a counter named _label_. During collect information, *lsfd* counts files matching _filter_expr_, and stores the counted number to the counter named _label_. *lsfd* applies filters defined with *--filter* options before counting; files excluded by the filters are not counted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:82
msgid "See *FILTER EXPRESSION* about _filter_expr_.  _label_ should not include _{_ nor _:_. You can define multiple counters by specifying this option multiple times."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:84
msgid "See also *COUNTER EXAMPLES*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:85 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--summary*[=_when_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:89
msgid "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can be *only*, *append* or *never*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *only*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:94
msgid "The summary reports counters. A counter consists of a label and an integer value.  *--counter* is the option for defining a counter.  If a user defines no counter, *lsfd* uses the definitions of pre-defined built-in counters (default counters) to make the summary output."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:96
msgid "CAUTION{colon} Using *--summary* and *--json* may make the output broken. Only combining *--summary*=*only* and *--json* is valid."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--debug-filter*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:101
msgid "Dump the internal data structure for the filter and exit. This is useful only for *lsfd* developers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--dump-counters*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:104
msgid "Dump the definition of counters used in *--summary* output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "OUTPUT COLUMNS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:110
msgid "Each column has a type. Types are surround by < and >."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:114
msgid "CAUTION{colon} The names and types of columns are not stable yet.  They may be changed in the future releases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "ASSOC <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:117
msgid "Association between file and process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "BLKDRV <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:120
msgid "Block device driver name resolved by _/proc/devices_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "CHRDRV <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:123
msgid "Character device driver name resolved by _/proc/devices_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMAND <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:126
msgid "Command of the process opening the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "DELETED <__boolean__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:129
msgid "Reachability from the file system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEV <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:132
msgid "ID of the device containing the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:133
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEVTYPE <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:135
msgid "Device type (_blk_, _char_, or _nodev_)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "FD <__number__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:138
msgid "File descriptor for the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "FLAGS <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:141
msgid "Flags specified when opening the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid "FUID <__number__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:144
msgid "User ID number of the file's owner."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:145
#, no-wrap
msgid "INODE <__number__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:147
msgid "Inode number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "KTHREAD <__boolean__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:150
msgid "Whether the process is a kernel thread or not."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "MAJ:MIN <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:153
msgid "Device ID for special, or ID of device containing file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "MAPLEN <__number__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:156
msgid "Length of file mapping (in page)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:157
#, no-wrap
msgid "MISCDEV <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:159
msgid "Misc character device name resolved by _/proc/misc_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "MNTID <__number__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:162
msgid "Mount ID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:163
#, no-wrap
msgid "MODE <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:165
msgid "Access mode (rwx)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:168
msgid "Name of the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "NLINK <__number__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:171
msgid "Link count."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "OWNER <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:174
msgid "Owner of the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:175
#, no-wrap
msgid "PARTITION <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:177
msgid "Block device name resolved by _/proc/partition_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "PID <__number__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:180
msgid "PID of the process opening the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "POS <__number__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:183
msgid "File position."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "PROTONAME <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:186
msgid "Protocol name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:187
#, no-wrap
msgid "RDEV <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:189
msgid "Device ID (if special file)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "SIZE <__number__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:192
msgid "File size."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:193
#, no-wrap
msgid "SOURCE <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:195
msgid "File system, partition, or device containing the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "TID <__number__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:198
msgid "Thread ID of the process opening the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:199
#, no-wrap
msgid "TYPE <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:201
msgid "File type."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:202
#, no-wrap
msgid "UID <__number__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:204
msgid "User ID number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:205
#, no-wrap
msgid "USER <__string__>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:207
msgid "User of the process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:208
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILTER EXPRESSION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:213
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*lsfd* evaluates the expression passed to *--filter* option every time\n"
"before printing a file line. *lsfd* prints the line only if the result\n"
"of evaluation is _true_.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:219
msgid "An expression consists of column names, literals and, operators like: `DELETED`, `(PID == 1)`, `(NAME == \"/etc/passwd\")`, `(PID == 1) && DELETED`.  `DELETED`, `PID`, and `NAME` are column names in the example.  `1` and \"/etc/passwd\" are literals.  `==` and `&&` are operators."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:227
msgid "Before evaluation, *lsfd* substitutes column names in the given expression with actual column values in the line. There are three different data types: _boolean_, _string_, and _number_.  For columns with a _boolean_ type, the value can be stand-alone.  For _string_ and _number_ values, the value must be an operand of an operator, for example, `(PID == 1)`. See the \"OUTPUT COLUMNS\" about the types of columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:230
msgid "Literal is for representing a value directly. See BOOLLIT, STRLIT, and NUMLIT. Different data types have different literal syntax."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:234
msgid "An operator works with one or two operand(s). An operator has an expectation about the data type(s) of its operands. Giving an unexpected data type to an operator causes a syntax error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:238
msgid "Operators taking two operands are _and_, _or_, _eq_, _ne_, _le_, _lt_, _ge_, _gt_, _=~_, _!~_.  Alphabetically named operators have C-language flavored aliases: _&&_, _||_, _==_, _!=_, _<_, _<=_, _>=_, and _>_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:240
msgid "_!_ is the only operator that takes one operand."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:243
msgid "_eq_, _ne_, and their aliases expect operands have the same data type.  Applying these operators return a _boolean_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:246
msgid "_and_, _or_, _not_ and their aliases expect operands have _bool_ data type. Applying these operators return a _boolean_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:249
msgid "_lt_, _le_, _gt_, _ge_, and their aliases expect operands have _number_ data types. Applying these operators return a _boolean_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:254
msgid "_=~_ is for regular expression matching; if a string at the right side matches a regular expression at the left side, the result is true.  The right side operand must be a string literal. See STRLIT about the syntax."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:257
msgid "_!~_ is a short-hand version of `not (STR =~ PAT)`; it inverts the result of _=~_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:258
#, no-wrap
msgid "Limitations"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:263
msgid "The current implementation does not define precedences within operators.  Use _(_ and _)_ explicitly for grouping the sub-expressions if your expression uses more than two operators."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:266
msgid "About _number_ typed values, the filter engine supports only non-negative integers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:267
#, no-wrap
msgid "Semi-formal syntax"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: In the following messages, translate only the <__variables__>.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:270
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXPR "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:271
msgid "BOOLEXP"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLEXP0 "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:273
msgid "COLUMN <__boolean__> | BOOLLIT | _(_ BOOLEXP _)_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:274
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLEXP "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:275
msgid "BOOLEXP0 | BOOLOP1 | BOOLOP2 | BOOLOP2BL | BOOLOP2CMP | BOOLOP2REG"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:276
#, no-wrap
msgid "COLUMN "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:277
msgid "[\\_A-Za-z][-_:A-Za-z0-9]*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:278
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP1 "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:279
msgid "_!_ BOOLEXP0 | _not_ BOOLEXP0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:280
#, no-wrap
msgid "STREXP "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:281
msgid "COLUMN <__string__> | STRLIT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:282
#, no-wrap
msgid "NUMEXP "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:283
msgid "COLUMN <__number__> | NUMLIT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:284
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLLIT "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:285
msgid "_true_ | _false_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:286
#, no-wrap
msgid "CHARS  "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:287
msgid "( [^\\] | _\\\\_ | _\\'_ | _\\\"_ )*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:288
#, no-wrap
msgid "STRLIT "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:289
msgid "_'_ CHARS _'_ | _\"_ CHARS _\"_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:290
#, no-wrap
msgid "NUMLIT "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:291
msgid "[1-9][0-9]* | _0_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:292
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP2 "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:293
msgid "STREXP OP2 STREXP | NUMEXP OP2 NUMEXP | BOOLEXP0 OP2 BOOLEXP0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "OP2   "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:295
msgid "_==_ | _eq_ | _!=_ | _ne_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:296
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP2BL "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:297
msgid "BOOLEXP0 OP2BL BOOLEXP0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:298
#, no-wrap
msgid "OP2BL "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:299
msgid "_&&_ | _and_ | _||_ | _or_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:300
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP2CMP "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:301
msgid "NUMEXP OP2CMP NUMEXP"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:302
#, no-wrap
msgid "OP2CMP "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:303
msgid "_<_ | _lt_ | _\\<=_ | _le_ | _>_ | _gt_ | _>=_ | _ge_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:304
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP2REG "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:305
msgid "STREXP OP2REG STRLIT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:306
#, no-wrap
msgid "OP2REG "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:307
msgid "_=~_ | _!~_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:308
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILTER EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:313
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*lsfd* has few options for filtering. In most of cases, what you should\n"
"know is *-Q* (or *--filter*) option.  Combined with *-o* (or\n"
"*--output*) option, you can customize the output as you want.\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: In the following messages, don't forget to add whitespace at the end!
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:315
#, no-wrap
msgid "List files associated with PID 1 and PID 2 processes: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:318
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) or (PID == 2)'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:320 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:345
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:355
#, no-wrap
msgid "Do the same in an alternative way: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:323
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) || (PID == 2)'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:325
#, no-wrap
msgid "Do the same in a more efficient way: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:328
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd --pid 1,2\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:330
#, no-wrap
msgid "Whitescapes can be used instead of a comma: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:333
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd --pid '1 2'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:335
#, no-wrap
msgid "Utilize *pidof*(1) for list the files associated with \"firefox\": "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:338
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd --pid \"$(pidof firefox)\"\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:340
#, no-wrap
msgid "List the 1st file descriptor opened by PID 1 process: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:343
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) and (FD == 1)'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:348
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) && (FD == 1)'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:350
#, no-wrap
msgid "List all running executables: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:353
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'ASSOC == \"exe\"'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:358
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'ASSOC eq \"exe\"'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:360
#, no-wrap
msgid "Do the same but print only file names: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:363
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -o NAME -Q 'ASSOC eq \"exe\"' | sort -u\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:365
#, no-wrap
msgid "List deleted files associated to processes: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:368
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'DELETED'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:370
#, no-wrap
msgid "List non-regular files: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:373
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE != \"REG\"'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:375
#, no-wrap
msgid "List block devices: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:378
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'DEVTYPE == \"blk\"'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:380
#, no-wrap
msgid "Do the same with TYPE column: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:383
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE == \"BLK\"'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:385
#, no-wrap
msgid "List files including \"dconf\" directory in their names: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:388
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'NAME =~ \".\\*/dconf/.*\"'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:390
#, no-wrap
msgid "List files opened in a QEMU virtual machine: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:393
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q '(COMMAND =~ \".\\*qemu.*\") and (FD >= 0)'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:395
#, no-wrap
msgid "Hide files associated to kernel threads: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:398
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q '!KTHREAD'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:400
#, no-wrap
msgid "COUNTER EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:402
#, no-wrap
msgid "Report the numbers of netlink socket descriptors and unix socket descriptors: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:410
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# lsfd --summary=only \\\n"
"\t-C 'netlink sockets':'(NAME =~ \"NETLINK:.*\")' \\\n"
"\t-C 'unix sockets':'(NAME =~ \"UNIX:.*\")'\n"
"VALUE COUNTER\n"
"   57 netlink sockets\n"
" 1552 unix sockets\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:412
#, no-wrap
msgid "Do the same but print in JSON format: "
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:428
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# lsfd --summary=only --json \\\n"
"\t-C 'netlink sockets':'(NAME =~ \"NETLINK:.*\")' \\\n"
"\t-C 'unix sockets':'(NAME =~ \"UNIX:.*\")'\n"
"{\n"
"   \"lsfd-summary\": [\n"
"      {\n"
"\t \"value\": 15,\n"
"\t \"counter\": \"netlink sockets\"\n"
"      },{\n"
"\t \"value\": 798,\n"
"\t \"counter\": \"unix sockets\"\n"
"      }\n"
"   ]\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:434
msgid "The *lsfd* command is part of the util-linux package since v2.38."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:439
msgid "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:445
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*lsof*(8)\n"
"*pidof*(1)\n"
"*proc*(5)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Man page for the lslocks command.
#. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu)
#. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "lslocks(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:23
msgid "lslocks - list local system locks"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lslocks* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lslocks* lists information about all the currently held file locks in a Linux system.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:33
msgid "Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these locks are not associated with any process (PID is -1). OFD locks are associated with the open file description on which they are acquired. This lock type is available since Linux 3.15, see *fcntl*(2) for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--noinaccessible*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:41
msgid "Ignore lock files which are inaccessible for the current user."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:52
msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:25
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:59
msgid "Display only the locks held by the process with this _pid_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:61
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:56
msgid "Use the raw output format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:62
msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMAND"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:72
msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "PID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:75
msgid "The process ID of the process which holds the lock or -1 for OFDLCK."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "TYPE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:78
msgid "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK (created with *fcntl*(2))."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "SIZE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:81
msgid "Size of the locked file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "MODE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:84
msgid "The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "M"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:87
msgid "Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "START"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:90
msgid "Relative byte offset of the lock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "END"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:93
msgid "Ending offset of the lock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "PATH"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:96
msgid "Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get the full path."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "BLOCKER"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:99
msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:103
msgid "The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since 2001."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:107
msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:113
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*mesg*(1),\n"
#| "*talk*(1),\n"
#| "*who*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*flock*(1),\n"
"*fcntl*(2),\n"
"*lockf*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#.  mcookie.1 --
#.  Public Domain 1995 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "mcookie(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:14
msgid "mcookie - generate magic cookies for xauth"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mcookie* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mcookie* generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the X authority system. Typical usage:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*xauth add :0 . `mcookie`*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:28
msgid "The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this preference order. See also the option *--file*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:33
msgid "Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--max-size* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:36
msgid "Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be used when reading additional randomness from a file or device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:38
msgid "The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:41
msgid "Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each source."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:47
msgid "_/dev/urandom_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:49
msgid "_/dev/random_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:53
msgid "It is assumed that none of the randomness sources will block."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*md5sum*(1),\n"
"*X*(7),\n"
"*xauth*(1),\n"
"*rand*(3)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "namei(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:12
msgid "namei - follow a pathname until a terminal point is found"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*namei* [options] _pathname_...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*namei* interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file (symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). *namei* then follows each pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts following it, indenting the output to show the context.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:22
msgid "This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" problems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:24
msgid "For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify the file type found:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"   f: = the pathname currently being resolved\n"
"    d = directory\n"
"    l = symbolic link (both the link and its contents are output)\n"
"    s = socket\n"
"    b = block device\n"
"    c = character device\n"
"    p = FIFO (named pipe)\n"
"    - = regular file\n"
"    ? = an error of some kind\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*namei* prints an informative message when the maximum number of symbolic links this system can have has been exceeded.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:41
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-l*, *--long*"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:43
msgid "Use the long listing format (same as *-m -o -v*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:44
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-m*, *--modes*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:46
msgid "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example 'rwxr-xr-x'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:47
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-n*, *--nosymlinks*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:49
msgid "Don't follow symlinks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-o*, *--owners*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:52
msgid "Show owner and group name of each file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:55
msgid "Vertically align the modes and owners."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:56
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-x*, *--mountpoints*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:58
msgid "Show mountpoint directories with a 'D' rather than a 'd'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:64
msgid "To be discovered."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:68
msgid "The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek.com[Roger Southwick]."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:70
msgid "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:76
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*mesg*(1),\n"
#| "*talk*(1),\n"
#| "*who*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*ls*(1),\n"
"*stat*(1),\n"
"*symlink*(7)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#.  Written by Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
#.  Placed in the public domain
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "rename(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:14
msgid "rename - rename files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rename* [options] _expression replacement file_...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rename* will rename the specified files by replacing the first occurrence of _expression_ in their name by _replacement_.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:25
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-s*, *--symlink*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:27
msgid "Do not rename a symlink but its target."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:30
msgid "Show which files were renamed, if any."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:33
msgid "Do not make any changes; add *--verbose* to see what would be made."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:36
msgid "Replace all occurrences of _expression_ rather than only the first one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:37
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-l*, *--last*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:39
msgid "Replace the last occurrence of _expression_ rather than the first one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-o*, *--no-overwrite*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:42
msgid "Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-i*, *--interactive*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:45
msgid "Ask before overwriting existing files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:51
msgid "The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options *--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the command, unless you truly know what you are doing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:55
msgid "As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To set cbreak mode, run for example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "sh -c 'stty -icanon min 1; \"$0\" \"$@\"; stty icanon' rename -i from to files\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:64
msgid "all requested rename operations were successful"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:67
msgid "all rename operations failed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:70
msgid "some rename operations failed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:73
msgid "nothing was renamed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:76
msgid "unanticipated error occurred"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:80
msgid "Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rename foo foo00 foo?\n"
"rename foo foo0 foo??\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:87
msgid "will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "rename .htm .html *.htm\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:93
msgid "will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for shortening:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "rename '_with_long_name' '' file_with_long_name.*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:99
msgid "will remove the substring in the filenames."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mv*(1)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 2007 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuidd(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:16
msgid "uuidd - UUID generation daemon"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uuidd* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:24
msgid "The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:88
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-d*, *--debug*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:29
msgid "Run *uuidd* in debugging mode. This prevents *uuidd* from running as a daemon."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:30 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:62
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:124
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-F*, *--no-fork*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:32
msgid "Do not daemonize using a double-fork."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:33
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-k*, *--kill*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:35
msgid "If currently a uuidd daemon is running, kill it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--uuids* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:38
msgid "When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of _number_ UUIDs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:39
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-P*, *--no-pid*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:41
msgid "Do not create a pid file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _path_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:44
msgid "Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:48
msgid "Suppress some failure messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:49 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-r*, *--random*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:51
msgid "Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to return a random-based UUID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--socket-activation*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:54
msgid "Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:55
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-s*, *--socket* _path_"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:57
msgid "Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* library."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--timeout* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:61
msgid "Make *uuidd* exit after _number_ seconds of inactivity."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:34
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:74
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-t*, *--time*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:64
msgid "Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to return a time-based UUID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:70
msgid "Start up a daemon, print 42 random keys, and then stop the daemon:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
"uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
"uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:80
msgid "The *uuidd* daemon was written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuidgen*(1)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuidgen(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:16
msgid "uuidgen - create a new UUID value"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uuidgen* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:24
msgid "The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:26
msgid "There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--random* or *--time* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:28
msgid "The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The _name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:33
msgid "Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality random number generator, such as _/dev/random_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:36
msgid "Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:39
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-m*, *--md5*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:41
msgid "Use MD5 as the hash algorithm."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-s*, *--sha1*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:44
msgid "Use SHA1 as the hash algorithm."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--namespace* _namespace_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:47
msgid "Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or '@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name (see above)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N*, *--name* _name_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:50
msgid "Generate the hash of the _name_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:78
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-x*, *--hex*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:53
msgid "Interpret name _name_ as a hexadecimal string."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:57
msgid "OSF DCE 1.1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:61
msgid "uuidgen --sha1 --namespace @dns --name \"www.example.com\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uuidgen* was written by Andreas Dilger for *libuuid*(3).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuidparse*(1),\n"
"*libuuid*(3),\n"
"link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
msgstr ""

#.  Copyright (c) 2017 Sami Kerola
#.  The 3-Clause BSD License
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "uuidparse(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:14
msgid "uuidparse - a utility to parse unique identifiers"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uuidparse* [options] _uuid_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:22
msgid "This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "Variants"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|NCS |Network Computing System identifier. These were the original UUIDs.\n"
"|DCE |The Open Software Foundation's (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment UUIDs.\n"
"|Microsoft |Microsoft Windows platform globally unique identifier (GUID).\n"
"|other |Unknown variant. Usually invalid input data.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "Types"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|nil |Special type for zero in type file.\n"
"|time-based |The DCE time based.\n"
"|DCE |The DCE time and MAC Address.\n"
"|name-based |RFC 4122 md5sum hash.\n"
"|random |RFC 4122 random.\n"
"|sha1-based |RFC 4122 sha-1 hash.\n"
"|unknown |Unknown type. Usually invalid input data.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:33
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-o*, *--output*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:67
msgid "mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuidgen*(1),\n"
"*libuuid*(3),\n"
"https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#.     This product includes software developed by the University of
#.     California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#. @(#)whereis.1 from UCB 4.2
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "whereis(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:46
msgid "whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*whereis* [options] [*-BMS* _directory_... *-f*] _name_...\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*whereis* locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified command names. The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname components. Prefixes of *s.* resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with. *whereis* then attempts to locate the desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by *$PATH* and *$MANPATH*.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:56
msgid "The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search restriction resets the search mask. For example,"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*whereis -bm ls tr -m gcc*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:62
msgid "searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man pages only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:64
msgid "The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ patterns. For example,"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*whereis -m ls -M /usr/share/man/man1 -f cal*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:70
msgid "searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the _/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:75
msgid "Search for binaries."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:76 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:78
msgid "Search for manuals."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:81
msgid "Search for sources."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:84
msgid "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-B* _list_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:87
msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M* _list_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:90
msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S* _list_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:93
msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:96
msgid "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:99
msgid "Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded paths that the command was able to find on the system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILE SEARCH PATHS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:105
msgid "By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of *$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "*WHEREIS_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:114
msgid "To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ or have no source in _/usr/src_:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cd /usr/bin* *whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f **\n"
msgstr ""

#.  Copyright 2009 by Karel Zak.  All Rights Reserved.
#.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "wipefs(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:14
msgid "wipefs - wipe a signature from a device"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs* [options] _device_...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-o* _offset device_...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-a* _device_...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs* can erase filesystem, raid or partition-table signatures (magic strings) from the specified _device_ to make the signatures invisible for libblkid. *wipefs* does not erase the filesystem itself nor any other data from the device.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:29
msgid "When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs* calls the *BLKRRPART* ioctl when it has erased a partition-table signature to inform the kernel about the change. The ioctl is called as the last step and when all specified signatures from all specified devices are already erased. This feature can be used to wipe content on partitions devices as well as partition table on a disk device, for example by *wipefs -a /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdc*.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:33
msgid "Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since v2.31) lists all the offset where a magic strings have been detected."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:35
msgid "When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for *libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:37
msgid "Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:42
msgid "Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be restricted with the *-t* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:45
msgid "Create a signature backup to the file _$HOME/wipefs-<devname>-<offset>.bak_. For more details see the *EXAMPLE* section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:48
msgid "Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order to erase a partition-table signature on a block device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:54
msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:55
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-i*, *--noheadings*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-O*, *--output* _list_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:63
msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the *write*(2) call."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:34
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:74
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _offset_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:66
msgid "Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:68
msgid "The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:69
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-p*, *--parsable*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:71
msgid "Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by '\\x'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:74
msgid "Suppress any messages after a successful signature wipe."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:77
msgid "Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. For more details see *mount*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:84
msgid "enables *libblkid*(3) debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs /dev/sda**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:92
msgid "Prints information about sda and all partitions on sda."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:95
msgid "Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-<offset>.bak_ for each signature."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$\\((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:98
msgid "Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak_."
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#
#
#. chrt(1) manpage
#. Copyright (C) 2004 Robert Love
#. Copyright (C) 2015 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
#. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
#. document formatting or typesetting system, including
#. intermediate and printed output.
#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
#. type: Title =
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "chrt(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:37
msgid "chrt - manipulate the real-time attributes of a process"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:41
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*chrt* [options] _priority command argument_ ...\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chrt* [options] *-p* [_priority_] _PID_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chrt* sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "POLICIES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-o*, *--other*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:52
msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is the default Linux scheduling policy."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:53
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--fifo*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:55
msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_FIFO* (first in-first out)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:56
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-r*, *--rr*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:58
msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-b*, *--batch*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:61
msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:62
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-i*, *--idle*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:64
msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set to zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:65
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-d*, *--deadline*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:67
msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be specified. See *sched*(7) for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "SCHEDULING OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--sched-runtime* _nanoseconds_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:72
msgid "Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-P*, *--sched-period* _nanoseconds_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:75
msgid "Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-D*, *--sched-deadline* _nanoseconds_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:78
msgid "Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:79 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:80
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-R*, *--reset-on-fork*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:81
msgid "Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.31."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:83
msgid "Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child processes created by *fork*(2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:85
msgid "More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules apply for subsequently created children:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:87
msgid "If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:89
msgid "If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to zero in child processes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:92 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:71
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:71
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-a*, *--all-tasks*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:94
msgid "Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:95
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-m*, *--max*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:97
msgid "Show minimum and maximum valid priorities, then exit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:100 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:79
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:76
msgid "Operate on an existing PID and do not launch a new task."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:103 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:85
msgid "Show status information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:106 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:82
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "USAGE"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:109 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command{colon}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chrt* _priority_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "You can also retrieve the real-time attributes of an existing task{colon}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:119 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "Or set them{colon}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chrt -r -p* _priority PID_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:123 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:96
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "PERMISSIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:126 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:109
msgid "A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:130
msgid "Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some systems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:132
msgid "Linux' default scheduling policy is *SCHED_OTHER*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:137
msgid "mailto:rml@tech9.net[Robert Love], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:144 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:132
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*mesg*(1),\n"
#| "*talk*(1),\n"
#| "*who*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*nice*(1),\n"
"*renice*(1),\n"
"*taskset*(1),\n"
"*sched*(7)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:146
msgid "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "ionice(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:13
msgid "ionice - set or get process I/O scheduling class and priority"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-p* _PID_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-P* _PGID_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-u* _UID_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] _command_ [argument] ...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:27
msgid "This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:29
msgid "When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:31
msgid "As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Idle*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:34
msgid "A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Best-effort*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:37
msgid "This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from _0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:39
msgid "Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:42
msgid "For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before kernel 2.6.26)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Realtime*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:45
msgid "The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, 8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--class* _class_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:50
msgid "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--classdata* _level_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:53
msgid "Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data (priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:56
msgid "Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-P*, *--pgid* _PGID_..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:59
msgid "Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-t*, *--ignore*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:62
msgid "Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel version."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--uid* _UID_..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:65
msgid "Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:71
msgid "Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the CFQ I/O scheduler."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:75
msgid "# *ionice* -c 3 -p 89"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:77
msgid "Sets process with PID 89 as an idle I/O process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:79
msgid "# *ionice* -c 2 -n 0 bash"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:81
msgid "Runs 'bash' as a best-effort program with highest priority."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:83
msgid "# *ionice* -p 89 91"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:85
msgid "Prints the class and priority of the processes with PID 89 and 91."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:90
msgid "mailto:jens@axboe.dk[Jens Axboe], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ioprio_set*(2)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#
#. taskset(1) manpage
#. Copyright (C) 2004 Robert Love
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
#. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
#. document formatting or typesetting system, including
#. intermediate and printed output.
#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
#. type: Title =
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "taskset(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:36
msgid "taskset - set or retrieve a process's CPU affinity"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*taskset* [options] _mask command_ [_argument_...]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*taskset* [options] *-p* [_mask_] _pid_\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:46
msgid "The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful only in certain applications."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:48
msgid "The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--cpu-list* option. For example,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*0x00000001*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:51
msgid "is processor #0,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*0x00000003*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:54
msgid "is processors #0 and #1,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*0xFFFFFFFF*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:57
msgid "is processors #0 through #31,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:60
msgid "is processors #1, #4, and #5,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--cpu-list 0-2,6*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:63
msgid "is processors #0, #1, #2, and #6."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--cpu-list 0-10:2*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:66
msgid "is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:68
msgid "When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been scheduled to a legal CPU."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:73
msgid "Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:74
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-c*, *--cpu-list*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:76
msgid "Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: *0,5,8-11*."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command with a given affinity mask{colon}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*taskset* _mask_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "You can also retrieve the CPU affinity of an existing task{colon}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*taskset -p* _pid_\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "Or set it{colon}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*taskset -p* _mask pid_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:99
msgid "A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:103
msgid "Written by Robert M. Love."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:104 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:72
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:120 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:126
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:66 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:108
msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*chrt*(1),\n"
"*nice*(1),\n"
"*renice*(1),\n"
"*sched_getaffinity*(2),\n"
"*sched_setaffinity*(2)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:118
msgid "See *sched*(7) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#
#
#. uclampset(1) manpage
#. Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Qais Yousef <qais.yousef@arm.com>
#. Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Arm Ltd
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
#. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
#. document formatting or typesetting system, including
#. intermediate and printed output.
#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
#. type: Title =
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "uclampset(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:38
msgid "uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or a process"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max] _command argument_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max_] *-p* _PID_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset* sets or retrieves the utilization clamping attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:50
msgid "Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be operating at."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:52
msgid "The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other cpufreq governors support."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:54
msgid "If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:56
msgid "Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the actual utilization of the task is at max."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:58
msgid "Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:60
msgid "By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:62
msgid "The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to reset to system's default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:67
msgid "Set _util_min_ value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:70
msgid "Set _util_max_ value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:73
msgid "Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:77
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-s*, *--system*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:79
msgid "Set or retrieve the system-wide utilization clamping attributes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:82
msgid "Set *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "You can also retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of an existing task{colon}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset -p* _PID_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset -p* _PID_ _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "Or control the system-wide attributes{colon}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset -s* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:113
msgid "The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the _allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and _uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp values for their task across the full range [0:1024]."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "For example{colon}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uclampset -s* `-m 512` `-M 700`\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:119
msgid "will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the maximum performance of the system to 700."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:121
msgid "Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:125
msgid "mailto:qais.yousef@arm.com[Qais Yousef]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:134
msgid "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "adjtime_config(5)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:12
msgid "adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:16 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:53
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su_"
msgid "_/etc/adjtime_"
msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:20
msgid "The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by *hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:22
msgid "The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or *rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file is missing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:24
msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections from *hwclock*(8) man page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:26
msgid "The _adjtime_ file is formatted in ASCII."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "First line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:30
msgid "Three numbers, separated by blanks:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*drift factor*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:33
msgid "the systematic drift rate in seconds per day (floating point decimal)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*last adjust time*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:36
msgid "the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration (decimal integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*adjustment status*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:39
msgid "zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "Second line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*last calibration time*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:44
msgid "The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal integer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "Third line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*clock mode*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:49
msgid "Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*hwclock*(8),\n"
"*rtcwake*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "blkdiscard(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:12
msgid "blkdiscard - discard sectors on a device"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkdiscard* [options] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _device_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkdiscard* is used to discard device sectors. This is useful for solid-state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage. Unlike *fstrim*(8), this command is used directly on the block device.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:22
msgid "By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:24 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:22
msgid "The _device_ argument is the pathname of the block device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*WARNING: All data in the discarded region on the device will be lost!*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:30
msgid "The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:33
msgid "Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode (*O_EXCL*) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:36
msgid "Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--length* _length_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:39
msgid "The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--step* _length_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:42
msgid "The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to discard all by one ioctl call."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-s*, *--secure*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:45
msgid "Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-z*, *--zeroout*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:48
msgid "Zero-fill rather than discard."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:51
msgid "Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:57
msgid "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fstrim*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "blkzone(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:12
msgid "blkzone - run zone command on a device"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkzone* _command_ [options] _device_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blkzone* is used to run zone command on device that support the Zoned Block Commands (ZBC) or Zoned-device ATA Commands (ZAC). The zones to operate on can be specified using the offset, count and length options.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "report"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:28
msgid "The command *blkzone report* is used to report device zone information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:30
msgid "By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:32
msgid "Report output:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|start |Zone start sector\n"
"|len |Zone length in number of sectors\n"
"|cap |Zone capacity in number of sectors\n"
"|wptr |Zone write pointer position\n"
"|reset |Reset write pointer recommended\n"
"|non-seq |Non-sequential write resources active\n"
"|cond |Zone condition\n"
"|type |Zone type\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:45
msgid "Zone conditions:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|cl |Closed\n"
"|nw |Not write pointer\n"
"|em |Empty\n"
"|fu |Full\n"
"|oe |Explicitly opened\n"
"|oi |Implicitly opened\n"
"|ol |Offline\n"
"|ro |Read only\n"
"|x? |Reserved conditions (should not be reported)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "capacity"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:61
msgid "The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:63
msgid "By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "reset"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:67
msgid "The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike *sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a range of zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "open"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:71
msgid "The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer and can open a range of zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "close"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:75
msgid "The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and can close a range of zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "finish"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:79
msgid "The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:81
msgid "By default, the *reset*, *open*, *close* and *finish* commands will operate from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be used to modify this behavior as explained below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:85
msgid "The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:86
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _sector_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:88
msgid "The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value is zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--length* _sectors_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:91
msgid "The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot be used together with the option *--count*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:92
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
msgid "*-c*, *--count* _count_"
msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:94
msgid "The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used together with the option *--length*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:97
msgid "Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:100
msgid "Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors reset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:107
msgid "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "chcpu(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:12
msgid "chcpu - configure CPUs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chcpu* *-c*|*-d*|*-e*|*-g* _cpu-list_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chcpu* *-p* _mode_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chcpu* *-r*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chcpu* can modify the state of CPUs. It can enable or disable CPUs, scan for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching _mode_ of the underlying hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return CPUs to the hypervisor (deconfigure).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:26
msgid "Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--configure* _cpu-list_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:31
msgid "Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on which your kernel runs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--disable* _cpu-list_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:34
msgid "Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it offline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--enable* _cpu-list_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:37
msgid "Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, *--deconfigure* _cpu-list_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:40
msgid "Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-d*, before it can be deconfigured."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--dispatch* _mode_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:43
msgid "Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. Available _modes_ are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*horizontal*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:46
msgid "The workload is spread across all available CPUs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*vertical*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:49
msgid "The workload is concentrated on few CPUs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-r*, *--rescan*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:52
msgid "Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly attached CPUs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chcpu* has the following exit status values:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:66
msgid "partial success"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:71
msgid "mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:75
msgid "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lscpu*(1)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "chmem(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:12
msgid "chmem - configure memory"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chmem* [*-h] [*-V*] [*-v*] [*-e*|*-d*] [_SIZE_|_RANGE_ *-b* _BLOCKRANGE_] [*-z* _ZONE_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:20
msgid "The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or offline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:22
msgid "Specify _SIZE_ as <size>[m|M|g|G]. With m or M, <size> specifies the memory size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, <size> specifies the memory size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:24
msgid "Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x<start>-0x<end> as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <start> is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and <end> is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:26
msgid "Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form <first>-<last> or <block> as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <first> is the number of the first memory block and <last> is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--blocks* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:28
msgid "Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the *lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:30
msgid "_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:32
msgid "Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or offline instead of the requested amount."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:34
msgid "When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory block numbers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:37
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-b*, *--blocks*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:39
msgid "Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* and *--disable* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-d*, *--disable*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:42
msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory offline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-e*, *--enable*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:45
msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-z*, *--zone*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:48
msgid "Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set online to the zone Movable, if possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:51
msgid "Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about it's progress."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chmem* has the following exit status values:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chmem --enable 1024*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:71
msgid "This command requests 1024 MiB of memory to be set online."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chmem -e 2g*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:74
msgid "This command requests 2 GiB of memory to be set online."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:77
msgid "This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chmem -b -d 10*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:80
msgid "This command requests the memory block number 10 to be set offline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsmem*(1)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "choom(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:12
msgid "choom - display and adjust OOM-killer score."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:14
#, no-wrap
msgid "*choom* *-p* _PID_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*choom* *-p* _PID_ *-n* _number_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:18
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*choom* *-n* _number_ [--] _command_ [_argument_ ...]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:22
msgid "The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:27
msgid "Specifies process ID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:28
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-n*, *--adjust* _value_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:30
msgid "Specify the adjust score value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:36
msgid "Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed in out of memory conditions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:38
msgid "The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 (never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score will be 500."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:40
msgid "There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:42
msgid "The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:44
msgid "The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for that task since it will always report a badness score of 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:46
msgid "Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of -500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*proc*(5)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "ctrlaltdel(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:16
msgid "ctrlaltdel - set the function of the Ctrl-Alt-Del combination"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ctrlaltdel* *hard*|*soft*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:24
msgid "Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that there are two supported functions that the <Ctrl-Alt-Del> sequence can perform."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hard*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:27
msgid "Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any other preparation. This is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*soft*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:30
msgid "Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process (this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the *init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several *init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation for the version that you are currently using."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:32
msgid "When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:34
msgid "The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:42
msgid "_/etc/rc.local_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:46
msgid "mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*init*(8),\n"
"*systemd*(1)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "dmesg(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:16
msgid "dmesg - print or control the kernel ring buffer"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* *--clear*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* *--read-clear* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* *--console-level* _level_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* *--console-on*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* *--console-off*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* is used to examine or control the kernel ring buffer.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:36
msgid "The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:40
msgid "The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--console-level* options are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:41
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-C*, *--clear*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:43
msgid "Clear the ring buffer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:44
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-c*, *--read-clear*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:46
msgid "Clear the ring buffer after first printing its contents."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-D*, *--console-off*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:49
msgid "Disable the printing of messages to the console."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-d*, *--show-delta*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:52
msgid "Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is printed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:53
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-E*, *--console-on*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:55
msgid "Enable printing messages to the console."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:56
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-e*, *--reltime*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:58
msgid "Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-F*, *--file* _file_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:61
msgid "Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not support messages in kmsg format. The old syslog format is supported only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:62
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--facility* _list_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:64
msgid "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg --facility=daemon*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:68
msgid "will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities see the *--help* output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:69
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-H*, *--human*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:71
msgid "Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--nopager*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:74
msgid "Use JSON output format. The time output format is in \"sec.usec\" format only, log priority level is not decoded by default (use *--decode* to split into facility and priority), the other options to control the output format or time format are silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:77
msgid "Print kernel messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:80
msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:81
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-l*, *--level* _list_"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:83
msgid "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:87
msgid "will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the *--help* output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--console-level* _level_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:90
msgid "Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The _level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all supported levels see the *--help* output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:92
msgid "For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency (panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--noescape*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:95
msgid "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x<hex> for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be careful and don't use it by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:96
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-P*, *--nopager*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:98
msgid "Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:99
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-p*, *--force-prefix*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:101
msgid "Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:104
msgid "Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:106
msgid "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:107
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-S*, *--syslog*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:109
msgid "Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since kernel 3.5.0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--buffer-size* _size_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:112
msgid "Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire buffer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:113
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-T*, *--ctime*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:115
msgid "Print human-readable timestamps."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate!* The *time* source used for the logs is *not updated after* system *SUSPEND*/*RESUME*. Timestamps are adjusted according to current delta between boottime and monotonic clocks, this works only for messages printed after last resume.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--since* _time_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:120
msgid "Display record since the specified time. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--until* _time_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:123
msgid "Display record until the specified time. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:124
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-t*, *--notime*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:126
msgid "Do not print kernel's timestamps."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:129
msgid "Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, *delta* or *iso*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-format-specific options. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of the ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DD<T>HH:MM:SS,<microseconds><-+><timezone offset from UTC>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:131
msgid "The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate when a system is suspended and resumed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:132
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-u*, *--userspace*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:134
msgid "Print userspace messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:135
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-w*, *--follow*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:137
msgid "Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:138
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-W*, *--follow-new*"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:140
msgid "Wait and print only new messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:141
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-x*, *--decode*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:143
msgid "Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:148
msgid "The logical color names supported by *dmesg* are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "*subsys*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:151
msgid "The message sub-system prefix (e.g., \"ACPI:\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:154
msgid "The message timestamp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "*timebreak*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:157
msgid "The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "*alert*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:160
msgid "The text of the message with the alert log priority."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:161
#, no-wrap
msgid "*crit*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:163
msgid "The text of the message with the critical log priority."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:164
#, no-wrap
msgid "*err*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:166
msgid "The text of the message with the error log priority."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:169
msgid "The text of the message with the warning log priority."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:170
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*defaults*"
msgid "*segfault*"
msgstr "*defaults*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:172
msgid "The text of the message that inform about segmentation fault."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:176
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* can fail reporting permission denied error. This is usually caused by *dmesg_restrict* kernel setting, please see *syslog*(2) for more details.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:182
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmesg* was originally written by mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o].\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:187
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*terminal-colors.d*(5),\n"
"*syslogd*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#. Copyright (C) 1994-2005 Jeff Tranter (tranter@pobox.com)
#. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>.
#. It may be distributed under the GNU Public License, version 2, or
#. any higher version. See section COPYING of the GNU Public license
#. for conditions under which this file may be redistributed.
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "eject(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:20
msgid "eject - eject removable media"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*eject* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*eject* allows removable media (typically a CD-ROM, floppy disk, tape, JAZ, ZIP or USB disk) to be ejected under software control. The command can also control some multi-disc CD-ROM changers, the auto-eject feature supported by some devices, and close the disc tray of some CD-ROM drives.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:28
msgid "The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:30
msgid "There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default *eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:32
msgid "If a device partition is specified, the whole-disk device is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:34
msgid "If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:39
msgid "This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--changerslot* _slot_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:42
msgid "With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the changer is referred to as 0, not 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-d*, *--default*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:45
msgid "List the default device name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-F*, *--force*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:48
msgid "Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:49
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-f*, *--floppy*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:51
msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable floppy disk eject command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:54
msgid "This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the button is inadvertently pressed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:57
msgid "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount other partitions on partitioned devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will not attempt to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device or mountpoint given on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-m*, *--no-unmount*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:60
msgid "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not specified then *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that the device is not used (since v2.35)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-n*, *--noop*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:63
msgid "With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:64
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-p*, *--proc*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:66
msgid "This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:67
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-q*, *--tape*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:69
msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive offline command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:70
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-r*, *--cdrom*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:72
msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:73
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-s*, *--scsi*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:75
msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:76
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-T*, *--traytoggle*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:78
msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:79
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-t*, *--trayclose*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:81
msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all devices support this command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:86
msgid "Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is doing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:87
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-X*, *--listspeed*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:89
msgid "With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not work with them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--cdspeed* _speed_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:92
msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The _speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or with the *-t* and *-c* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*eject* only works with devices that support one or more of the four methods of ejecting. This includes most CD-ROM drives (IDE, SCSI, and proprietary), some SCSI tape drives, JAZ drives, ZIP drives (parallel port, SCSI, and IDE versions), and LS120 removable floppies. Users have also reported success with floppy drives on Sun SPARC and Apple Macintosh systems. If *eject* does not work, it is most likely a limitation of the kernel driver for the device and not the *eject* program itself.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:102
msgid "The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*eject* may not always be able to determine if the device is mounted (e.g., if it has several names). If the device name is a symbolic link, *eject* will follow the link and use the device that it points to.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:106
msgid "If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not attempt to eject the media."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:108
msgid "You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:110
msgid "If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:112
msgid "You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:116
msgid "mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux version."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:123
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*getmntent*(3),\n"
#| "*fs*(5),\n"
#| "*findmnt*(8),\n"
#| "*mount*(8),\n"
#| "*swapon*(8)\n"
msgid ""
"*findmnt*(8),\n"
"*lsblk*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*umount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*getmntent*(3),\n"
"*fs*(5),\n"
"*findmnt*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "fallocate(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:12
msgid "fallocate - preallocate or deallocate space to a file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length_ [*-n*] _filename_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length filename_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fallocate* is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, either to deallocate or preallocate it. For filesystems which support the *fallocate*(2) system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data blocks. This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with zeroes.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:26
msgid "The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:30
msgid "The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, and YB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:32
msgid "The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, and *--zero-range* are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--collapse-range*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:35
msgid "Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be specified for the collapse-range operation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:37
msgid "Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:39
msgid "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, _offset_ and _length_ must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such a requirement, the operation will fail with the error *EINVAL* if this requirement is violated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-d*, *--dig-holes*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:42
msgid "Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the entire file is analyzed for holes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:44
msgid "You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:46
msgid "See *--punch-hole* for a list of supported filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:47
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-i*, *--insert-range*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:49
msgid "Insert a hole of _length_ bytes from _offset_, shifting existing data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:52
msgid "Specifies the length of the range, in bytes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:53
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-n*, *--keep-size*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:55
msgid "Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:58
msgid "Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-p*, *--punch-hole*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:61
msgid "Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is implied."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:63
msgid "Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:66
msgid "Enable verbose mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:67
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-x*, *--posix*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:69
msgid "Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported by the underlying filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:70
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-z*, *--zero-range*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:72
msgid "Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:74
msgid "Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update metadata."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:76
msgid "Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:78
msgid "Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:85
msgid "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*truncate*(1),\n"
"*fallocate*(2),\n"
"*posix_fallocate*(3)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin - All Rights Reserved
#. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
#. obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
#. files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
#. restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
#. copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
#. sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
#. the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
#. conditions:
#. The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall
#. be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
#. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
#. EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
#. OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
#. NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
#. HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
#. WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
#. FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
#. OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "flock(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:37
msgid "flock - manage locks from shell scripts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ *-c* _command_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*flock* [options] _number_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:49
msgid "This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:51
msgid "The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:53
msgid "The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the examples below for how that can be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:56 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:69
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
msgid "*-c*, *--command* _command_"
msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Pass _command_ to the shell with the *-c* option."
msgid "Pass a single _command_, without arguments, to the shell with *-c*."
msgstr "Předá _příkaz_ shellu pomocí přepínače *-c*."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-E*, *--conflict-exit-code* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:61
msgid "The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:64
msgid "Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold the lock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:65
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-e*, *-x*, *--exclusive*"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:67
msgid "Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:68
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-n*, *--nb*, *--nonblock*"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:70
msgid "Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-E* option for the exit status used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:71
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-o*, *--close*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:73
msgid "Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing _command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should not be holding the lock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:74
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-s*, *--shared*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:76
msgid "Obtain a shared lock, sometimes called a read lock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:77
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-u*, *--unlock*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:79
msgid "Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a background process which should not be holding the lock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--wait*, *--timeout* _seconds_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:82
msgid "Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:85
msgid "Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be obtained."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:91
msgid "The command uses <sysexits.h> exit status values for everything, except when using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:93
msgid "When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the exit status is that of the child command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:97
msgid "Note that \"shell> \" in examples is a command line prompt."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "shell1> flock /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:100
msgid "Set exclusive lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will fail."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "shell1> flock -s /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:103
msgid "Set shared lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will not fail. Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "shell> flock -x local-lock-file echo 'a b c'"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:106
msgid "Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "(; flock -n 9 || exit 1; # ... commands executed under lock ...; ) 9>/var/lock/mylockfile"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:109
msgid "The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "[ \"$\\{FLOCKER}\" != \"$0\" ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0\" flock -en \"$0\" \"$0\" \"$@\" || : "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:112
msgid "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the first run. If the environment variable *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell script that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing itself with the right arguments. It also sets the *FLOCKER* environment variable to the right value so it doesn't run again."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "shell> exec 4<>/var/lock/mylockfile; shell> flock -n 4"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:115
msgid "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, then *flock* is used to lock the descriptor."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:119
msgid "mailto:hpa@zytor.com[H. Peter Anvin]"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:124
msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "*flock*(2)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "fsfreeze(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:12
msgid "fsfreeze - suspend access to a filesystem (Ext3/4, ReiserFS, JFS, XFS)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsfreeze* *--freeze*|*--unfreeze* _mountpoint_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsfreeze* suspends or resumes access to a filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsfreeze* halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable image on disk. *fsfreeze* is intended to be used with hardware RAID devices that support the creation of snapshots.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fsfreeze* is unnecessary for *device-mapper* devices. The device-mapper (and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a snapshot creation is requested. For more details see the *dmsetup*(8) man page.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:26
msgid "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see *mount*(8))."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:28
msgid "Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for more details see *mount*(8))."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--freeze*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:33
msgid "This option requests the specified filesystem to be frozen from new modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the filesystem are allowed to complete, new *write*(2) system calls are halted, other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be unfrozen."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:35
msgid "Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of the snapshot is complete."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-u*, *--unfreeze*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:38
msgid "This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are unblocked and allowed to complete."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILESYSTEM SUPPORT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:44
msgid "This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, *jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:48
msgid "This man page is based on *xfs_freeze*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:52
msgid "Written by Hajime Taira."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)fstab.5	6.5 (Berkeley) 5/10/91
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "fstab(5)"
msgstr "fstab(5)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:46
msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems"
msgstr "fstab - statická informace o souborových systémech"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:54
msgid "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because *fsck*(8), *mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their thing."
msgstr "Soubor *fstab* obsahuje popisnou informaci o souborových systémech, které systém umí připojit. *fstab* je programy pouze čten, nikoli zapisován. Je starostí správce jej správně vytvořit a udržovat. Pořadí záznamů ve *fstab* je důležité, protože nástroje *fsck*(8), *mount*(8) a *umount*(8) postupně *fstab* procházejí a řídí tak svoji činnost."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:56
msgid "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank lines are ignored."
msgstr "Každý souborový systém je popsán na samostatném řádku. Jednotlivá pole každého řádku jsou oddělena tabulátory nebo mezerami. Řádky začínající znakem „#“ jsou komentáře. Prázdné řádky jsou ignorovány."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:58
msgid "The following is a typical example of an *fstab* entry:"
msgstr "Následuje typická ukázka záznamu *fstab*:"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "LABEL=t-home2   /home      ext4    defaults,auto_da_alloc      0  2\n"
msgstr "LABEL=t-home2   /home      ext4    defaults,auto_da_alloc      0  2\n"

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "The first field (_fs_spec_)."
msgstr "První položka (_fs_spec_)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:66
msgid "This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap partition to be enabled."
msgstr "Tato položka popisuje zvláštní blokové zařízení, vzdálený systém souborů nebo obraz se systémem souborů pro zařízení loop, který má být připojen, nebo odkládací soubor či oddíl, který má být zapnut."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:68
msgid "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node (as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _<host>:<dir>_, e.g., _knuth.aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for *procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*."
msgstr "Pro normální připojení toto je (odkaz na) i-uzel zvláštního blokového zařízení (lze vyrobit pomocí *mknod*(2)), jehož zařízení se má připojit. Například _/dev/cdrom_ nebo _/dev/sdb7_. Pro připojení NFS je tato položka _<stroj>:<adresář>_, například _knuth.aeb.nl:/_. V případě souborových systémů bez úložiště lze použít jakýkoliv řetězec. Tan pak bude například uveden ve výstupu *df*(1). Typické využití je _proc_  pro *procfs*; _mem_, _none_ nebo _tmpfs_ pro *tmpfs*. Další zvláštní souborové systémy, jako *udev* nebo *sysfs*, se do *fstab* obvykle neuvádějí."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:70
msgid "LABEL=<label> or UUID=<uuid> may be given instead of a device name. This is the recommended method, as device names are often a coincidence of hardware detection order, and can change when other disks are added or removed. For example, 'LABEL=Boot' or 'UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6'. (Use a filesystem-specific tool like *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8), or *fatlabel*(8) to set LABELs on filesystems)."
msgstr "Místo názvu zařízení lze zadat LABEL=<jmenovka> nebo UUID=<UUID>. Toto je doporučený postup, protože názvy zařízení jsou často výsledkem nahodilého pořadí detekce hardwaru a mohou se změnit, když se další disky přidají nebo odeberou. Příklady: „LABEL=Boot“ nebo „UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6“. (Jmenovku souborové systému můžete nastavit nástrojem určeným pro konkrétní souborový systém. Například *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8) nebo *fatlabel*(8).)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:72
msgid "It's also possible to use *PARTUUID=* and *PARTLABEL=*. These partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
msgstr "Rovněž je možné použít *PARTUUID=* nebo *PARTLABEL=*. Tyto identifikátory oddílů jsou podporovány například s tabulkou rozdělení disku GUID (GPT)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:74
msgid "See *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) or *lsblk*(8) for more details about device identifiers."
msgstr "Pro podrobnosti o identifikátorech zařízení nahlédněte do *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) a *lsblk*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:76
msgid "Note that *mount*(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters. But when specifying the volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case characters are used (e.g UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
msgstr "Pamatujte, že *mount*(8) používá UUID jako řetězce. Řetězcová reprezentace UUID by se měla zakládat na malých písmenech. Avšak pro zadání identifikátoru souborových systémů FAT a NFTS se používají písmena velká (např. UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" nebo UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "The second field (_fs_file_)."
msgstr "Druhá položka (_fs_file_)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:80
msgid "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For swap partitions, this field should be specified as `none'. If the name of the mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `\\040' and '\\011' respectively."
msgstr "Toto položka popisuje místo pro připojení (cíl) souborového systému. Pro odkládací oddíly by tato položka měla být vedena jako „none“. Pokud název místa připojení obsahuje mezery nebo tabulátory, lze je zapsat jako „\\040“ a „\\011“."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "The third field (_fs_vfstype_)."
msgstr "Třetí položka (_fs_vfstype_)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:84
msgid "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more details, see *mount*(8)."
msgstr "Tato položka popisuje druh souborového systému. Linux podporuje mnoho druhů systémů: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs a mnohé další. Pro podrobnosti vizte *mount*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:86
msgid "An entry _swap_ denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf. *swapon*(8). An entry _none_ is useful for bind or move mounts."
msgstr "Záznam _swap_ označuje soubor nebo oddíl, který se má použít pro odkládaní (swap) paměti. Vizte *swapon*(8). Záznam _none_ se rovněž hodí pro vázaná (bind) připojení a přesunovaná (move) připojení."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:88
msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list."
msgstr "Lze zadat více jak jeden druh. Oddělují se čárkami."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount*(8) and *umount*(8) support filesystem _subtypes_. The subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated).\n"
msgstr "*mount*(8) a *umount*(8) podporují _podtypy_ souborových systémů. Podtyp se definuje pomocí přípony „.subtype“. Například „fuse.sshfs“. Je doporučeno použít zápis podtypem než přidávat předponu do první položky fstabu (příklad zastaralého použití je „sshfs#example.com“).\n"

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "The fourth field (_fs_mntops_)."
msgstr "Čtvrtá položka (_fs_mntops_)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:94
msgid "This field describes the mount options associated with the filesystem."
msgstr "Tato položka popisuje volby pro připojení souborového systému."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:96
msgid "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options. It contains at least the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*), plus any additional options appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning options). For details, see *mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)."
msgstr "Jedná se o seznamem voleb oddělených čárkami. Vždy obsahuje způsob připojení (*ro* nebo *rw*). Eventuálně další volby vhodné pro daný souborový systém (včetně voleb ovlivňujících výkon). Pro podrobnosti vizte *mount*(8) a *swapon*(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:98
msgid "Basic filesystem-independent options are:"
msgstr "Základní volby nezávislé na souborovém systému jsou:"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:99 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:492
#, no-wrap
msgid "*defaults*"
msgstr "*defaults*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:101
msgid "use default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async."
msgstr "použije výchozí volby: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser a async."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:101 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:468
#, no-wrap
msgid "*noauto*"
msgstr "*noauto*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103
msgid "do not mount when *mount -a* is given (e.g., at boot time)"
msgstr "nepřipojovat, je-li voláno *mount -a* (například při startu systému)"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:613
#, no-wrap
msgid "*user*"
msgstr "*user*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105
msgid "allow a user to mount"
msgstr "dovolí připojení běžným uživatelem"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:580
#, no-wrap
msgid "*owner*"
msgstr "*owner*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107
msgid "allow device owner to mount"
msgstr "dovolí připojení vlastníkem zařízení"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "*comment*"
msgstr "*comment*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109
msgid "or *x-<name>* for use by fstab-maintaining programs"
msgstr "nebo *x-<název>* pro použití programy spravujícími fstab"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:536
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nofail*"
msgstr "*nofail*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:111
msgid "do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
msgstr "nehlásí chyby k tomuto zařízení, pokud toto zařízení neexistuje."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "The fifth field (_fs_freq_)."
msgstr "Pátá položka (_fs_freq_)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:115
msgid "This field is used by *dump*(8) to determine which filesystems need to be dumped. Defaults to zero (don't dump) if not present."
msgstr "Tyto položku používá program *dump*(8), aby zjistil, který souborový systém má být zálohován. Pokud není uvedeno, výchozí hodnota je 0 (nezálohovat)."

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "The sixth field (_fs_passno_)."
msgstr "Šestá položka (_fs_passno_)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:119
msgid "This field is used by *fsck*(8) to determine the order in which filesystem checks are done at boot time. The root filesystem should be specified with a _fs_passno_ of 1. Other filesystems should have a _fs_passno_ of 2. Filesystems within a drive will be checked sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware. Defaults to zero (don't check the filesystem) if not present."
msgstr "Tuto položku používá program *fsck(8)* pro určení pořadí kontroly souborových systému při startu. Kořenový souborový systém by měl mít hodnotu _fs_passno_ rovnu 1, ostatní souborové systémy pak hodnotu _fs_passno rovnu 2. Souborové systémy v rámci jedné diskové jednotky jsou kontrolovány postupně, nicméně systémy na různých jednotkách jsou kontrolovány najednou, aby se využil paralelismus stroje. Není-li hodnota uvedena, výchozí je nula (tzn. kontrola nebude provedena)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:124
msgid "_/etc/fstab_, _<fstab.h>_"
msgstr "_/etc/fstab_, _<fstab.h>_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:128
msgid "The proper way to read records from *fstab* is to use the routines *getmntent*(3) or *libmount*."
msgstr "Správná metoda jak číst v programu *fstab* je použít proceduru *getmntent*(3) nebo *libmount*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:130
msgid "The keyword *ignore* as a filesystem type (3rd field) is no longer supported by the pure libmount based mount utility (since util-linux v2.22)."
msgstr "Klíčové slovo *ignore* použité jako druh souborového systému (3. položka) již není podporováno nástrojem mount, který je postaven čistě na knihovně libmount (util-linux od verze 2.22)."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:134
msgid "The ancestor of this *fstab* file format appeared in 4.0BSD."
msgstr "Předchůdce formátu souboru *fstab* se objevil v 4.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*getmntent*(3),\n"
"*fs*(5),\n"
"*findmnt*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*getmntent*(3),\n"
"*fs*(5),\n"
"*findmnt*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "fstrim(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:12
msgid "fstrim - discard unused blocks on a mounted filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fstrim* [*-Aa*] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] [*-m* _minimum-size_] [*-v* _mountpoint_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fstrim* is used on a mounted filesystem to discard (or \"trim\") blocks which are not in use by the filesystem. This is useful for solid-state drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:22
msgid "By default, *fstrim* will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem. Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:24
msgid "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the filesystem is mounted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:26
msgid "Running *fstrim* frequently, or even using *mount -o discard*, might negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices. For most desktop and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a week. Note that not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim command incurs a performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to use the disk at the time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:30
msgid "The _offset_, _length_, and _minimum-size_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-A, --fstab*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:33
msgid "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in _/etc/fstab_ on devices that support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from kernel command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only devices, autofs and read-only filesystems are silently ignored. Filesystems with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option are skipped."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a, --all*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:36
msgid "Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard operation. The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n, --dry-run*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:39
msgid "This option does everything apart from actually call *FITRIM* ioctl."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o, --offset* _offset_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:42
msgid "Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free blocks to discard. The default value is zero, starting at the beginning of the filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l, --length* _length_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:45
msgid "The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks to discard. If the specified value extends past the end of the filesystem, *fstrim* will stop at the filesystem size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__list__"
msgid "*-I, --listed-in* _list_"
msgstr "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__seznam__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:48
msgid "Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored. The evaluation of the _list_ stops after first non-empty file. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo*.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:52
msgid "Filesystems with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option in fstab are skipped."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m, --minimum* _minimum-size_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:55
msgid "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free ranges smaller than this will be ignored and *fstrim* will adjust the minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that (fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the *fstrim* operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The default value is zero, discarding every free block."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:56
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-v, --verbose*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:58
msgid "Verbose execution. With this option *fstrim* will output the number of bytes passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for potential discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the storage device's perspective, because _FITRIM_ ioctl called repeated will keep sending the same sectors for discard repeatedly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fstrim* will report the same potential discard bytes each time, but only sectors which had been written to between the discards would actually be discarded by the storage device. Further, the kernel block layer reserves the right to adjust the discard ranges to fit raid stripe geometry, non-trim capable devices in a LVM setup, etc. These reductions would not be reflected in fstrim_range.len (the *--length* option).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--quiet-unsupported*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:63
msgid "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This option is meant to be used in *systemd* service file or in *cron*(8) scripts to hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver reporting _Bad file descriptor_ when device is mounted read-only, or lack of file system support for ioctl _FITRIM_ call. This option also cleans exit status when unsupported filesystem specified on *fstrim* command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:76
msgid "some filesystem discards have succeeded, some failed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:78
msgid "The command *fstrim --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed) or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:82
msgid "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*blkdiscard*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#. hwclock.8 -- man page for util-linux' hwclock
#. 2015-01-07 J William Piggott
#.    Authored new section: DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION.
#.    Subsections: Keeping Time..., LOCAL vs UTC, POSIX vs 'RIGHT'.
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "hwclock(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:20
msgid "hwclock - time clocks utility"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock* [_function_] [_option_...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock* is an administration tool for the time clocks. It can: display the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified time; set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct the System Clock timescale; set the kernel's timezone, NTP timescale, and epoch (Alpha only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based on its drift rate.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:30
msgid "Since v2.26 important changes were made to the *--hctosys* function and the *--directisa* option, and a new option *--update-drift* was added. See their respective descriptions below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "OPTIONS"
msgid "FUNCTIONS"
msgstr "VOLBY"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:34
msgid "The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at a time. If none is given, the default is *--show*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a, --adjust*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:37
msgid "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--getepoch*; *--setepoch*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:40
msgid "These functions are for Alpha machines only, and are only available through the Linux kernel RTC driver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:42
msgid "They are used to read and set the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware Clock refers. For example, if the machine's BIOS sets the year counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since 1952, then the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:44
msgid "The *--setepoch* function requires using the *--epoch* option to specify the year. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "**hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952**\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:48
msgid "The RTC driver attempts to guess the correct epoch value, so setting it may not be required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:50
msgid "This epoch value is used whenever *hwclock* reads or sets the Hardware Clock on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the fixed Hardware Clock epoch of 1900."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--param-get=**__parameter__; **--param-set=**__parameter__=__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:53
msgid "Read and set the RTC's parameter. This is useful, for example, to retrieve the RTC's feature or set the RTC's Backup Switchover Mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:55
msgid "_parameter_ is either a numeric RTC parameter value (see the Kernel's _include/uapi/linux/rtc.h_) or an alias. See *--help* for a list of valid aliases. _parameter_ and _value_, if prefixed with 0x, are interpreted as hexadecimal, otherwise decimal values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--predict*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:58
msgid "Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the time given by the *--date* option and the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. This is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting a Hardware Clock wakeup (aka alarm). See *rtcwake*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:60
msgid "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-r*, *--show*; *--get*"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:63
msgid "Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the *ISO 8601* format. The time shown is always in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:65
msgid "Showing the Hardware Clock time is the default when no function is specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:67
msgid "The *--get* function also applies drift correction to the time read, based upon the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:68
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-s*, *--hctosys*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:70
msgid "Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock. The time read from the Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before using it to set the System Clock. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:72
msgid "The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone configured for the system. If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time then the time read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before using it to set the System Clock. The *--hctosys* function does this based upon the information in the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file or the command line arguments *--localtime* and *--utc*. Note: no daylight saving adjustment is made. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:74
msgid "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the *--hctosys* function sets it to the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is configured by the *TZ* environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as *tzset*(3) would interpret them. The obsolete _tz_dsttime_ field of the kernel's timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this field used to mean, see *settimeofday*(2).)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:76
msgid "When used in a startup script, making the *--hctosys* function the first caller of *settimeofday*(2) from boot, it will set the NTP '11 minute mode' timescale via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If the Hardware Clock's timescale configuration is changed then a reboot is required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:78
msgid "This is a good function to use in one of the system startup scripts before the file systems are mounted read/write."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:80
msgid "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system time will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, if something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP's '11 minute mode', then *--hctosys* will set the time incorrectly by including drift compensation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:82
msgid "Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ to zero. This setting will be persistent as long as the *--update-drift* option is not used with *--systohc* at shutdown (or anywhere else). Another way to inhibit this is by using the *--noadjfile* option when calling the *--hctosys* function. A third method is to delete the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. *Hwclock* will then default to using the UTC timescale for the Hardware Clock. If the Hardware Clock is ticking local time it will need to be defined in the file. This can be done by calling *hwclock --localtime --adjust*; when the file is not present this command will not actually adjust the Clock, but it will create the file with local time configured, and a drift factor of zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:84
msgid "A condition under which inhibiting *hwclock*'s drift correction may be desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock's value, then when this instance is started again the drift correction applied will be incorrect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:86
msgid "For *hwclock*'s drift correction to work properly it is imperative that nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not running."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--set*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:89
msgid "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the *--date* option, and update the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--set* fails. See *--update-drift* below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--systz*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:92
msgid "This is an alternate to the *--hctosys* function that does not read the Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not any drift correction. It is intended to be used in a startup script on systems with kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock has been set from the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:94
msgid "It does the following things that are detailed above in the *--hctosys* function:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:96
msgid "Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed. Only instead of accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, *hwclock* simply informs the kernel and it handles the change."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:97
msgid "Sets the kernel's NTP '11 minute mode' timescale."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:98
msgid "Sets the kernel's timezone."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:100
msgid "The first two are only available on the first call of *settimeofday*(2) after boot. Consequently this option only makes sense when used in a startup script. If the Hardware Clocks timescale configuration is changed then a reboot would be required to inform the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:101
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-w*, *--systohc*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:103
msgid "Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--systohc* fails. See *--update-drift* below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--adjfile=**__filename__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:110
msgid "Override the default _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file path."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--date=**__date_string__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:113
msgid "This option must be used with the *--set* or *--predict* functions, otherwise it is ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock --set --date='16:45'*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock --predict --date='2525-08-14 07:11:05'*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:119
msgid "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option. Therefore, the argument should not include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time like \"+5 minutes\", because *hwclock*'s precision depends upon correlation between the argument's value and when the enter key is pressed. Fractional seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable of understanding many time and date formats, but the previous parameters should be observed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:120
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**--session-command=**__command__"
msgid "**--delay=**__seconds__"
msgstr "**--session-command=**__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:122
msgid "This option can be used to overwrite the internally used delay when setting the clock time. The default is 0.5 (500ms) for rtc_cmos, for another RTC types the delay is 0. If RTC type is impossible to determine (from sysfs) then it defaults also to 0.5 to be backwardly compatible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:124
msgid "The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time plus one half second. The integer time is required because there is no interface to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second delay is because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second precisely 500 ms after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior is hardware specific and in same cases another delay is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:125
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-D*, *--debug*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:127
msgid "Use *--verbose*. The *--debug* option has been deprecated and may be repurposed or removed in a future release."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--directisa*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:130
msgid "This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and x86_64 family. For other machines, it has no effect. This option tells *hwclock* to use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware Clock. Without this option, *hwclock* will use the rtc device file, which it assumes to be driven by the Linux RTC device driver. As of v2.26 it will no longer automatically use directisa when the rtc driver is unavailable; this was causing an unsafe condition that could allow two processes to access the Hardware Clock at the same time. Direct hardware access from userspace should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, and as a last resort when all other methods fail. See the *--rtc* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--epoch=**__year__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:133
msgid "This option is required when using the *--setepoch* function. The minimum _year_ value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent (*ULONG_MAX - 1*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, **--rtc=**__filename__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:136
msgid "Override *hwclock*'s default rtc device file name. Otherwise it will use the first one found in this order: _/dev/rtc0_, _/dev/rtc_, _/dev/misc/rtc_. For *IA-64:* _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--localtime*; *-u*, *--utc*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:139
msgid "Indicate which timescale the Hardware Clock is set to."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:141
msgid "The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is being used. The *--localtime* or *--utc* options give this information to the *hwclock* command. If you specify the wrong one (or specify neither and take a wrong default), both setting and reading the Hardware Clock will be incorrect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:143
msgid "If you specify neither *--utc* nor *--localtime* then the one last given with a set function (*--set*, *--systohc*, or *--adjust*), as recorded in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, will be used. If the adjtime file doesn't exist, the default is UTC."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:145
msgid "Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware Clock is kept in local time. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--noadjfile*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:148
msgid "Disable the facilities provided by _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* will not read nor write to that file with this option. Either *--utc* or *--localtime* must be specified when using this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--test*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:151
msgid "Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ (*--verbose* is implicit with this option)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--update-drift*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:154
msgid "Update the Hardware Clock's drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. It can only be used with *--set* or *--systohc*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:156
msgid "A minimum four hour period between settings is required. This is to avoid invalid calculations. The longer the period, the more precise the resulting drift factor will be."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:158
msgid "This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call *hwclock --systohc* at shutdown; with the old behavior this would automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several problems:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:160
msgid "When using NTP with an '11 minute mode' kernel the drift factor would be clobbered to near zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:161
msgid "It would not allow the use of 'cold' drift correction. With most configurations using 'cold' drift will yield favorable results. Cold, means when the machine is turned off which can have a significant impact on the drift factor."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:162
msgid "(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal results. For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be abnormally hot the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:163
msgid "Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using *--update-drift* the RTC is not read)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:165
msgid "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. For most configurations once a machine's optimal drift factor is crafted it should not need to be changed. Therefore, the old behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift was changed and now requires this option to be used. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:167
msgid "This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it. If it cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail. This can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a power failure. In that case, the clock must first be set without this option. Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor would be invalid anyway."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:170
msgid "Display more details about what *hwclock* is doing internally."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:173
#, no-wrap
msgid "Clocks in a Linux System"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:176
msgid "There are two types of date-time clocks:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "*The Hardware Clock:* This clock is an independent hardware device, with its own power domain (battery, capacitor, etc), that operates when the machine is powered off, or even unplugged.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:180
msgid "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:182
msgid "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized form, was coined for use by *hwclock*. The Linux kernel also refers to it as the persistent clock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:184
msgid "Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them having its own power domain. A very low power external I2C or SPI clock chip might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to initialize a more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for most other purposes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:186
#, no-wrap
msgid "*The System Clock:* This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven by a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the ISA standard.) It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine. The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC). The System Time is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite precision.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:188
msgid "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System Clock can be initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:190
msgid "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as would happen if you used the *date*(1) program to set it while the system is running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. Note: currently this is not possible on most systems because *hwclock --systohc* is called at shutdown."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:192
msgid "The Linux kernel's timezone is set by *hwclock*. But don't be misled -- almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in. Instead, programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they want to display a local time for you) almost always use a more traditional method of determining the timezone: They use the *TZ* environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as explained in the man page for *tzset*(3). However, some programs and fringe parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use the kernel's timezone value. An example is the vfat filesystem. If the kernel timezone value is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the wrong timestamps on files. Another example is the kernel's NTP '11 minute mode'. If the kernel's timezone value and/or the _persistent_clock_is_local_ variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock will be set incorrectly by '11 minute mode'. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:194
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock* sets the kernel's timezone to the value indicated by *TZ* or _/etc/localtime_ with the *--hctosys* or *--systz* functions.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:196
msgid "The kernel's timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for DST) lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of Daylight Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality at the present time. This second field is not used under Linux and is always zero. See also *settimeofday*(2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:197
#, no-wrap
msgid "Hardware Clock Access Methods"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock* uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values. The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. Also, Linux systems using the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting multiple Hardware Clocks. This may bring about the need to override the default rtc device by specifying one with the *--rtc* option.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:202
msgid "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have an rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock depends on the system hardware."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:204
msgid "On an ISA compatible system, *hwclock* can directly access the \"CMOS memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and 0x71. It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can only do it if running with superuser effective userid. This method may be used by specifying the *--directisa* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:206
msgid "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and disable interrupts. *hwclock* provides it for testing, troubleshooting, and because it may be the only method available on ISA systems which do not have a working rtc device driver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Adjust Function"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:210
msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. *hwclock*'s *--adjust* function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the Hardware Clock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:212
msgid "It works like this: *hwclock* keeps a file, _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, that keeps some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:214
msgid "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a *hwclock --set* command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. *hwclock* creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you issue a *hwclock --set --update-drift* command to set it back 10 seconds. *hwclock* updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a *hwclock --adjust* command. *hwclock* consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours go by and you issue another *hwclock --adjust*. *hwclock* does the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:216
msgid "When you use the *--update-drift* option with *--set* or *--systohc*, the systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the fully drift corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, from that it derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated timestamp from the adjtime file. This updated drift factor is then saved in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:218
msgid "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so *--adjust* refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 second. Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will be more than 1 second and *--adjust* will make the adjustment including any fractional amount."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:220
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock --hctosys* also uses the adjtime file data to compensate the value read from the Hardware Clock before using it to set the System Clock. It does not share the 1 second limitation of *--adjust*, and will correct sub-second drift values immediately. It does not change the Hardware Clock time nor the adjtime file. This may eliminate the need to use *--adjust*, unless something else on the system needs the Hardware Clock to be compensated.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:221
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Adjtime File"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:224
msgid "While named for its historical purpose of controlling adjustments only, it actually contains other information used by *hwclock* from one invocation to the next."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:226
msgid "The format of the adjtime file is, in ASCII:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:228
msgid "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate in seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:230
msgid "Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal integer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:232
msgid "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\". Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value with options on the *hwclock* command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:234
msgid "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the *clock*(8) program with *hwclock*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:235
#, no-wrap
msgid "Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:238
msgid "You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept synchronized in some systems. The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it copies the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode is a compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability. This is a good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated like NTP to keep your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep your System Time synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the network or to a radio clock hooked up to your system. See RFC 1305.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:240
msgid "If the kernel is compiled with the '11 minute mode' option it will be active when the kernel's clock discipline is in a synchronized state. When in this state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask 0x0040) of the kernel's _time_status_ variable is unset. This value is output as the 'status' line of the *adjtimex --print* or *ntptime* commands."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:242
msgid "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel's clock discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on '11 minute mode'. It can be turned off by running anything that sets the System Clock the old fashioned way, including *hwclock --hctosys*. However, if the NTP daemon is still running, it will turn '11 minute mode' back on again the next time it synchronizes the System Clock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:244
msgid "If your system runs with '11 minute mode' on, it may need to use either *--hctosys* or *--systz* in a startup script, especially if the Hardware Clock is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the kernel is informed of what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may clobber it with the wrong one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:246
msgid "The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel what timescale the Hardware Clock is using. This happens via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If *--hctosys* or *--systz* is the first, it will set this variable according to the adjtime file or the appropriate command-line argument. Note that when using this capability and the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is changed, then a reboot is required to notify the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hwclock --adjust* should not be used with NTP '11 minute mode'.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:249
#, no-wrap
msgid "ISA Hardware Clock Century value"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:252
msgid "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA machine as an indicator of what century it is. *hwclock* does not use or set that byte because there are some machines that don't define the byte that way, and it really isn't necessary anyway, since the year-of-century does a good job of implying which century it is."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:254
msgid "If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the *hwclock* maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:256
msgid "Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct ISA\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock. ACPI provides a standard way to access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:257
#, no-wrap
msgid "DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:259
#, no-wrap
msgid "Keeping Time without External Synchronization"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:262
msgid "This discussion is based on the following conditions:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:264
msgid "Nothing is running that alters the date-time clocks, such as NTP daemon or a cron job.\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:265
msgid "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, under *POSIX vs 'RIGHT'*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:266
msgid "Early during startup the following are called, in this order: *adjtimex --tick* _value_ *--frequency* _value_ *hwclock --hctosys*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:267
msgid "During shutdown the following is called: *hwclock --systohc*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:269
msgid "Systems without *adjtimex* may use *ntptime*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:271
msgid "Whether maintaining precision time with NTP daemon or not, it makes sense to configure the system to keep reasonably good date-time on its own."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:273
msgid "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of the big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices running at their own speed and drifting away from the 'correct' time at their own rates. The methods and software for drift correction are different for each of them. However, most systems are configured to exchange values between these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the individual device's time keeping errors are transferred back and forth between each other. Attempt to configure drift correction for only one of them, and the other's drift will be overlaid upon it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:275
msgid "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the System Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact that all of *hwclock*'s precision (including calculating drift factors) depends upon the System Clock's rate being correct, means that configuration of the System Clock should be done first."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:277
msgid "The System Clock drift is corrected with the *adjtimex*(8) command's *--tick* and *--frequency* options. These two work together: tick is the coarse adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment. (For systems that do not have an *adjtimex* package, *ntptime -f* _ppm_ may be used instead.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:279
msgid "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System Clock drift with *adjtimex*'s compare operation. Trying to correct one drifting clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin to a dog trying to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but great effort and frustration will likely precede it. This automation may yield an improvement over no configuration, but expecting optimum results would be in error. A better choice for manual configuration would be *adjtimex*'s *--log* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:281
msgid "It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with *sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, and then calculate the correction manually."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:283
msgid "After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine the adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time. See *adjtimex*(2) for more information and the example demonstrating manual drift calculations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:285
msgid "Once the System Clock is ticking smoothly, move on to the Hardware Clock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:287
msgid "As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases. This should be true even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot. In that case the drift factor value makes little difference. But on the rare occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then cold drift should yield better results."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:289
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Steps to calculate cold drift:*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:292
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Ensure that NTP daemon will not be launched at startup.*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:295
msgid "The _System Clock_ time must be correct at shutdown!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:296
#, no-wrap
msgid "3"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:298
msgid "Shut down the system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:299
#, no-wrap
msgid "4"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:301
msgid "Let an extended period pass without changing the Hardware Clock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:302
#, no-wrap
msgid "5"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:304
msgid "Start the system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:305
#, no-wrap
msgid "6"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:307
msgid "Immediately use *hwclock* to set the correct time, adding the *--update-drift* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:309
msgid "Note: if step 6 uses *--systohc*, then the System Clock must be set correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:311
msgid "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. Continue to test and refine the drift factor until the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup. To check this, first make sure that the System Time is correct before shutdown and then use *sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, immediately after startup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:312
#, no-wrap
msgid "LOCAL vs UTC"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:315
msgid "Keeping the Hardware Clock in a local timescale causes inconsistent daylight saving time results:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:317
msgid "If Linux is running during a daylight saving time change, the time written to the Hardware Clock will be adjusted for the change."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:318
msgid "If Linux is NOT running during a daylight saving time change, the time read from the Hardware Clock will NOT be adjusted for the change."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:320
msgid "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and time, it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when *hwclock* is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the 'correct' local time and makes no adjustments to the time read from it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:322
msgid "Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for system administrators as *hwclock* uses local time for its output and as the argument to the *--date* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:324
msgid "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate in the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock's purpose is to initialize the System Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:326
msgid "Linux does, however, attempt to accommodate the Hardware Clock being in the local timescale. This is primarily for dual-booting with older versions of MS Windows. From Windows 7 on, the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key is supposed to be working properly so that its Hardware Clock can be kept in UTC."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:327
#, no-wrap
msgid "POSIX vs 'RIGHT'"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:330
msgid "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by *tzset*(3). One area that seems to have no documentation is the 'right' directory of the Time Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:333
msgid "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and 'right'. 'Right' (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and posix does not. To use the 'right' database the System Clock must be set to (UTC {plus} leap seconds), which is equivalent to (TAI - 10). This allows calculating the exact number of seconds between two dates that cross a leap second epoch. The System Clock is then converted to the correct civil time, including UTC, by using the 'right' timezone files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: this configuration is considered experimental and is known to have issues."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:335
msgid "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files located in its directory must be copied to the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_. Files are never used directly from the posix or 'right' subdirectories, e.g., TZ='_right/Europe/Dublin_'. This habit was becoming so common that the upstream zoneinfo project restructured the system's file tree by moving the posix and 'right' subdirectories out of the zoneinfo directory and into sibling directories:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:337
msgid "_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:339
msgid "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old tree structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators reaching into the 'right' subdirectory persists. This causes the system timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the zoneinfo database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an application such as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or an email MTA, or *hwclock* needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it from the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_ , because that is what they are supposed to do. Those files exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock now includes them, causing an incorrect time conversion."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:341
msgid "Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix or 'right', as described above, or by assigning a database path to the _TZDIR_ environment variable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:345
msgid "One of the following exit values will be returned:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:346
#, no-wrap
msgid "*EXIT_SUCCESS* ('0' on POSIX systems)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:348
msgid "Successful program execution."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:349
#, no-wrap
msgid "*EXIT_FAILURE* ('1' on POSIX systems)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:351
msgid "The operation failed or the command syntax was not valid."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:354
#, no-wrap
msgid "*TZ*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:356
msgid "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system configured timezone."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:357
#, no-wrap
msgid "*TZDIR*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:359
msgid "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system configured timezone database directory path."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:362 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:364
msgid "The configuration and state file for *hwclock*. See also *adjtime_config*(5)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:365
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/login.defs_"
msgid "_/etc/localtime_"
msgstr "_/etc/login.defs_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:367
msgid "The system timezone file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:368
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/usr/share/zoneinfo/_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:370
msgid "The system timezone database directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:372
msgid "Device files *hwclock* may try for Hardware Clock access: _/dev/rtc0_ _/dev/rtc_ _/dev/misc/rtc_ _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:382
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*date*(1),\n"
"*adjtime_config*(5),\n"
"*adjtimex*(8),\n"
"*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
"*settimeofday*(2),\n"
"*crontab*(1p),\n"
"*tzset*(3)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:386
msgid "Written by mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], September 1996, based on work done on the *clock*(8) program by Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete history and credits."
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 2008 Hayden A. James (hayden.james@gmail.com)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipcmk(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:16
msgid "ipcmk - make various IPC resources"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ipcmk* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ipcmk* allows you to create System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:28
msgid "Resources can be specified with these options:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:29
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-M*, *--shmem* _size_"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:31
msgid "Create a shared memory segment of _size_ bytes. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:32
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-Q*, *--queue*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:34
msgid "Create a message queue."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--semaphore* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:37
msgid "Create a semaphore array with _number_ of elements."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:39
msgid "Other options are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--mode* _mode_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:42
msgid "Access permissions for the resource. Default is 0644."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:48
msgid "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*ipcrm*(1),\n"
"*ipcs*(1),\n"
"*sysvipc*(7)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 2002 Andre C. Mazzone (linuxdev@karagee.com)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipcrm(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:17
msgid "ipcrm - remove certain IPC resources"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ipcrm* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ipcrm* [*shm*|*msg*|*sem*] _ID_ ...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ipcrm* removes System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects and associated data structures from the system. In order to delete such objects, you must be superuser, or the creator or owner of the object.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:29
msgid "System V IPC objects are of three types: shared memory, message queues, and semaphores. Deletion of a message queue or semaphore object is immediate (regardless of whether any process still holds an IPC identifier for the object). A shared memory object is only removed after all currently attached processes have detached (*shmdt*(2)) the object from their virtual address space."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:31
msgid "Two syntax styles are supported. The old Linux historical syntax specifies a three-letter keyword indicating which class of object is to be deleted, followed by one or more IPC identifiers for objects of this type."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:33
msgid "The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more objects of all three types in a single command line, with objects specified either by key or by identifier (see below). Both keys and identifiers may be specified in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an initial '0x' or '0X'), or octal (specified with an initial '0')."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:35
msgid "The details of the removes are described in *shmctl*(2), *msgctl*(2), and *semctl*(2). The identifiers and keys can be found by using *ipcs*(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--all* [*shm*] [*msg*] [*sem*]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:40
msgid "Remove all resources. When an option argument is provided, the removal is performed only for the specified resource types."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:42
msgid "_Warning!_ Do not use *-a* if you are unsure how the software using the resources might react to missing objects. Some programs create these resources at startup and may not have any code to deal with an unexpected disappearance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-M*, *--shmem-key* _shmkey_"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:45
msgid "Remove the shared memory segment created with _shmkey_ after the last detach is performed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-m*, *--shmem-id* _shmid_"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:48
msgid "Remove the shared memory segment identified by _shmid_ after the last detach is performed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Q*, *--queue-key* _msgkey_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:51
msgid "Remove the message queue created with _msgkey_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-q*, *--queue-id* _msgid_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:54
msgid "Remove the message queue identified by _msgid_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--semaphore-key* _semkey_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:57
msgid "Remove the semaphore created with _semkey_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--semaphore-id* _semid_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:60
msgid "Remove the semaphore identified by _semid_."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated; it expands to "*nix".
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:67
msgid "In its first Linux implementation, *ipcrm* used the deprecated syntax shown in the second line of the *SYNOPSIS*. Functionality present in other {asterisk}nix implementations of *ipcrm* has since been added, namely the ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect the same command-line syntax. For backward compatibility the previous syntax is still supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*ipcmk*(1),\n"
"*ipcs*(1),\n"
"*msgctl*(2),\n"
"*msgget*(2),\n"
"*semctl*(2),\n"
"*semget*(2),\n"
"*shmctl*(2),\n"
"*shmdt*(2),\n"
"*shmget*(2),\n"
"*ftok*(3),\n"
"*sysvipc*(7)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipcs(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:16
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems"
msgid "ipcs - show information on IPC facilities"
msgstr "fstab - statická informace o souborových systémech"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ipcs* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ipcs* shows information on System V inter-process communication facilities. By default it shows information about all three resources: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:23
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-i*, *--id* _id_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:29
msgid "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:32 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "Resource options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:33
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-m*, *--shmems*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:35
msgid "Write information about active shared memory segments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-q*, *--queues*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:38
msgid "Write information about active message queues."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:39
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-s*, *--semaphores*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:41
msgid "Write information about active semaphore sets."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:45
msgid "Write information about all three resources (default)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "File formats"
msgid "Output formats"
msgstr "Formáty souborů"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:49
msgid "Of these options only one takes effect: the last one specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:44
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-c*, *--creator*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:46
msgid "Show creator and owner."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:53
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-l*, *--limits*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:55
msgid "Show resource limits."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:58
msgid "Show PIDs of creator and last operator."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:76
msgid "Write time information. The time of the last control operation that changed the access permissions for all facilities, the time of the last *msgsnd*(2) and *msgrcv*(2) operations on message queues, the time of the last *shmat*(2) and *shmdt*(2) operations on shared memory, and the time of the last *semop*(2) operation on semaphores."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:62
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-u*, *--summary*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:64
msgid "Show status summary."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "Representation"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:68
msgid "These affect only the *-l* (*--limits*) option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--human*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:75
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
msgid "Print sizes in human-readable format."
msgstr "Zobrazí velikosti v bajtech namísto v podobě srozumitelnější lidem."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:79
msgid "The Linux *ipcs* utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX *ipcs* utility. The Linux version does not support the POSIX *-a*, *-b* and *-o* options, but does support the *-l* and *-u* options not defined by POSIX. A portable application shall not use the *-a*, *-b*, *-o*, *-l*, and *-u* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:83
msgid "The current implementation of *ipcs* obtains information about available IPC resources by parsing the files in _/proc/sysvipc_. Before util-linux version v2.23, an alternate mechanism was used: the *IPC_STAT* command of *msgctl*(2), *semctl*(2), and *shmctl*(2). This mechanism is also used in later util-linux versions in the case where _/proc_ is unavailable. A limitation of the *IPC_STAT* mechanism is that it can only be used to retrieve information about IPC resources for which the user has read permission."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:87
msgid "mailto:balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu[Krishna Balasubramanian]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*ipcmk*(1),\n"
"*ipcrm*(1),\n"
"*msgrcv*(2),\n"
"*msgsnd*(2),\n"
"*semget*(2),\n"
"*semop*(2),\n"
"*shmat*(2),\n"
"*shmdt*(2),\n"
"*shmget*(2),\n"
"*sysvipc*(7)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "irqtop(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:12
msgid "irqtop - utility to display kernel interrupt information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*irqtop* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:20
msgid "Display kernel interrupt counter information in *top*(1) style view."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:22 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:22
msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:30
msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format _+list_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--cpu-stat* _mode_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:30
msgid "Show per-cpu statistics by specified mode. Available modes are: *auto*, *enable*, *disable*. The default option *auto* detects the width of window, then shows the per-cpu statistics if the width of window is large enouth to show a full line of statistics."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--delay* _seconds_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:33
msgid "Update interrupt output every _seconds_ intervals."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--sort* _column_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:36
msgid "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column names. The sort criteria may be changes in interactive mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-S*, *--softirq*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:42
msgid "Show softirqs information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE KEY COMMANDS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*i*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:46
msgid "sort by short irq name or number field"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:49
msgid "sort by total count of interrupts (the default)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:52
msgid "sort by delta count of interrupts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:55
msgid "sort by long descriptive name field"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*q Q*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:58
msgid "stop updates and exit program"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:50
msgid "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 2008 Tilman Schmidt (tilman@imap.cc)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "ldattach(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:16
msgid "ldattach - attach a line discipline to a serial line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ldattach* [*-1278denoVh*] [*-i* _iflag_] [*-s* _speed_] _ldisc device_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:24
msgid "The *ldattach* daemon opens the specified _device_ file (which should refer to a serial device) and attaches the line discipline _ldisc_ to it for processing of the sent and/or received data. It then goes into the background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays loaded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:26
msgid "The line discipline _ldisc_ may be specified either by name or by number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:28
msgid "In order to detach the line discipline, *kill*(1) the *ldattach* process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:30
msgid "With no arguments, *ldattach* prints usage information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "LINE DISCIPLINES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:34
msgid "Depending on the kernel release, the following line disciplines are supported:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*TTY*(*0*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:37
msgid "The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode) as well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*SLIP*(*1*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:40
msgid "Serial Line IP (SLIP) protocol processor for transmitting TCP/IP packets over serial lines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*MOUSE*(*2*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:43
msgid "Device driver for RS232 connected pointing devices (serial mice)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*PPP*(*3*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:46
msgid "Point to Point Protocol (PPP) processor for transmitting network packets over serial lines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*STRIP*(*4*); *AX25*(*5*); *X25*(*6*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:49
msgid "Line driver for transmitting X.25 packets over asynchronous serial lines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*6PACK*(*7*); *R3964*(*9*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:52
msgid "Driver for Simatic R3964 module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*IRDA*(*11*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:55
msgid "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see http://irda.sourceforge.net/"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*HDLC*(*13*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:58
msgid "Synchronous HDLC driver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*SYNC_PPP*(*14*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:61
msgid "Synchronous PPP driver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*HCI*(*15*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:64
msgid "Bluetooth HCI UART driver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*GIGASET_M101*(*16*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:67
msgid "Driver for Siemens Gigaset M101 serial DECT adapter."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*PPS*(*18*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:70
msgid "Driver for serial line Pulse Per Second (PPS) source."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*GSM0710*(*21*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:73
msgid "Driver for GSM 07.10 multiplexing protocol modem (CMUX)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:76
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-1*, *--onestopbit*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:78
msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:79
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-2*, *--twostopbits*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:81
msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to two."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:82
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-7*, *--sevenbits*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:84
msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 7 bits."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:85
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-8*, *--eightbits*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:87
msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 8 bits."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:90
msgid "Keep *ldattach* in the foreground so that it can be interrupted or debugged, and to print verbose messages about its progress to standard error output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:91
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-e*, *--evenparity*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:93
msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to even."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--iflag* [*-*]_value_..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:96
msgid "Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line. The given _value_ may be a number or a symbolic name. If _value_ is prefixed by a minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead. Several comma-separated values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:97
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-n*, *--noparity*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:99
msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to none."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:100
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-o*, *--oddparity*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:102
msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to odd."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:103
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-s*, *--speed* _value_"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:105
msgid "Set the speed (the baud rate) of the serial line to the specified _value_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:106
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
msgid "*-c*, *--intro-command* _string_"
msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:108
msgid "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the invocation of *ldattach*. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, the command 'AT+CMUX=0\\r' is commonly suitable to switch the modem into the CMUX mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pause* _value_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:111
msgid "Sleep for _value_ seconds before the invocation of *ldattach*. Default is one second."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:117
msgid "mailto:tilman@imap.cc[Tilman Schmidt]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*inputattach*(1),\n"
"*ttys*(4)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "losetup(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:12
msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:16
msgid "Get info:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* [_loopdev_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* *-l* [*-a*]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* *-j* _file_ [*-o* _offset_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:24
msgid "Detach a loop device:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* *-d* _loopdev_ ...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:28
msgid "Detach all associated loop devices:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* *-D*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:32
msgid "Set up a loop device:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* [*-o* _offset_] [*--sizelimit* _size_] [*--sector-size* _size_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f*|_loopdev file_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:36
msgid "Resize a loop device:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* *-c* _loopdev_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block devices, to detach loop devices, and to query the status of a loop device. If only the _loopdev_ argument is given, the status of the corresponding loop device is shown. If no option is given, all loop devices are shown.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:44
msgid "Note that the old output format (i.e., *losetup -a*) with comma-delimited strings is deprecated in favour of the *--list* output format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:46
msgid "It's possible to create more independent loop devices for the same backing file. *This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, corruption and overwrites.* Use *--nooverlap* with *--find* during setup to avoid this problem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:48
msgid "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with *--find*, and *losetup* does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended to use for example *flock*(1) to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use cases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:52
msgid "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:55
msgid "Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is accessible for non-root users. See also *--list*. The old output format (as printed without *--list*) is deprecated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--detach* _loopdev_..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:58
msgid "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). Note that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The detach operation does not return *EBUSY* error anymore if device is actively used by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed later."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-D*, *--detach-all*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:61
msgid "Detach all associated loop devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--find* [_file_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:64
msgid "Find the first unused loop device. If a _file_ argument is present, use the found device as loop device. Otherwise, just print its name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--show*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:67
msgid "Display the name of the assigned loop device if the *-f* option and a _file_ argument are present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:68
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-L*, *--nooverlap*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:70
msgid "Check for conflicts between loop devices to avoid situation when the same backing file is shared between more loop devices. If the file is already used by another device then re-use the device rather than a new one. The option makes sense only with *--find*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-j*, *--associated* _file_ [*-o* _offset_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:73
msgid "Show the status of all loop devices associated with the given _file_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:76
msgid "The data start is moved _offset_ bytes into the specified file or device. The _offset_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--sizelimit* _size_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:79
msgid "The data end is set to no more than _size_ bytes after the data start. The _size_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _size_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:82
msgid "Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux 4.14). The option may be used when create a new loop device as well as stand-alone command to modify sector size of the already existing loop device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--set-capacity* _loopdev_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:85
msgid "Force the loop driver to reread the size of the file associated with the specified loop device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:86
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-P*, *--partscan*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:88
msgid "Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop device. Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes. The default is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the option *--sector-size* together with *--partscan*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:91
msgid "Set up a read-only loop device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:94
msgid "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument can be either *on* or *off*. If the optional argument is omitted, it defaults to *on*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:100
msgid "If a loop device or the *-a* option is specified, print the default columns for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the default is to print info about all devices. See also *--output*, *--noheadings*, *--raw*, and *--json*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--output* _column_[,_column_]..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:103
msgid "Specify the columns that are to be printed for the *--list* output. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:109
msgid "Don't print headings for *--list* output format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:52
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:77 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--raw*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:112
msgid "Use the raw *--list* output format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:115
msgid "Use JSON format for *--list* output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:116
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgid "ENCRYPTION"
msgstr "POPIS"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Cryptoloop is no longer supported in favor of dm-crypt.* For more details see *cryptsetup*(8).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*losetup* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure. When *losetup* displays the status of a loop device, it returns 1 if the device is not configured and 2 if an error occurred which prevented determining the status of the device.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:127
msgid "Since version 2.37 *losetup* uses *LOOP_CONFIGURE* ioctl to setup a new loop device by one ioctl call. The old versions use *LOOP_SET_FD* and *LOOP_SET_STATUS64* ioctls to do the same."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1519
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LOOPDEV_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/dev/loop[0..N]_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:137
msgid "loop block devices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/dev/loop-control_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:140
msgid "loop control device"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:144
msgid "The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:153
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" # dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
" # losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
" /dev/loop0\n"
" # mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
" # mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
" ...\n"
" # umount /dev/loop0\n"
" # losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:157
msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], based on the original version from mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:2
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "su(1)"
msgid "lscpu(1)"
msgstr "su(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:12
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems"
msgid "lscpu - display information about the CPU architecture"
msgstr "fstab - statická informace o souborových systémech"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lscpu* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lscpu* gathers CPU architecture information from _sysfs_, _/proc/cpuinfo_ and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g. *librtas* on Powerpc). The command output can be optimized for parsing or for easy readability by humans. The information includes, for example, the number of CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA) nodes. There is also information about the CPU caches and cache sharing, family, model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:22
msgid "The default output formatting on terminal is subject to change and maybe optimized for better readability. The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) is never affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: data\\n\" format. Use for example \"*lscpu | less*\" to see the default output without optimizations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:24
msgid "In virtualized environments, the CPU architecture information displayed reflects the configuration of the guest operating system which is typically different from the physical (host) system. On architectures that support retrieving physical topology information, *lscpu* also displays the number of physical sockets, chips, cores in the host system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:26
msgid "Options that result in an output table have a _list_ argument. Use this argument to customize the command output. Specify a comma-separated list of column labels to limit the output table to only the specified columns, arranged in the specified order. See *COLUMNS* for a list of valid column labels. The column labels are not case sensitive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:28
msgid "Not all columns are supported on all architectures. If an unsupported column is specified, *lscpu* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:30
msgid "The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs. The versions before v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due to complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between CPUs. For more details about caches see *--cache*. Since version v2.37 *lscpu* follows cache IDs as provided by Linux kernel and it does not always start from zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:35
msgid "Include lines for online and offline CPUs in the output (default for *-e*). This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-B*, *--bytes*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:39
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-b*, *--online*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:41
msgid "Limit the output to online CPUs (default for *-p*). This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--caches*[=_list_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:44
msgid "Display details about CPU caches. For details about available information see *--help* output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:46
msgid "If the _list_ argument is omitted, all columns for which data is available are included in the command output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:48
msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: *-C=NAME,ONE-SIZE* or *--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:50
msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., **lscpu -C=+ALLOC-POLICY**)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-c*, *--offline*"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:53
msgid "Limit the output to offline CPUs. This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:54
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__list__"
msgid "*-e*, *--extended*[=_list_]"
msgstr "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__seznam__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
msgid "Display the CPU information in human-readable format."
msgstr "Zobrazí velikosti v bajtech namísto v podobě srozumitelnější lidem."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:58
msgid "If the _list_ argument is omitted, the default columns are included in the command output.  The default output is subject to change."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:60
msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-e=cpu,node*' or '*--extended=cpu,node*'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:62
msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., lscpu -e=+MHZ)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:65
msgid "Use JSON output format for the default summary or extended output (see *--extended*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--parse*[=_list_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:68
msgid "Optimize the command output for easy parsing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:70
msgid "If the _list_ argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with earlier versions of *lscpu*. In this compatible format, two commas are used to separate CPU cache columns. If no CPU caches are identified the cache column is omitted. If the _list_ argument is used, cache columns are separated with a colon (:)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:72
msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-p=cpu,node*' or '*--parse=cpu,node*'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:74
msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., lscpu -p=+MHZ)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--sysroot* _directory_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:77
msgid "Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lscpu* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:80
msgid "Use hexadecimal masks for CPU sets (for example \"ff\"). The default is to print the sets in list format (for example 0,1). Note that before version 2.30 the mask has been printed with 0x prefix."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:81
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-y*, *--physical*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:83
msgid "Display physical IDs for all columns with topology elements (core, socket, etc.). Other than logical IDs, which are assigned by *lscpu*, physical IDs are platform-specific values that are provided by the kernel. Physical IDs are not necessarily unique and they might not be arranged sequentially. If the kernel could not retrieve a physical ID for an element *lscpu* prints the dash (-) character."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:85
msgid "The CPU logical numbers are not affected by this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:88
msgid "Output all available columns. This option must be combined with either *--extended*, *--parse* or *--caches*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:92
msgid "The basic overview of CPU family, model, etc. is always based on the first CPU only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:94
msgid "Sometimes in Xen Dom0 the kernel reports wrong data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:96
msgid "On virtual hardware the number of cores per socket, etc. can be wrong."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:102
msgid "mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chcpu*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "lsipc(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:12
msgid "lsipc - show information on IPC facilities currently employed in the system"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsipc* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsipc* shows information on the System V inter-process communication facilities for which the calling process has read access.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:25
msgid "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. It is possible to override the default output format for this option with the *--list*, *--raw*, *--json* or *--export* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:26
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-g*, *--global*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:28
msgid "Show system-wide usage and limits of IPC resources. This option may be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. The default is to show information about all resources."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "Output formatting"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:52
msgid "Use the JSON output format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:55
msgid "Use the list output format. This is the default, except when *--id* is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:70
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
msgid "Print size in bytes rather than in human readable format."
msgstr "Zobrazí velikosti v bajtech namísto v podobě srozumitelnější lidem."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:80
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-P*, *--numeric-perms*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:82
msgid "Print numeric permissions in PERMS column."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:96
msgid "if a serious error occurs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:100
msgid "The *lsipc* utility is inspired by the *ipcs*(1) utility."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "lsirq(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:12
msgid "lsirq - utility to display kernel interrupt information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsirq* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:20
msgid "Display kernel interrupt counter information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:33
msgid "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:39
msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "lsmem(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:12
msgid "lsmem - list the ranges of available memory with their online status"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsmem* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:20
msgid "The *lsmem* command lists the ranges of available memory with their online status. The listed memory blocks correspond to the memory block representation in sysfs. The command also shows the memory block size and the amount of memory in online and offline state."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:22
msgid "The default output is compatible with original implementation from s390-tools, but it's strongly recommended to avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:24
msgid "The *lsmem* command lists a new memory range always when the current memory block distinguish from the previous block by some output column. This default behavior is possible to override by the *--split* option (e.g., *lsmem --split=ZONES*). The special word \"none\" may be used to ignore all differences between memory blocks and to create as large as possible continuous ranges. The opposite semantic is *--all* to list individual memory blocks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:26
msgid "Note that some output columns may provide inaccurate information if a split policy forces *lsmem* to ignore differences in some attributes. For example if you merge removable and non-removable memory blocks to the one range than all the range will be marked as non-removable on *lsmem* output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:28
msgid "Not all columns are supported on all systems. If an unsupported column is specified, *lsmem* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:30
msgid "Use the *--help* option to see the columns description."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:35
msgid "List each individual memory block, instead of combining memory blocks with similar attributes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:47
msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsmem -o +NODE*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:53
msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-S*, *--split* _list_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:59
msgid "Specify which columns (attributes) use to split memory blocks to ranges. The supported columns are STATE, REMOVABLE, NODE and ZONES, or \"none\". The other columns are silently ignored. For more details see *DESCRIPTION* above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:62
msgid "Gather memory data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lsmem* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:67
msgid "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always* or *only*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"only\"*. The summary output is suppressed for *--raw*, *--pairs* and *--json*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsmem* was originally written by Gerald Schaefer for s390-tools in Perl. The C version for util-linux was written by Clemens von Mann, Heiko Carstens and Karel Zak.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chmem*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Man page for the lsns command.
#. Copyright 2015 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "lsns(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:17
msgid "lsns - list namespaces"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsns* [options] _namespace_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsns* lists information about all the currently accessible namespaces or about the given _namespace_. The _namespace_ identifier is an inode number.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:27
msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected output mode (*--tree* or *--list*) and columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:29
msgid "The *NSFS* column, printed when *net* is specified for the *--type* option, is special; it uses multi-line cells. Use the option *--nowrap* to switch to \",\"-separated single-line representation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:31
msgid "Note that *lsns* reads information directly from the _/proc_ filesystem and for non-root users it may return incomplete information. The current _/proc_ filesystem may be unshared and affected by a PID namespace (see *unshare --mount-proc* for more details). *lsns* is not able to see persistent namespaces without processes where the namespace instance is held by a bind mount to /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:39
msgid "Use list output format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:47
msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsns -o +PATH*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-p*, *--task* _PID_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:53
msgid "Display only the namespaces held by the process with this _PID_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:59
msgid "Display the specified _type_ of namespaces only. The supported types are *mnt*, *net*, *ipc*, *user*, *pid*, *uts*, *cgroup* and *time*. This option may be given more than once."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:63
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-W*, *--nowrap*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:65
msgid "Do not use multi-line text in columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:66
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-T*, *--tree* _rel_"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:68
msgid "Use tree-like output format. If *process* is given as _rel_, print process tree(s) in each name space. This is default when *--tree* is not specified. If *parent* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the parent/child relationship. If *owner* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the owner/owned relationship. *owner* is used as default when _rel_ is omitted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*nsenter*(1),\n"
"*unshare*(1),\n"
"*clone*(2),\n"
"*namespaces*(7),\n"
"*ioctl_ns*(2)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1996-2004 Andries Brouwer
#. Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#. This page is somewhat derived from a page that was
#. (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California
#. and had been heavily modified by Rik Faith and myself.
#. (Probably no BSD text remains.)
#. Fragments of text were written by Werner Almesberger, Remy Card,
#. Stephen Tweedie and Eric Youngdale.
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
#. published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
#. the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
#. document formatting or typesetting system, including
#. intermediate and printed output.
#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "mount(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:43
msgid "mount - mount a filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* [*-h*|*-V*]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _fstype_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* *-a* [*-fFnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-O* _optlist_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-o* _options_] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-o* _options_] _device mountpoint_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* *--bind*|*--rbind*|*--move* _olddir newdir_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* *--make-*[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:63
msgid "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file hierarchy, rooted at _/_. These files can be spread out over several devices. The *mount* command serves to attach the filesystem found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the *umount*(8) command will detach it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is stored on the device or provided in a virtual way by network or other services."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:65
msgid "The standard form of the *mount* command is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -t* _type device dir_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:71
msgid "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on _device_ (which is of type _type_) at the directory _dir_. The option *-t* _type_ is optional. The *mount* command is usually able to detect a filesystem. The root permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by default. See section \"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. The previous contents (if any) and owner and mode of _dir_ become invisible, and as long as this filesystem remains mounted, the pathname _dir_ refers to the root of the filesystem on _device_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:73
msgid "If only the directory or the device is given, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* _/dir_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:79
msgid "then *mount* looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) in the _/etc/fstab_ file. It's possible to use the *--target* or *--source* options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given argument. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount --target* _/mountpoint_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:85
msgid "The same filesystem may be mounted more than once, and in some cases (e.g., network filesystems) the same filesystem may be mounted on the same mountpoint multiple times. The *mount* command does not implement any policy to control this behavior. All behavior is controlled by the kernel and it is usually specific to the filesystem driver. The exception is *--all*, in this case already mounted filesystems are ignored (see *--all* below for more details)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "Listing the mounts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:89
msgid "The listing mode is maintained for backward compatibility only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:91
msgid "For more robust and customizable output use *findmnt*(8), *especially in your scripts*. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are replaced with '?'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:93
msgid "The following command lists all mounted filesystems (of type _type_):"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _type_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:99
msgid "The option *-l* adds labels to this listing. See below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "Indicating the device and filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:103
msgid "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like _/dev/sda1_, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of an NFS mount, _device_ may look like _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:105
msgid "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware reconfiguration, and adding or removing a device can cause changes in names. This is the reason why it's strongly recommended to use filesystem or partition identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently supported identifiers (tags):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "LABEL=__label__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:108
msgid "Human readable filesystem identifier. See also *-L*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "UUID=__uuid__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:111
msgid "Filesystem universally unique identifier. The format of the UUID is usually a series of hex digits separated by hyphens. See also *-U*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:113
msgid "Note that *mount* uses UUIDs as strings. The UUIDs from the command line or from *fstab*(5) are not converted to internal binary representation. The string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "PARTLABEL=__label__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:116
msgid "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "PARTUUID=__uuid__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:119
msgid "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent on filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "ID=__id__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:122
msgid "Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd. This identifier is usually based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the hardware manufacturer. See *ls /dev/disk/by-id* for more details, this directory and running udevd is required. This identifier is not recommended for generic use as the identifier is not strictly defined and it depends on udev, udev rules and hardware."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:124
msgid "The command *lsblk --fs* provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and UUIDs on available block devices. The command *blkid -p <device>* provides details about a filesystem on the specified device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:126
msgid "Don't forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use *lsblk -o +UUID,PARTUUID* to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:128
msgid "The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g. *UUID*=_uuid_) rather than _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}_ udev symlinks in the _/etc/fstab_ file. Tags are more readable, robust and portable. The *mount*(8) command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of symlinks in _/etc/fstab_ has no advantage over tags. For more details see *libblkid*(3)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:130
msgid "The _proc_ filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when mounting it, an arbitrary keyword - for example, __proc__ - can be used instead of a device specification. (The customary choice _none_ is less fortunate: the error message 'none already mounted' from *mount* can be confusing.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:134
msgid "The file _/etc/fstab_ (see *fstab*(5)), may contain lines describing what devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default location of the *fstab*(5) file can be overridden with the *--fstab* _path_ command-line option (see below for more details)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:136
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Commands"
msgid "The command"
msgstr "Příručka uživatele"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -a* [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _optlist_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:142
msgid "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in _fstab_ (of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper options) to be mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword. Adding the *-F* option will make *mount* fork, so that the filesystems are mounted in parallel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:144
msgid "When mounting a filesystem mentioned in _fstab_ or _mtab_, it suffices to specify on the command line only the device, or only the mount point."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:146
msgid "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) traditionally maintained a list of currently mounted filesystems in the file _/etc/mtab_. The support for regular classic _/etc/mtab_ is completely disabled at compile time by default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make _/etc/mtab_ a symlink to _/proc/mounts_ instead. The regular _mtab_ file maintained in userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers and other advanced Linux features. If the regular _mtab_ support is enabled, then it's possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:148
msgid "If no arguments are given to *mount*, the list of mounted filesystems is printed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:150
msgid "If you want to override mount options from _/etc/fstab_, you have to use the *-o* option:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:153
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* __device__|__dir__ *-o* _options_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:156
msgid "and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the list of options from _/etc/fstab_. This default behaviour can be changed using the *--options-mode* command-line option. The usual behavior is that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:158
msgid "The *mount* program does not read the _/etc/fstab_ file if both _device_ (or LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and _dir_ are specified. For example, to mount device *foo* at */dir*:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:161
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount /dev/foo /dir*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:164
msgid "This default behaviour can be changed by using the *--options-source-force* command-line option to always read configuration from _fstab_. For non-root users *mount* always reads the _fstab_ configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:165
#, no-wrap
msgid "Non-superuser mounts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:168
msgid "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:170
msgid "Thus, given a line"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:173
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:176
msgid "any user can mount the iso9660 filesystem found on an inserted CDROM using the command:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:179
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount /cd*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:182
msgid "Note that *mount* is very strict about non-root users and all paths specified on command line are verified before _fstab_ is parsed or a helper program is executed. It's strongly recommended to use a valid mountpoint to specify filesystem, otherwise *mount* may fail. For example it's a bad idea to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:184
msgid "Since util-linux 2.35, *mount* does not exit when user permissions are inadequate according to libmount's internal security rules. Instead, it drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This behavior supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:186
msgid "For more details, see *fstab*(5). Only the user that mounted a filesystem can unmount it again. If any user should be able to unmount it, then use *users* instead of *user* in the _fstab_ line. The *owner* option is similar to the *user* option, with the restriction that the user must be the owner of the special file. This may be useful e.g. for _/dev/fd_ if a login script makes the console user owner of this device. The *group* option is similar, with the restriction that the user must be a member of the group of the special file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:187
#, no-wrap
msgid "Bind mount operation"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:190
msgid "Remount part of the file hierarchy somewhere else. The call is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:193 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount --bind* _olddir newdir_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:196
msgid "or by using this _fstab_ entry:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:199
#, no-wrap
msgid "**/**__olddir__ **/**__newdir__ *none bind*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:202
msgid "After this call the same contents are accessible in two places."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:204
msgid "It is important to understand that \"bind\" does not create any second-class or special node in the kernel VFS. The \"bind\" is just another operation to attach a filesystem. There is nowhere stored information that the filesystem has been attached by a \"bind\" operation. The _olddir_ and _newdir_ are independent and the _olddir_ may be unmounted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:206
msgid "One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It's also possible to use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular directory, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:209
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount --bind foo foo*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:212
msgid "The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not possible submounts. The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be attached a second place by using:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:215
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount --rbind* _olddir newdir_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:218
msgid "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will remain the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount options (e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by *mount* and it's necessary to explicitly specify the options on the *mount* command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:220
msgid "Since util-linux 2.27 *mount* permits changing the mount options by passing the relevant options along with *--bind*. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -o bind,ro foo foo*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:226
msgid "This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in userspace by an additional *mount*(2) remounting system call. This solution is not atomic."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:228
msgid "The alternative (classic) way to create a read-only bind mount is to use the remount operation, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:233
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -o remount,bind,ro* _olddir newdir_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:236
msgid "Note that a read-only bind will create a read-only mountpoint (VFS entry), but the original filesystem superblock will still be writable, meaning that the _olddir_ will be writable, but the _newdir_ will be read-only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:238
msgid "It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime, relatime and nosymfollow VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. The other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently ignored. It's impossible to change mount options recursively (for example with *-o rbind,ro*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:240
msgid "Since util-linux 2.31, *mount* ignores the *bind* flag from _/etc/fstab_ on a *remount* operation (if *-o remount* is specified on command line). This is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by command line. In previous versions the bind flag has been always applied and it was impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with the bind semantic. This *mount* behavior does not affect situations when \"remount,bind\" is specified in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:241
#, no-wrap
msgid "The move operation"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:244
msgid "Move a *mounted tree* to another place (atomically). The call is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:247
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount --move* _olddir newdir_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:250
msgid "This will cause the contents which previously appeared under _olddir_ to now be accessible under _newdir_. The physical location of the files is not changed. Note that _olddir_ has to be a mountpoint."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:252
msgid "Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid and unsupported. Use *findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION* to see the current propagation flags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:253
#, no-wrap
msgid "Shared subtree operations"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:256
msgid "Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as shared, private, slave or unbindable. A shared mount provides the ability to create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts within any of the mirrors propagate to the other mirror. A slave mount receives propagation from its master, but not vice versa. A private mount carries no propagation abilities. An unbindable mount is a private mount which cannot be cloned through a bind operation. The detailed semantics are documented in _Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt_ file in the kernel source tree; see also *mount_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:258
msgid "Supported operations are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:264
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount --make-shared mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-slave mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-private mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-unbindable mountpoint\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:267
msgid "The following commands allow one to recursively change the type of all the mounts under a given mountpoint."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:273
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount --make-rshared mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-rslave mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-rprivate mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-runbindable mountpoint\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:276
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* *does not read* *fstab*(5) when a *--make-** operation is requested. All necessary information has to be specified on the command line.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:278
msgid "Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation flags with a single *mount*(2) system call, and the flags cannot be mixed with other mount options and operations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:280
msgid "Since util-linux 2.23 the *mount* command can be used to do more propagation (topology) changes by one *mount*(8) call and do it also together with other mount operations. The propagation flags are applied by additional *mount*(2) system calls when the preceding mount operations were successful. Note that this use case is not atomic. It is possible to specify the propagation flags in *fstab*(5) as mount options (*private*, *slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, *rprivate*, *rslave*, *rshared*, *runbindable*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:282
msgid "For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:285
#, no-wrap
msgid "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:288
msgid "is the same as:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:293
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
"mount --make-private /foo\n"
"mount --make-unbindable /foo\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:295
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMAND-LINE OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:298
msgid "The full set of mount options used by an invocation of *mount* is determined by first extracting the mount options for the filesystem from the _fstab_ table, then applying any options specified by the *-o* argument, and finally applying a *-r* or *-w* option, when present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:300
msgid "The *mount* command does not pass all command-line options to the **/sbin/mount.**__suffix__ mount helpers. The interface between *mount* and the mount helpers is described below in the *EXTERNAL HELPERS* section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:302
msgid "Command-line options available for the *mount* command are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:305
msgid "Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in _fstab_ (except for those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword). The filesystems are mounted following their order in _fstab_. The *mount* command compares filesystem source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) to detect already mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already mounted filesystems is cached during *mount --all*. This means that all duplicated _fstab_ entries will be mounted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:307
msgid "The correct functionality depends on _/proc_ (to detect already mounted filesystems) and on _/sys_ (to evaluate filesystem tags like UUID= or LABEL=). It's strongly recommended to mount _/proc_ and _/sys_ filesystems before *mount -a* is executed, or keep /proc and /sys at the beginning of _fstab_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:309
msgid "The option *--all* is possible to use for remount operation too. In this case all filters (*-t* and *-O*) are applied to the table of already mounted filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:311
msgid "Since version 2.35 it is possible to use the command line option *-o* to alter mount options from _fstab_ (see also *--options-mode*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:313
msgid "Note that it is a bad practice to use *mount -a* for _fstab_ checking. The recommended solution is *findmnt --verify*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:314
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-B*, *--bind*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:316
msgid "Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both places). See above, under *Bind mounts*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:317 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--no-canonicalize*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:319
msgid "Don't canonicalize paths. The *mount* command canonicalizes all paths (from the command line or _fstab_) by default. This option can be used together with the *-f* flag for already canonicalized absolute paths. The option is designed for mount helpers which call *mount -i*. It is strongly recommended to not use this command-line option for normal mount operations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:321
msgid "Note that *mount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ helpers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:322
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-F*, *--fork*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:324
msgid "(Used in conjunction with *-a*.) Fork off a new incarnation of *mount* for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that the order of the mount operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to mount both _/usr_ and _/usr/spool_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:325
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f, --fake*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:327
msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not obvious, this \"fakes\" mounting the filesystem. This option is useful in conjunction with the *-v* flag to determine what the *mount* command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices that were mounted earlier with the *-n* option. The *-f* option checks for an existing record in _/etc/mtab_ and fails when the record already exists (with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:328
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i, --internal-only*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:330
msgid "Don't call the **/sbin/mount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:333
msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _label_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:334
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-l*, *--show-labels*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:336
msgid "Add the labels in the mount output. *mount* must have permission to read the disk device (e.g. be set-user-ID root) for this to work. One can set such a label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the *e2label*(8) utility, or for XFS using *xfs_admin*(8), or for reiserfs using *reiserfstune*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:337
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-M*, *--move*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:339
msgid "Move a subtree to some other place. See above, the subsection *The move operation*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:340
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
msgid "*-m*, **--mkdir**[=__mode__]"
msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:342
msgid "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. Alias to \"-o X-mount.mkdir[=mode]\", the default mode is 0755. For more details see *X-mount.mkdir* below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:343 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:93
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-n*, *--no-mtab*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:345
msgid "Mount without writing in _/etc/mtab_. This is necessary for example when _/etc_ is on a read-only filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:346 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N*, *--namespace* _ns_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:348
msgid "Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that namespace."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:350
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* switches to the mount namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab: (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *mount*(2), otherwise it runs in the original mount namespace. This means that the target namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute the *mount*(2) call.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:352 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:92
msgid "See *mount_namespaces*(7) for more information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:353
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--test-opts* _opts_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:355
msgid "Limit the set of filesystems to which the *-a* option applies. In this regard it is like the *-t* option except that *-O* is useless without *-a*. For example, the command"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:357
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -a -O no_netdev*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:359
msgid "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option _netdev_ specified in the options field in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:361
msgid "It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading *no* at the beginning of one option does not negate the rest."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:363
msgid "The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect; that is, the command"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:365
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -a -t ext2 -O  _netdev*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:367
msgid "mounts all ext2 filesystems with the _netdev option, not all filesystems that are either ext2 or have the _netdev option specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:368 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--options* _opts_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:370
msgid "Use the specified mount options. The _opts_ argument is a comma-separated list. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:372
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:374
msgid "For more details, see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* and *FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS* sections."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:375
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--options-mode* _mode_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:377
msgid "Controls how to combine options from _fstab_/_mtab_ with options from the command line. _mode_ can be one of *ignore*, *append*, *prepend* or *replace*. For example, *append* means that options from _fstab_ are appended to options from the command line. The default value is *prepend* -- it means command line options are evaluated after _fstab_ options. Note that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:378
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--options-source* _source_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:380
msgid "Source of default options. _source_ is a comma-separated list of *fstab*, *mtab* and *disable*. *disable* disables *fstab* and *mtab* and enables *--options-source-force*. The default value is *fstab,mtab*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:381
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--options-source-force*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:383
msgid "Use options from _fstab_/_mtab_ even if both _device_ and _dir_ are specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:384
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-R*, *--rbind*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:386
msgid "Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection *Bind mounts*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:389
msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only. A synonym is *-o ro*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:391
msgid "Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, the system may still write to the device. For example, ext3 and ext4 will replay the journal if the filesystem is dirty. To prevent this kind of write access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with the *ro,noload* mount options or set the block device itself to read-only mode, see the *blockdev*(8) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:394
msgid "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this option. Currently it's supported by the *mount.nfs* mount helper only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:395
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--source* _device_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:397
msgid "If only one argument for the *mount* command is given, then the argument might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount source."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:398
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--target* _directory_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:400
msgid "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount target."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:401
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--target-prefix* _directory_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:403
msgid "Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets. This option can be used to follow _fstab_, but mount operations are done in another place, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:405
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:407
msgid "mounts all from system _fstab_ to _/chroot_, all missing mountpoint are created (due to X-mount.mkdir). See also *--fstab* to use an alternative _fstab_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:408
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-T*, *--fstab* _path_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:410
msgid "Specifies an alternative _fstab_ file. If _path_ is a directory, then the files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start with \".\" or without an _.fstab_ extension are ignored. The option can be specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard system configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:412
msgid "Note that *mount* does not pass the option *--fstab* to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ helpers, meaning that the alternative _fstab_ files will be invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but user (non-root) mounts always require _fstab_ to verify the user's rights."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:413
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--types* _fstype_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:415
msgid "The argument following the *-t* is used to indicate the filesystem type. The filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the running kernel. See _/proc/filesystems_ and _/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs_ for a complete list of the filesystems. The most common are ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:417
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*mount*(8) and *umount*(8) support filesystem _subtypes_. The subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated).\n"
msgid "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) support filesystem subtypes. The subtype is defined by a '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the mount source (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
msgstr "*mount*(8) a *umount*(8) podporují _podtypy_ souborových systémů. Podtyp se definuje pomocí přípony „.subtype“. Například „fuse.sshfs“. Je doporučeno použít zápis podtypem než přidávat předponu do první položky fstabu (příklad zastaralého použití je „sshfs#example.com“).\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:419
msgid "If no *-t* option is given, or if the *auto* type is specified, *mount* will try to guess the desired type. *mount* uses the *libblkid*(3) library for guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up anything that looks familiar, *mount* will try to read the file _/etc/filesystems_, or, if that does not exist, _/proc/filesystems_. All of the filesystem types listed there will be tried, except for those that are labeled \"nodev\" (e.g. _devpts_, _proc_ and _nfs_). If _/etc/filesystems_ ends in a line with a single {asterisk}, mount will read _/proc/filesystems_ afterwards. While trying, all filesystem types will be mounted with the mount option *silent*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:422
msgid "The *auto* type may be useful for user-mounted floppies. Creating a file _/etc/filesystems_ can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., to try vfat before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel module autoloader."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:424
msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the *-t* option as well as in an _/etc/fstab_ entry. The list of filesystem types for the *-t* option can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. The prefix *no* has no effect when specified in an _/etc/fstab_ entry."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:426
msgid "The prefix *no* can be meaningful with the *-a* option. For example, the command"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:428
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:430
msgid "mounts all filesystems except those of type _msdos_ and _smbfs_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:432
msgid "For most types all the *mount* program has to do is issue a simple *mount*(2) system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem type is required. For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, ncpfs) an ad hoc code is necessary. The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and ncpfs filesystems have a separate mount program. In order to make it possible to treat all types in a uniform way, *mount* will execute the program **/sbin/mount.**__type__ (if that exists) when called with type _type_. Since different versions of the *smbmount* program have different calling conventions, */sbin/mount.smbfs* may have to be a shell script that sets up the desired call."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:435
msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _uuid_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:439
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-w*, *--rw*, *--read-write*"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:441
msgid "Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the *mount* default is to try read-only if the previous *mount*(2) syscall with read-write flags on write-protected devices failed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:443
msgid "A synonym is *-o rw*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:445
msgid "Note that specifying *-w* on the command line forces *mount* to never try read-only mount on write-protected devices or already mounted read-only filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:448
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:451
msgid "Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:453
msgid "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the system kernel. To check the current setting see the options in _/proc/mounts_. Note that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default mount options (see for example *tune2fs -l* output for ext__N__ filesystems)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:455
msgid "The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted (but not every filesystem actually honors them - e.g., the *sync* option today has an effect only for ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs and xfs):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:456
#, no-wrap
msgid "*async*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:458
msgid "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the *sync* option.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:459
#, no-wrap
msgid "*atime*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:461
msgid "Do not use the *noatime* feature, so the inode access time is controlled by kernel defaults. See also the descriptions of the *relatime* and *strictatime* mount options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:462
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*noauto*"
msgid "*noatime*"
msgstr "*noauto*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:464
msgid "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g. for faster access on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all inode types (directories too), so it implies *nodiratime*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:465
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*noauto*"
msgid "*auto*"
msgstr "*noauto*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:467
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Pass _command_ to the shell with the *-c* option."
msgid "Can be mounted with the *-a* option."
msgstr "Předá _příkaz_ shellu pomocí přepínače *-c*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:470
msgid "Can only be mounted explicitly (i.e., the *-a* option will not cause the filesystem to be mounted)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:471
#, no-wrap
msgid "**context=**__context__, **fscontext=**__context__, **defcontext=**__context__, and **rootcontext=**__context__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:473
msgid "The *context=* option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation. You can also use *context=* on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy. It also helps in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier 2.4.<x> kernel versions. Even where xattrs are supported, you can save time not having to label every file by assigning the entire disk one security context."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:475
msgid "A commonly used option for removable media is *context=\"system_u:object_r:removable_t*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:477
msgid "The *fscontext=* option works for all filesystems, regardless of their xattr support. The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem label to a specific security context. This filesystem label is separate from the individual labels on the files. It represents the entire filesystem for certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount or file creation. Individual file labels are still obtained from the xattrs on the files themselves. The context option actually sets the aggregate context that fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the same label for individual files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:479
msgid "You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using *defcontext=* option. This overrides the value set for unlabeled files in the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:481
msgid "The *rootcontext=* option allows you to explicitly label the root inode of a FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to userspace. This was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:483
msgid "Note that the kernel rejects any remount request that includes the context option, *even* when unchanged from the current context."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:485
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Warning: the* _context_ *value might contain commas*, in which case the value has to be properly quoted, otherwise *mount* will interpret the comma as a separator between mount options. Don't forget that the shell strips off quotes and thus *double quoting is required*. For example:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:488
msgid "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:491
msgid "For more details, see *selinux*(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:494
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "use default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async."
msgid "Use the default options: *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, *nouser*, and *async*."
msgstr "použije výchozí volby: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser a async."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:496
msgid "Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel and filesystem type. See the beginning of this section for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:497
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dev*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:499
msgid "Interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:500
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nodev*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:502
msgid "Do not interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:503
#, no-wrap
msgid "*diratime*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:505
msgid "Update directory inode access times on this filesystem. This is the default. (This option is ignored when *noatime* is set.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:506
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nodiratime*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:508
msgid "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This option is implied when *noatime* is set.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:509
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dirsync*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:511
msgid "All directory updates within the filesystem should be done synchronously. This affects the following system calls: *creat*(2), *link*(2), *unlink*(2), *symlink*(2), *mkdir*(2), *rmdir*(2), *mknod*(2) and *rename*(2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:512
#, no-wrap
msgid "*exec*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:514
msgid "Permit execution of binaries and other executable files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:515
#, no-wrap
msgid "*noexec*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:517
msgid "Do not permit direct execution of any binaries on the mounted filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:518
#, no-wrap
msgid "*group*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:520
msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user's groups matches the group of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *group,dev,suid*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:521
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*iversion*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:523
msgid "Every time the inode is modified, the i_version field will be incremented."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:524
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*noiversion*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:526
msgid "Do not increment the i_version inode field."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:527
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mand*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:529
msgid "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See *fcntl*(2). This option was deprecated in Linux 5.15."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:530
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nomand*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:532
msgid "Do not allow mandatory locks on this filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:533
#, no-wrap
msgid "*_netdev*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:535
msgid "The filesystem resides on a device that requires network access (used to prevent the system from attempting to mount these filesystems until the network has been enabled on the system)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:538
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
msgid "Do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
msgstr "nehlásí chyby k tomuto zařízení, pokud toto zařízení neexistuje."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:539
#, no-wrap
msgid "*relatime*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:541
msgid "Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time is only updated if the previous access time was earlier than the current modify or change time. (Similar to *noatime*, but it doesn't break *mutt*(1) or other applications that need to know if a file has been read since the last time it was modified.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:543
msgid "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this option (unless *noatime* was specified), and the *strictatime* option is required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux 2.6.30, the file's last access time is always updated if it is more than 1 day old."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:544
#, no-wrap
msgid "*norelatime*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:546
msgid "Do not use the *relatime* feature. See also the *strictatime* mount option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:547
#, no-wrap
msgid "*strictatime*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:549
msgid "Allows to explicitly request full atime updates. This makes it possible for the kernel to default to *relatime* or *noatime* but still allow userspace to override it. For more details about the default system mount options see _/proc/mounts_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:550
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nostrictatime*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:552
msgid "Use the kernel's default behavior for inode access time updates."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:553
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lazytime*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:555
msgid "Only update times (atime, mtime, ctime) on the in-memory version of the file inode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:557
msgid "This mount option significantly reduces writes to the inode table for workloads that perform frequent random writes to preallocated files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:559
msgid "The on-disk timestamps are updated only when:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:561
msgid "the inode needs to be updated for some change unrelated to file timestamps"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:562
msgid "the application employs *fsync*(2), *syncfs*(2), or *sync*(2)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:563
msgid "an undeleted inode is evicted from memory"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:564
msgid "more than 24 hours have passed since the inode was written to disk."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:565
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nolazytime*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:567
msgid "Do not use the lazytime feature."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:568
#, no-wrap
msgid "*suid*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:570
msgid "Honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing programs from this filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:571
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nosuid*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:573
msgid "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing programs from this filesystem. In addition, SELinux domain transitions require permission _nosuid_transition_, which in turn needs also policy capability _nnp_nosuid_transition_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:574
#, no-wrap
msgid "*silent*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:576
msgid "Turn on the silent flag."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:577
#, no-wrap
msgid "*loud*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:579
msgid "Turn off the silent flag."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:582
msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *owner,dev,suid*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:583
#, no-wrap
msgid "*remount*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:585
msgid "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used to change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:587
msgid "The remount operation together with the *bind* flag has special semantics. See above, the subsection *Bind mounts*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:589
msgid "The remount functionality follows the standard way the *mount* command works with options from _fstab_. This means that *mount* does not read _fstab_ (or _mtab_) only when both _device_ and _dir_ are specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:591
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -o remount,rw /dev/foo /dir*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:593
msgid "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff from _fstab_ (or _mtab_) is ignored, except the *loop=* option which is internally generated and maintained by the *mount* command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:595
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -o remount,rw /dir*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:597
msgid "After this call, *mount* reads _fstab_ and merges these options with the options from the command line (*-o*). If no mountpoint is found in _fstab_, then a remount with unspecified source is allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:599
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* allows the use of *--all* to remount all already mounted filesystems which match a specified filter (*-O* and *-t*). For example:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:601
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:603
msgid "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of the filesystems is remounted by *mount -o remount,ro* _/dir_ semantic. This means the *mount* command reads _fstab_ or _mtab_ and merges these options with the options from the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:604
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ro*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:606
msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:607
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rw*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:609
msgid "Mount the filesystem read-write."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:610
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sync*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:612
msgid "All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously. In the case of media with a limited number of write cycles (e.g. some flash drives), *sync* may cause life-cycle shortening."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:615
msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting user is written to the _mtab_ file (or to the private libmount file in _/run/mount_ on systems without a regular _mtab_) so that this same user can unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options *noexec*, *nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *user,exec,dev,suid*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:616
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*user*"
msgid "*nouser*"
msgstr "*user*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:618
msgid "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it does not imply any other options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:619
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*user*"
msgid "*users*"
msgstr "*user*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:621
msgid "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some other ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options *noexec*, *nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *users,exec,dev,suid*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:622
#, no-wrap
msgid "*X-**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:624
msgid "All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as userspace application-specific options. These options are not stored in user space (e.g., _mtab_ file), nor sent to the mount._type_ helpers nor to the *mount*(2) system call. The suggested format is **X-**__appname__._option_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:625
#, no-wrap
msgid "*x-**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:627
msgid "The same as *X-** options, but stored permanently in user space. This means the options are also available for *umount*(8) or other operations. Note that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the options will be always available (for example after a move mount operation or in unshared namespace)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:629
msgid "Note that before util-linux v2.30 the x-* options have not been maintained by libmount and stored in user space (functionality was the same as for X-* now), but due to the growing number of use-cases (in initrd, systemd etc.) the functionality has been extended to keep existing _fstab_ configurations usable without a change."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:630
#, no-wrap
msgid "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:632
msgid "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. The optional argument _mode_ specifies the filesystem access mode used for *mkdir*(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This functionality is supported only for root users or when *mount* is executed without suid permissions. The option is also supported as *x-mount.mkdir*, but this notation is deprecated since v2.30. See also *--mkdir* command line option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:633
#, no-wrap
msgid "**X-mount.subdir=**__directory__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:635
msgid "Allow mounting sub-directory from a filesystem instead of the root directory. For now, this feature is implemented by temporary filesystem root directory mount in unshared namespace and then bind the sub-directory to the final mount point and umount the root of the filesystem. The sub-directory mount shows up atomically for the rest of the system although it is implemented by multiple *mount*(2) syscalls. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:636
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nosymfollow*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:638
msgid "Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths. Symlinks can still be created, and *readlink*(1), *readlink*(2), *realpath*(1), and *realpath*(3) all still work properly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:639
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:642
msgid "This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems. Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages for details. Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:653
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*Filesystem(s)* |*Manual page*\n"
"|btrfs |*btrfs*(5)\n"
"|cifs |*mount.cifs*(8)\n"
"|ext2, ext3, ext4 |*ext4*(5)\n"
"|fuse |*fuse*(8)\n"
"|nfs |*nfs*(5)\n"
"|tmpfs |*tmpfs*(5)\n"
"|xfs |*xfs*(5)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:656
msgid "Note that some of the pages listed above might be available only after you install the respective userland tools."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:658
msgid "The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by filesystem. All options follow the *-o* flag."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:660
msgid "What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel. Further information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel source subdirectory _Documentation/filesystems_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:661
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for adfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:663 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:671
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:721 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:752
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:879 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:911
#, no-wrap
msgid "**uid=**__value__ and **gid=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:665
msgid "Set the owner and group of the files in the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:666
#, no-wrap
msgid "**ownmask=**__value__ and **othmask=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:668
msgid "Set the permission mask for ADFS 'owner' permissions and 'other' permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively). See also _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:669
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for affs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:673
msgid "Set the owner and group of the root of the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, but with option *uid* or *gid* without specified value, the UID and GID of the current process are taken)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:674
#, no-wrap
msgid "**setuid=**__value__ and **setgid=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:676
msgid "Set the owner and group of all files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:677 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:714
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:724 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:917
#, no-wrap
msgid "**mode=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:679
msgid "Set the mode of all files to _value_ & 0777 disregarding the original permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:680
#, no-wrap
msgid "*protect*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:682
msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:683
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*user*"
msgid "*usemp*"
msgstr "*user*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:685
msgid "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. Strange..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:686
#, no-wrap
msgid "*verbose*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:688
msgid "Print an informational message for each successful mount."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:689
#, no-wrap
msgid "**prefix=**__string__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:691
msgid "Prefix used before volume name, when following a link."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:692
#, no-wrap
msgid "**volume=**__string__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:694
msgid "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic link."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:695
#, no-wrap
msgid "**reserved=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:697
msgid "(Default: 2.) Number of unused blocks at the start of the device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:698
#, no-wrap
msgid "**root=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:700
msgid "Give explicitly the location of the root block."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:701
#, no-wrap
msgid "**bs=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:703
msgid "Give blocksize. Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:704
#, no-wrap
msgid "**grpquota**|**noquota**|**quota**|*usrquota*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:706
msgid "These options are accepted but ignored. (However, quota utilities may react to such strings in _/etc/fstab_.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:707
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for debugfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:710
msgid "The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/sys/kernel/debug_. As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the following options:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:711 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:862
#, no-wrap
msgid "**uid=**__n__**, gid=**__n__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:713
msgid "Set the owner and group of the mountpoint."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:716
msgid "Sets the mode of the mountpoint."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:717
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for devpts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:720
msgid "The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/dev/pts_. In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens _/dev/ptmx_; the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as _/dev/pts/_<number>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:723
msgid "This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified values. When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID and GID of the creating process. For example, if there is a tty group with GID 5, then *gid=5* will cause newly created pseudo terminals to belong to the tty group."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:726
msgid "Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value. The default is 0600. A value of *mode=620* and *gid=5* makes \"mesg y\" the default on newly created pseudo terminals."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:727
#, no-wrap
msgid "*newinstance*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:729
msgid "Create a private instance of the devpts filesystem, such that indices of pseudo terminals allocated in this new instance are independent of indices created in other instances of devpts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:731
msgid "All mounts of devpts without this *newinstance* option share the same set of pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode). Each mount of devpts with the *newinstance* option has a private set of pseudo terminal indices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:733
msgid "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It is implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this mount option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:735
msgid "To use this option effectively, _/dev/ptmx_ must be a symbolic link to _pts/ptmx_. See _Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt_ in the Linux kernel source tree for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:736
#, no-wrap
msgid "**ptmxmode=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:738
msgid "Set the mode for the new _ptmx_ device node in the devpts filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:740
msgid "With the support for multiple instances of devpts (see *newinstance* option above), each instance has a private _ptmx_ node in the root of the devpts filesystem (typically _/dev/pts/ptmx_)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:742
msgid "For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of the new _ptmx_ node is 0000. **ptmxmode=**__value__ specifies a more useful mode for the _ptmx_ node and is highly recommended when the *newinstance* option is specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:744
msgid "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:745
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for fat"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:748
msgid "(Note: _fat_ is not a separate filesystem, but a common part of the _msdos_, _umsdos_ and _vfat_ filesystems.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:749
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blocksize=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:751
msgid "Set blocksize (default 512). This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:754 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:864
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:881
msgid "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the current process.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:755 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:882
#, no-wrap
msgid "**umask=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:757 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:884
msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are *not* present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:758
#, no-wrap
msgid "**dmask=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:760
msgid "Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:761
#, no-wrap
msgid "**fmask=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:763
msgid "Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:764
#, no-wrap
msgid "**allow_utime=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:766
msgid "This option controls the permission check of mtime/atime."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:767
#, no-wrap
msgid "*20*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:769
msgid "If current process is in group of file's group ID, you can change timestamp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:772
msgid "Other users can change timestamp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:774
msgid "The default is set from 'dmask' option. (If the directory is writable, *utime*(2) is also allowed. I.e. ~dmask & 022)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:776
msgid "Normally *utime*(2) checks that the current process is owner of the file, or that it has the *CAP_FOWNER* capability. But FAT filesystems don't have UID/GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. With this option you can relax it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:777
#, no-wrap
msgid "**check=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:779
msgid "Three different levels of pickiness can be chosen:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:780
#, no-wrap
msgid "*r*[*elaxed*]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:782
msgid "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are truncated (e.g. _verylongname.foobar_ becomes _verylong.foo_), leading and embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:783
#, no-wrap
msgid "*n*[*ormal*]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:785
msgid "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, <, spaces, etc.) are rejected. This is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:786
#, no-wrap
msgid "*s*[*trict*]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:788
msgid "Like \"normal\", but names that contain long parts or special characters that are sometimes used on Linux but are not accepted by MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) are rejected."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:789
#, no-wrap
msgid "**codepage=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:791
msgid "Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT filesystems. By default, codepage 437 is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:792 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:888
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:926
#, no-wrap
msgid "**conv=**__mode__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:794
msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:795
#, no-wrap
msgid "**cvf_format=**__module__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:797
msgid "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module cvf___module__ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports *kmod*, the **cvf_format=**__xxx__ option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:798
#, no-wrap
msgid "**cvf_option=**__option__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:800
msgid "Option passed to the CVF module. This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:801
#, no-wrap
msgid "*debug*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:803
msgid "Turn on the _debug_ flag. A version string and a list of filesystem parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters appear to be inconsistent)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:804
#, no-wrap
msgid "*discard*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:806
msgid "If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device when blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-provisioned LUNs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:807
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dos1xfloppy*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:809
msgid "If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, determined by backing device size. These static parameters match defaults assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB floppies and floppy images."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:810
#, no-wrap
msgid "*errors=*{**panic**|**continue**|*remount-ro*}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:812
msgid "Specify FAT behavior on critical errors: panic, continue without doing anything, or remount the partition in read-only mode (default behavior)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:813
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fat=*{**12**|**16**|*32*}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:815
msgid "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type detection routine. Use with caution!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:816 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:940
#, no-wrap
msgid "**iocharset=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:818
msgid "Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit Unicode characters. The default is iso8859-1. Long filenames are stored on disk in Unicode format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:819
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nfs=*{**stale_rw**|*nostale_ro*}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:821
msgid "Enable this only if you want to export the FAT filesystem over NFS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:823
#, no-wrap
msgid "*stale_rw*: This option maintains an index (cache) of directory inodes which is used by the nfs-related code to improve look-ups. Full file operations (read/write) over NFS are supported but with cache eviction at NFS server, this could result in spurious *ESTALE* errors.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:825
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nostale_ro*: This option bases the inode number and file handle on the on-disk location of a file in the FAT directory entry. This ensures that *ESTALE* will not be returned after a file is evicted from the inode cache. However, it means that operations such as rename, create and unlink could cause file handles that previously pointed at one file to point at a different file, potentially causing data corruption. For this reason, this option also mounts the filesystem readonly.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:827
msgid "To maintain backward compatibility, *-o nfs* is also accepted, defaulting to *stale_rw*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:828
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tz=UTC*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:830
msgid "This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally). This is particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras) that are set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:831
#, no-wrap
msgid "**time_offset=**__minutes__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:833
msgid "Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to UTC. I.e., _minutes_ will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert it to UTC used internally by Linux. This is useful when the time zone set in the kernel via *settimeofday*(2) is not the time zone used by the filesystem. Note that this option still does not provide correct time stamps in all cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different DST setting will be off by one hour."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:834 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:874
#, no-wrap
msgid "*quiet*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:836
msgid "Turn on the _quiet_ flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return errors, although they fail. Use with caution!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:837
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rodir*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:839
msgid "FAT has the *ATTR_RO* (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the *ATTR_RO* of the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as a flag (e.g. it's set for the customized folder)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:841
msgid "If you want to use *ATTR_RO* as read-only flag even for the directory, set this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:842
#, no-wrap
msgid "*showexec*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:844
msgid "If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if the extension part of the name is .EXE, .COM, or .BAT. Not set by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:845
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sys_immutable*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:847
msgid "If set, *ATTR_SYS* attribute on FAT is handled as *IMMUTABLE* flag on Linux. Not set by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:848
#, no-wrap
msgid "*flush*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:850
msgid "If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal. Not set by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:851
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*user*"
msgid "*usefree*"
msgstr "*user*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:853
msgid "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on *FSINFO*. It'll be used to determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it's not used by default, because recent Windows don't update it correctly in some case. If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on *FSINFO* is correct, by this option you can avoid scanning disk."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:854
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dots*, *nodots*, *dotsOK=*[**yes**|*no*]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:856
msgid "Various misguided attempts to force Unix or DOS conventions onto a FAT filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:857
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for hfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:859
#, no-wrap
msgid "**creator=**__cccc__**, type=**__cccc__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:861
msgid "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for creating new files. Default values: '????'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:865
#, no-wrap
msgid "**dir_umask=**__n__**, file_umask=**__n__**, umask=**__n__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:867
msgid "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files and directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:868
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**--session-command=**__command__"
msgid "**session=**__n__"
msgstr "**--session-command=**__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:870
msgid "Select the CDROM session to mount. Defaults to leaving that decision to the CDROM driver. This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as underlying device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:871
#, no-wrap
msgid "**part=**__n__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:873
msgid "Select partition number n from the device. Only makes sense for CDROMs. Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:876
msgid "Don't complain about invalid mount options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:877
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for hpfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:885
#, no-wrap
msgid "*case=*{**lower**|*asis*}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:887
msgid "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: *case=lower*.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:890 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:928
msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or being ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:891
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nocheck*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:893
msgid "Do not abort mounting when certain consistency checks fail."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:894
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for iso9660"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:897
msgid "ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs. See also the _udf_ filesystem.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:899
msgid "Normal _iso9660_ filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, number of links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:901
msgid "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-like features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem (except that it is read-only, of course)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:902
#, no-wrap
msgid "*norock*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:904
msgid "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:905
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nojoliet*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:907
msgid "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:908
#, no-wrap
msgid "*check=*{*r*[*elaxed*]|*s*[*trict*]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:910
msgid "With *check=relaxed*, a filename is first converted to lower case before doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with *norock* and *map=normal*. (Default: *check=strict*.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:913
msgid "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: *uid=0,gid=0*.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:914
#, no-wrap
msgid "*map=*{*n*[*ormal*]|*o*[*ff*]|*a*[*corn*]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:916
msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case ASCII, drops a trailing ';1', and converts ';' to '.'. With *map=off* no name translation is done. See *norock*. (Default: *map=normal*.) *map=acorn* is like *map=normal* but also apply Acorn extensions if present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:919
msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a leading 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:920 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1235
#, no-wrap
msgid "*unhide*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:922
msgid "Also show hidden and associated files. (If the ordinary files and the associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the ordinary files inaccessible.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:923
#, no-wrap
msgid "*block=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:925
msgid "Set the block size to the indicated value. (Default: *block=1024*.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:929
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cruft*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:931
msgid "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a file cannot be larger than 16 MB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:932
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**--session-command=**__command__"
msgid "**session=**__x__"
msgstr "**--session-command=**__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:934
msgid "Select number of session on a multisession CD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:935
#, no-wrap
msgid "**sbsector=**__xxx__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:937
msgid "Session begins from sector xxx."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:939
msgid "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft's Joliet extensions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:942
msgid "Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 bit characters. The default is iso8859-1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:943 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:982
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1259 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1357
#, no-wrap
msgid "*utf8*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:945
msgid "Convert 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to UTF-8."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:946
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for jfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:948 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:976
#, no-wrap
msgid "**iocharset=**__name__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:950
msgid "Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII. The default is to do no conversion. Use *iocharset=utf8* for UTF8 translations. This requires *CONFIG_NLS_UTF8* to be set in the kernel _.config_ file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:951
#, no-wrap
msgid "**resize=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:953
msgid "Resize the volume to _value_ blocks. JFS only supports growing a volume, not shrinking it. This option is only valid during a remount, when the volume is mounted read-write. The *resize* keyword with no value will grow the volume to the full size of the partition."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:954
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nointegrity*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:956
msgid "Do not write to the journal. The primary use of this option is to allow for higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media. The integrity of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:957
#, no-wrap
msgid "*integrity*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:959
msgid "Default. Commit metadata changes to the journal. Use this option to remount a volume where the *nointegrity* option was previously specified in order to restore normal behavior."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:960
#, no-wrap
msgid "*errors=*{**continue**|**remount-ro**|*panic*}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:962
msgid "Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the filesystem read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:963
#, no-wrap
msgid "**noquota**|**quota**|**usrquota**|*grpquota*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:965
msgid "These options are accepted but ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:966
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for msdos"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:969
msgid "See mount options for fat. If the _msdos_ filesystem detects an inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:970
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ncpfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:973
msgid "Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a _struct ncp_mount_data_) to the *mount*(2) system call. This argument is constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) does not know anything about ncpfs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:974
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ntfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:978
msgid "Character set to use when returning file names. Unlike VFAT, NTFS suppresses names that contain nonconvertible characters. Deprecated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:979
#, no-wrap
msgid "**nls=**__name__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:981
msgid "New name for the option earlier called _iocharset_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:984
msgid "Use UTF-8 for converting file names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:985
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:987
msgid "For 0 (or 'no' or 'false'), do not use escape sequences for unknown Unicode characters. For 1 (or 'yes' or 'true') or 2, use vfat-style 4-byte escape sequences starting with \":\". Here 2 gives a little-endian encoding and 1 a byteswapped bigendian encoding."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:988
#, no-wrap
msgid "*posix=[0|1]*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:990
msgid "If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and lower case. The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of being suppressed. This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:991
#, no-wrap
msgid "**uid=**__value__, **gid=**__value__ and **umask=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:993
msgid "Set the file permission on the filesystem. The umask value is given in octal. By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by somebody else."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:994
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for overlay"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:997
msgid "Since Linux 3.18 the overlay pseudo filesystem implements a union mount for other filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:999
msgid "An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an *upper* filesystem and a *lower* filesystem. When a name exists in both filesystems, the object in the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower filesystem is either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with the upper object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1001
msgid "The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does not need to be writable. The lower filesystem can even be another overlayfs. The upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is it must support the creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must provide a valid d_type in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1003
msgid "A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem type. The options *lowerdir* and *upperdir* are combined into a merged directory by using:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1008
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount -t overlay  overlay  \\\n"
"  -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1011
#, no-wrap
msgid "**lowerdir=**__directory__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1013
msgid "Any filesystem, does not need to be on a writable filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1014
#, no-wrap
msgid "**upperdir=**__directory__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1016
msgid "The upperdir is normally on a writable filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1017
#, no-wrap
msgid "**workdir=**__directory__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1019
msgid "The workdir needs to be an empty directory on the same filesystem as upperdir."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1020
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*user*"
msgid "*userxattr*"
msgstr "*user*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1022
msgid "Use the \"*user.overlay.*\" xattr namespace instead of \"*trusted.overlay.*\". This is useful for unprivileged mounting of overlayfs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1023
#, no-wrap
msgid "*redirect_dir=*{**on**|**off**|**follow**|**nofollow**}"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1025
msgid "If the _redirect_dir_ feature is enabled, then the directory will be copied up (but not the contents). Then the \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.redirect\" extended attribute is set to the path of the original location from the root of the overlay. Finally the directory is moved to the new location."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1026 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*on*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1028
msgid "Redirects are enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1029 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:78
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "*off*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1031
msgid "Redirects are not created and only followed if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is enabled in the kernel/module config."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1032
#, no-wrap
msgid "*follow*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1034
msgid "Redirects are not created, but followed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1035
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*nofail*"
msgid "*nofollow*"
msgstr "*nofail*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1037
msgid "Redirects are not created and not followed (equivalent to \"redirect_dir=off\" if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is not enabled)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1038
#, no-wrap
msgid "*index=*{**on**|**off**}"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1040
msgid "Inode index. If this feature is disabled and a file with multiple hard links is copied up, then this will \"break\" the link. Changes will not be propagated to other names referring to the same inode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1041
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uuid=*{**on**|**off**}"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1043
msgid "Can be used to replace UUID of the underlying filesystem in file handles with null, and effectively disable UUID checks. This can be useful in case the underlying disk is copied and the UUID of this copy is changed. This is only applicable if all lower/upper/work directories are on the same filesystem, otherwise it will fallback to normal behaviour."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1044
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nfs_export=*{**on**|**off**}"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1047
msgid "When the underlying filesystems supports NFS export and the \"nfs_export\" feature is enabled, an overlay filesystem may be exported to NFS."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1054
msgid "With the \"nfs_export\" feature, on copy_up of any lower object, an index entry is created under the index directory. The index entry name is the hexadecimal representation of the copy up origin file handle. For a non-directory object, the index entry is a hard link to the upper inode. For a directory object, the index entry has an extended attribute \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.upper\" with an encoded file handle of the upper directory inode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1055
#, no-wrap
msgid "When encoding a file handle from an overlay filesystem object, the following rules apply"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1058
msgid "For a non-upper object, encode a lower file handle from lower inode"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1059
msgid "For an indexed object, encode a lower file handle from copy_up origin"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1060
msgid "For a pure-upper object and for an existing non-indexed upper object, encode an upper file handle from upper inode"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1062
#, no-wrap
msgid "The encoded overlay file handle includes"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1065
msgid "Header including path type information (e.g. lower/upper)"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1066
msgid "UUID of the underlying filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1067
msgid "Underlying filesystem encoding of underlying inode"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1069
#, no-wrap
msgid "This encoding format is identical to the encoding format of file handles that are stored in extended attribute \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.origin\". When decoding an overlay file handle, the following steps are followed"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1072
msgid "Find underlying layer by UUID and path type information."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1073
msgid "Decode the underlying filesystem file handle to underlying dentry."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1074
msgid "For a lower file handle, lookup the handle in index directory by name."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1075
msgid "If a whiteout is found in index, return **ESTALE**. This represents an overlay object that was deleted after its file handle was encoded."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1076
msgid "For a non-directory, instantiate a disconnected overlay dentry from the decoded underlying dentry, the path type and index inode, if found."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1077
msgid "For a directory, use the connected underlying decoded dentry, path type and index, to lookup a connected overlay dentry."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1083
msgid "Decoding a non-directory file handle may return a disconnected dentry. copy_up of that disconnected dentry will create an upper index entry with no upper alias."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1095
msgid "When overlay filesystem has multiple lower layers, a middle layer directory may have a \"redirect\" to lower directory. Because middle layer \"redirects\" are not indexed, a lower file handle that was encoded from the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to find the middle or upper layer directory.  Similarly, a lower file handle that was encoded from a descendant of the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to reconstruct a connected overlay path. To mitigate the cases of directories that cannot be decoded from a lower file handle, these directories are copied up on encode and encoded as an upper file handle. On an overlay filesystem with no upper layer this mitigation cannot be used NFS export in this setup requires turning off redirect follow (e.g. \"__redirect_dir=nofollow__\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1097
msgid "The overlay filesystem does not support non-directory connectable file handles, so exporting with the _subtree_check_ exportfs configuration will cause failures to lookup files over NFS."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1099
msgid "When the NFS export feature is enabled, all directory index entries are verified on mount time to check that upper file handles are not stale. This verification may cause significant overhead in some cases."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1102
msgid "Note: the mount options __index=off,nfs_export=on__ are conflicting for a read-write mount and will result in an error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*xino=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1106
msgid "The \"xino\" feature composes a unique object identifier from the real object st_ino and an underlying fsid index. The \"xino\" feature uses the high inode number bits for fsid, because the underlying filesystems rarely use the high inode number bits. In case the underlying inode number does overflow into the high xino bits, overlay filesystem will fall back to the non xino behavior for that inode."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1108
msgid "For a detailed description of the effect of this option please refer to https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/filesystems/overlayfs.html?highlight=overlayfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1109
#, no-wrap
msgid "*metacopy=*{**on**|**off**}"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1111
msgid "When metadata only copy up feature is enabled, overlayfs will only copy up metadata (as opposed to whole file), when a metadata specific operation like chown/chmod is performed. Full file will be copied up later when file is opened for WRITE operation."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1113
msgid "In other words, this is delayed data copy up operation and data is copied up when there is a need to actually modify data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1114
#, no-wrap
msgid "*volatile*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1116
msgid "Volatile mounts are not guaranteed to survive a crash. It is strongly recommended that volatile mounts are only used if data written to the overlay can be recreated without significant effort."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1118
msgid "The advantage of mounting with the \"volatile\" option is that all forms of sync calls to the upper filesystem are omitted."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1120
msgid "In order to avoid a giving a false sense of safety, the syncfs (and fsync) semantics of volatile mounts are slightly different than that of the rest of VFS. If any writeback error occurs on the upperdirâs filesystem after a volatile mount takes place, all sync functions will return an error. Once this condition is reached, the filesystem will not recover, and every subsequent sync call will return an error, even if the upperdir has not experience a new error since the last sync call."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1122
msgid "When overlay is mounted with \"volatile\" option, the directory \"$workdir/work/incompat/volatile\" is created. During next mount, overlay checks for this directory and refuses to mount if present. This is a strong indicator that user should throw away upper and work directories and create fresh one. In very limited cases where the user knows that the system has not crashed and contents of upperdir are intact, The \"volatile\" directory can be removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1123
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for reiserfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1126
msgid "Reiserfs is a journaling filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*conv*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1129
msgid "Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 filesystem, using the 3.6 format for newly created objects. This filesystem will no longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1130
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hash=*{**rupasov**|**tea**|**r5**|*detect*}"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1132
msgid "Choose which hash function reiserfs will use to find files within directories."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1133
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rupasov*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1135
msgid "A hash invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. It is fast and preserves locality, mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash values. This option should not be used, as it causes a high probability of hash collisions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1136
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tea*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1138
msgid "A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge. It uses hash permuting bits in the name. It gets high randomness and, therefore, low probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost. This may be used if *EHASHCOLLISION* errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1139
#, no-wrap
msgid "*r5*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1141
msgid "A modified version of the rupasov hash. It is used by default and is the best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-name patterns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1142
#, no-wrap
msgid "*detect*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1144
msgid "Instructs *mount* to detect which hash function is in use by examining the filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the reiserfs superblock. This is only useful on the first mount of an old format filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1145
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hashed_relocation*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1147 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1150
msgid "Tunes the block allocator. This may provide performance improvements in some situations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1148
#, no-wrap
msgid "*no_unhashed_relocation*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1151
#, no-wrap
msgid "*noborder*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1153
msgid "Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. This may provide performance improvements in some situations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1154
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nolog*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1156
msgid "Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs's fast recovery from crashes. Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all journaling operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. Implementation of _nolog_ is a work in progress."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1157
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*nofail*"
msgid "*notail*"
msgstr "*nofail*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1159
msgid "By default, reiserfs stores small files and 'file tails' directly into its tree. This confuses some utilities such as *lilo*(8). This option is used to disable packing of files into the tree."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1160
#, no-wrap
msgid "*replayonly*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1162
msgid "Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually mount the filesystem. Mainly used by _reiserfsck_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1163
#, no-wrap
msgid "**resize=**__number__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1165
msgid "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has _number_ blocks. This option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume management (LVM). There is a special _resizer_ utility which can be obtained from _ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1166
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*user*"
msgid "*user_xattr*"
msgstr "*user*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1168
msgid "Enable Extended User Attributes. See the *attr*(1) manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1169
#, no-wrap
msgid "*acl*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1171
msgid "Enable POSIX Access Control Lists. See the *acl*(5) manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1172
#, no-wrap
msgid "*barrier=none* / *barrier=flush*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1174
msgid "This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling code. *barrier=none* disables, *barrier=flush* enables (default). This also requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs gets an error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a warning. Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal commits, making volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some performance penalty. If your disks are battery-backed in one way or another, disabling barriers may safely improve performance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1175
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ubifs"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1178
msgid "UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes. Note that *atime* is not supported and is always turned off."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1180
msgid "The device name may be specified as"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1182
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ubiX_Y*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1184
msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume number *Y*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1184
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ubiY*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1186
msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume number *Y*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1186
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ubiX:NAME*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1188
msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume with name *NAME*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1188
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ubi:NAME*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1190
msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume with name *NAME*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1193
msgid "Alternative *!* separator may be used instead of *:*."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1195
msgid "The following mount options are available:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1196
#, no-wrap
msgid "*bulk_read*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1198
msgid "Enable bulk-read. VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the filesystem. Bulk-Read is an internal optimization. Some flashes may read faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read requests. For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads more than one NAND page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1199
#, no-wrap
msgid "*no_bulk_read*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1201
msgid "Do not bulk-read. This is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1202
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chk_data_crc*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1204
msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums. This is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1205
#, no-wrap
msgid "*no_chk_data_crc*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1207
msgid "Do not check data CRC-32 checksums. With this option, the filesystem does not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the internal indexing information. This option only affects reading, not writing. CRC-32 is always calculated when writing the data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1208
#, no-wrap
msgid "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1210
msgid "Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written. It is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the *none* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1211
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for udf"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1214
msgid "UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the Optical Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, frequently in the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, however, perfectly usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and other block devices. See also _iso9660_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1215
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uid=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1217
msgid "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user. uid=forget can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) uid=<user> and results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In fact the recorded uid is the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is given as either <user> which is a valid user name or the corresponding decimal user id, or the special string \"forget\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1218
#, no-wrap
msgid "*gid=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1220
msgid "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group. gid=forget can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) gid=<group> and results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In fact the recorded gid is the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is given as either <group> which is a valid group name or the corresponding decimal group id, or the special string \"forget\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1221
#, no-wrap
msgid "*umask=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1223
msgid "Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1224
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mode=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1226
msgid "If *mode=* is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from the filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1227
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmode=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1229
msgid "If *dmode=* is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1230
#, no-wrap
msgid "*bs=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1232
msgid "Set the block size. Default value prior to kernel version 2.6.30 was 2048. Since 2.6.30 and prior to 4.11 it was logical device block size with fallback to 2048. Since 4.11 it is logical block size with fallback to any valid block size between logical device block size and 4096."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1234
msgid "For other details see the *mkudffs*(8) 2.0+ manpage, see the *COMPATIBILITY* and *BLOCK SIZE* sections."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1237
msgid "Show otherwise hidden files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1238
#, no-wrap
msgid "*undelete*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1240
msgid "Show deleted files in lists."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1241
#, no-wrap
msgid "*adinicb*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1243
msgid "Embed data in the inode. (default)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1244
#, no-wrap
msgid "*noadinicb*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1246
msgid "Don't embed data in the inode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1247
#, no-wrap
msgid "*shortad*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1249
msgid "Use short UDF address descriptors."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1250
#, no-wrap
msgid "*longad*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1252
msgid "Use long UDF address descriptors. (default)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1253
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nostrict*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1255
msgid "Unset strict conformance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1256
#, no-wrap
msgid "*iocharset=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1258
msgid "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with *CONFIG_UDF_NLS* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1261
msgid "Set the UTF-8 character set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1262
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for debugging and disaster recovery"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1264
#, no-wrap
msgid "*novrs*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1266
msgid "Ignore the Volume Recognition Sequence and attempt to mount anyway."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1267
#, no-wrap
msgid "*session=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1269
msgid "Select the session number for multi-session recorded optical media. (default= last session)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1270
#, no-wrap
msgid "*anchor=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1272
msgid "Override standard anchor location. (default= 256)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1273
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lastblock=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1275
msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1276
#, no-wrap
msgid "Unused historical mount options that may be encountered and should be removed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1278
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uid=ignore*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1280
msgid "Ignored, use uid=<user> instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1281
#, no-wrap
msgid "*gid=ignore*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1283
msgid "Ignored, use gid=<group> instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1284
#, no-wrap
msgid "*volume=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1286 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1289
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1292 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1295
msgid "Unimplemented and ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1287
#, no-wrap
msgid "*partition=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1290
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fileset=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1293
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rootdir=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1296
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ufs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1298
#, no-wrap
msgid "**ufstype=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1300
msgid "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The problem are differences among implementations. Features of some implementations are undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of ufs automatically. That's why the user must specify the type of ufs by mount option. Possible values are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1301
#, no-wrap
msgid "*old*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1303
msgid "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don't forget to give the *-r* option.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1304
#, no-wrap
msgid "*44bsd*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1306
msgid "For filesystems created by a BSD-like system (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1307
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ufs2*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1309
msgid "Used in FreeBSD 5.x supported as read-write."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1310
#, no-wrap
msgid "*5xbsd*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1312
msgid "Synonym for ufs2."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1313
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sun*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1315
msgid "For filesystems created by SunOS or Solaris on Sparc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1316
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sunx86*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1318
msgid "For filesystems created by Solaris on x86."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1319
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hp*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1321
msgid "For filesystems created by HP-UX, read-only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1322
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nextstep*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1324
msgid "For filesystems created by NeXTStep (on NeXT station) (currently read only)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1325
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nextstep-cd*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1327
msgid "For NextStep CDROMs (block_size == 2048), read-only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1328
#, no-wrap
msgid "*openstep*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1330
msgid "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same filesystem type is also used by macOS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1331
#, no-wrap
msgid "**onerror=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1333
msgid "Set behavior on error:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1334
#, no-wrap
msgid "*panic*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1336
msgid "If an error is encountered, cause a kernel panic."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1337
#, no-wrap
msgid "[**lock**|**umount**|*repair*]"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1339
msgid "These mount options don't do anything at present; when an error is encountered only a console message is printed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1340
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for umsdos"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1343
msgid "See mount options for msdos. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by _umsdos_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1344
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for vfat"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1347
msgid "First of all, the mount options for _fat_ are recognized. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by _vfat_. Furthermore, there are"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1348
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uni_xlate*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1350
msgid "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode characters. Without this option, a '?' is used when no translation is possible. The escape character is ':' because it is otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u is the Unicode character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), (u>>12)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1351
#, no-wrap
msgid "*posix*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1353
msgid "Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1354
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*nofail*"
msgid "*nonumtail*"
msgstr "*nofail*"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1356
msgid "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying _name~num.ext_."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1359
msgid "UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the console. It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or disabled with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false. If _uni_xlate_ gets set, UTF8 gets disabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1360
#, no-wrap
msgid "**shortname=**__mode__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1362
msgid "Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into 8.3 characters. If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the preferred one for display. There are four __mode__s:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1363
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lower*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1365
msgid "Force the short name to lower case upon display; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1366
#, no-wrap
msgid "*win95*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1368
msgid "Force the short name to upper case upon display; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1369
#, no-wrap
msgid "*winnt*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1371
msgid "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not all lower case or all upper case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1372
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mixed*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1374
msgid "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case. This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1375
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for usbfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1377
#, no-wrap
msgid "**devuid=**__uid__ and **devgid=**__gid__ and **devmode=**__mode__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1379
msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644). The mode is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1380
#, no-wrap
msgid "**busuid=**__uid__ and **busgid=**__gid__ and **busmode=**__mode__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1382
msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555). The mode is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1383
#, no-wrap
msgid "**listuid=**__uid__ and **listgid=**__gid__ and **listmode=**__mode__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1385
msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the file _devices_ (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0444). The mode is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1386
#, no-wrap
msgid "DM-VERITY SUPPORT"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1389
msgid "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The *mount* command can open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before the device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount (optionally via *dlopen*(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the root hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be automatically reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1390
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.hashdevice=**__path__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1392
msgid "Path to the hash tree device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-verity."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1393
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.roothash=**__hex__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1395
msgid "Hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice_. Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothashfile._"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1396
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.roothashfile=**__path__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1398
msgid "Path to file containing the hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice._ Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothash._"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1399
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.hashoffset=**__offset__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1401
msgid "If the hash tree device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is used by dm-verity to get to the tree."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1402
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.fecdevice=**__path__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1404
msgid "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1405
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.fecoffset=**__offset__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1407
msgid "If the FEC device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is used by dm-verity to get to the FEC area. Optional."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1408
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.fecroots=**__value__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1410
msgid "Parity bytes for FEC (default: 2). Optional."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1411
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.roothashsig=**__path__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1413
msgid "Path to *pkcs7*(1ssl) signature of root hash hex string. Requires crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG*. For device reuse, signatures have to be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1414
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.oncorruption=**__ignore__|__restart__|__panic__"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1416
msgid "Instruct the kernel to ignore, reboot or panic when corruption is detected. By default the I/O operation simply fails. Requires Linux 4.1 or newer, and libcrypsetup 2.3.4 or newer. Optional."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1418
msgid "Supported since util-linux v2.35."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1420
msgid "For example commands:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1429
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
"dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
"veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
"openssl smime -sign -in <hash> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\\n"
"-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n"
"mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=<hash>,\\\n"
"verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1432
msgid "create squashfs image from _/etc_ directory, verity hash device and mount verified filesystem image to _/mnt_. The kernel will verify that the root hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1433
#, no-wrap
msgid "LOOP-DEVICE SUPPORT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1436
msgid "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, the command"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1439
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1442
msgid "will set up the loop device _/dev/loop3_ to correspond to the file _/tmp/disk.img_, and then mount this device on _/mnt_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1444
msgid "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option '**-o loop**' is given), then *mount* will try to find some unused loop device and use that, for example"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1447
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1450
msgid "The *mount* command *automatically* creates a loop device from a regular file if a filesystem type is not specified or the filesystem is known for libblkid, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1453
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1455
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1458
msgid "This type of mount knows about three options, namely *loop*, *offset* and *sizelimit*, that are really options to *losetup*(8). (These options can be used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1460
msgid "Since Linux 2.6.25 auto-destruction of loop devices is supported, meaning that any loop device allocated by *mount* will be freed by *umount* independently of _/etc/mtab_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1462
msgid "You can also free a loop device by hand, using *losetup -d* or *umount -d*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1464
msgid "Since util-linux v2.29, *mount* re-uses the loop device rather than initializing a new device if the same backing file is already used for some loop device with the same offset and sizelimit. This is necessary to avoid a filesystem corruption."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1468
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* has the following exit status values (the bits can be ORed):\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1474
msgid "incorrect invocation or permissions"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1477
msgid "system error (out of memory, cannot fork, no more loop devices)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1480
msgid "internal *mount* bug"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1483
msgid "user interrupt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1486
msgid "problems writing or locking _/etc/mtab_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1489
msgid "mount failure"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1492
msgid "some mount succeeded"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1494
msgid "The command *mount -a* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1495 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXTERNAL HELPERS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1498
msgid "The syntax of external mount helpers is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1500
#, no-wrap
msgid "**/sbin/mount.**__suffix__ _spec dir_ [*-sfnv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-o* _options_] [*-t* __type__**.**_subtype_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1502
msgid "where the _suffix_ is the filesystem type and the *-sfnvoN* options have the same meaning as the normal mount options. The *-t* option is used for filesystems with subtypes support (for example */sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1504
msgid "The command *mount* does not pass the mount options *unbindable*, *runbindable*, *private*, *rprivate*, *slave*, *rslave*, *shared*, *rshared*, *auto*, *noauto*, *comment*, *x-**, *loop*, *offset* and *sizelimit* to the mount.<suffix> helpers. All other options are used in a comma-separated list as an argument to the *-o* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1509
msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for suid)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1512
msgid "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file (ignored for suid)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1518
msgid "enables libblkid debug output"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1521
msgid "enables loop device setup debug output"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1525
msgid "See also \"*The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts*\" section above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1528
msgid "filesystem table"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1529
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/run/mount_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1531
msgid "libmount private runtime directory"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1532 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:163
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/fstab_"
msgid "_/etc/mtab_"
msgstr "_/etc/fstab_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1534
msgid "table of mounted filesystems or symlink to _/proc/mounts_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1535
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/fstab_"
msgid "_/etc/mtab~_"
msgstr "_/etc/fstab_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1537
msgid "lock file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1538
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/fstab_"
msgid "_/etc/mtab.tmp_"
msgstr "_/etc/fstab_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1540
msgid "temporary file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1541
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/fstab_"
msgid "_/etc/filesystems_"
msgstr "_/etc/fstab_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1543
msgid "a list of filesystem types to try"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1547
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgid "A *mount* command existed in Version 5 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Příkaz *write* se objevil v AT&T UNIXu verze 6."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1551
msgid "It is possible for a corrupted filesystem to cause a crash."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1553
msgid "Some Linux filesystems don't support *-o sync* and *-o dirsync* (the ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems _do_ support synchronous updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the *sync* option)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1555
msgid "The *-o remount* may not be able to change mount parameters (all _ext2fs_-specific parameters, except *sb*, are changeable with a remount, for example, but you can't change *gid* or *umask* for the _fatfs_)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1557
msgid "It is possible that the files _/etc/mtab_ and _/proc/mounts_ don't match on systems with a regular _mtab_ file. The first file is based only on the *mount* command options, but the content of the second file also depends on the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS server -- in certain cases the *mount* command may report unreliable information about an NFS mount point and the _/proc/mount_ file usually contains more reliable information.) This is another reason to replace the _mtab_ file with a symlink to the _/proc/mounts_ file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1559
msgid "Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e. the *fcntl* and *ioctl* families of functions) may lead to inconsistent results due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the *noac* mount option is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1561
msgid "The *loop* option with the *offset* or *sizelimit* options used may fail when using older kernels if the *mount* command can't confirm that the size of the block device has been configured as requested. This situation can be worked around by using the *losetup*(8) command manually before calling *mount* with the configured loop device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1587
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*mount*(2),\n"
"*umount*(2),\n"
"*filesystems*(5),\n"
"*fstab*(5),\n"
"*nfs*(5),\n"
"*xfs*(5),\n"
"*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
"*xattr*(7),\n"
"*e2label*(8),\n"
"*findmnt*(8),\n"
"*losetup*(8),\n"
"*lsblk*(8),\n"
"*mke2fs*(8),\n"
"*mountd*(8),\n"
"*nfsd*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8),\n"
"*tune2fs*(8),\n"
"*umount*(8),\n"
"*xfs_admin*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "mountpoint(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:12
msgid "mountpoint - see if a directory or file is a mountpoint"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mountpoint* [*-d*|*-q*] _directory_|_file_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mountpoint* *-x* _device_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mountpoint* checks whether the given _directory_ or _file_ is mentioned in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:25
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-d*, *--fs-devno*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:27
msgid "Show the major/minor numbers of the device that is mounted on the given directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:30
msgid "Be quiet - don't print anything."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--nofollow*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:33
msgid "Do not follow symbolic link if it the last element of the _directory_ path."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:34
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-x*, *--devno*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:36
msgid "Show the major/minor numbers of the given blockdevice on standard output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mountpoint* has the following exit status values:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:45
msgid "success; the directory is a mountpoint, or device is block device on *--devno*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:48
msgid "failure; incorrect invocation, permissions or system error"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:51
msgid "failure; the directory is not a mountpoint, or device is not a block device on *--devno*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:60
msgid "The util-linux *mountpoint* implementation was written from scratch for libmount. The original version for sysvinit suite was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "nsenter(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:12
msgid "nsenter - run program in different namespaces"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*nsenter* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:20
msgid "The *nsenter* command executes _program_ in the namespace(s) that are specified in the command-line options (described below). If _program_ is not given, then \"$\\{SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:22
msgid "Enterable namespaces are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount namespace*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:25
msgid "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ for the *shared* flag). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7) and the discussion of the *CLONE_NEWNS* flag in *clone*(2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:26 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*UTS namespace*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:34
msgid "Setting hostname or domainname will not affect the rest of the system. For further details, see *uts_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*IPC namespace*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:37
msgid "The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues as well as System V message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory segments. For further details, see *ipc_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:32 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "*network namespace*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:40
msgid "The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing tables, firewall rules, the _/proc/net_ and _/sys/class/net_ directory trees, sockets, etc. For further details, see *network_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*PID namespace*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:37
msgid "Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the *nsenter* process. *nsenter* will fork by default if changing the PID namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID namespace and are visible to each other. If *--no-fork* is used, the new program will be exec'ed without forking. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*user namespace*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:49
msgid "The process will have a distinct set of UIDs, GIDs and capabilities. For further details, see *user_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cgroup namespace*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:46
msgid "The process will have a virtualized view of _/proc/self/cgroup_, and new cgroup mounts will be rooted at the namespace cgroup root. For further details, see *cgroup_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*time namespace*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:52
msgid "The process can have a distinct view of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* and/or *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which can be changed using _/proc/self/timens_offsets_. For further details, see *time_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:51
msgid "Various of the options below that relate to namespaces take an optional _file_ argument. This should be one of the _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ files described in *namespaces*(7), or the pathname of a bind mount that was created on one of those files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:55
msgid "Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ namespace paths. The default paths to the target process namespaces may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., *--all --mount*=[_path_])."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:57
msgid "The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller's current user namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped capabilities from regaining those capabilities via a call to setns(). See *setns*(2) for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-t*, *--target* _PID_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:60
msgid "Specify a target process to get contexts from. The paths to the contexts specified by _pid_ are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/mnt_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:63
msgid "the mount namespace"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/uts_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:65
msgid "the UTS namespace"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/ipc_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:67
msgid "the IPC namespace"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/net_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:69
msgid "the network namespace"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/pid_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:71
msgid "the PID namespace"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/user_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:73
msgid "the user namespace"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/cgroup_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:75
msgid "the cgroup namespace"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/time_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:77
msgid "the time namespace"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/root_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:79
msgid "the root directory"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/pid/cwd_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:81
msgid "the working directory respectively"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--mount*[=_file_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:84
msgid "Enter the mount namespace. If no file is specified, enter the mount namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the mount namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u*, *--uts*[=_file_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:87
msgid "Enter the UTS namespace. If no file is specified, enter the UTS namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the UTS namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--ipc*[=_file_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:90
msgid "Enter the IPC namespace. If no file is specified, enter the IPC namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the IPC namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--net*[=_file_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:93
msgid "Enter the network namespace. If no file is specified, enter the network namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the network namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pid*[=_file_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:96
msgid "Enter the PID namespace. If no file is specified, enter the PID namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the PID namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:97
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-U*, *--user*[=_file_]"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:99
msgid "Enter the user namespace. If no file is specified, enter the user namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the user namespace specified by _file_. See also the *--setuid* and *--setgid* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:100
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[=_file_]"
msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__skupina__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:102
msgid "Enter the cgroup namespace. If no file is specified, enter the cgroup namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the cgroup namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--time*[=_file_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:105
msgid "Enter the time namespace. If no file is specified, enter the time namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the time namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:131
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-G*, *--setgid* _gid_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:108
msgid "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop supplementary groups. *nsenter* always sets GID for user namespaces, the default is 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:109 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:128
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-S*, *--setuid* _uid_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:111
msgid "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace. *nsenter* always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--preserve-credentials*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:114
msgid "Don't modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to drops supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--root*[=_directory_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:117
msgid "Set the root directory. If no directory is specified, set the root directory to the root directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set the root directory to the specified directory. The specified _directory_ is open before it switches to the requested namespaces."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--wd*[=_directory_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:120
msgid "Set the working directory. If no directory is specified, set the working directory to the working directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set the working directory to the specified directory. The specified _directory_ is open before it switches to the requested namespaces, it means the specified directory works as \"tunnel\" to the current namespace. See also *--wdns*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-W*, *--wdns*[=_directory_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:123
msgid "Set the working directory. The _directory_ is open after switch to the requested namespaces and after *chroot*(2) call. The options *--wd* and *--wdns* are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:126
msgid "Do not fork before exec'ing the specified program. By default, when entering a PID namespace, *nsenter* calls *fork* before calling *exec* so that any children will also be in the newly entered PID namespace."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Z*, *--follow-context*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:129
msgid "Set the SELinux security context used for executing a new process according to already running process specified by *--target* PID. (The util-linux has to be compiled with SELinux support otherwise the option is unavailable.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:136
msgid "mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*clone*(2),\n"
"*setns*(2),\n"
"*namespaces*(7)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "pivot_root(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:12
msgid "pivot_root - change the root filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*pivot_root* _new_root_ _put_old_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*pivot_root* moves the root file system of the current process to the directory _put_old_ and makes _new_root_ the new root file system. Since *pivot_root*(8) simply calls *pivot_root*(2), we refer to the man page of the latter for further details.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:22
msgid "Note that, depending on the implementation of *pivot_root*, root and current working directory of the caller may or may not change. The following is a sequence for invoking *pivot_root* that works in either case, assuming that *pivot_root* and *chroot* are in the current *PATH*:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cd new_root\n"
"pivot_root . put_old\n"
"exec chroot . command\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:30
msgid "Note that *chroot* must be available under the old root and under the new root, because *pivot_root* may or may not have implicitly changed the root directory of the shell."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:32
msgid "Note that *exec chroot* changes the running executable, which is necessary if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also note that standard input, output, and error may still point to a device on the old root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed when invoking *chroot* (see below; note the absence of leading slashes to make it work whether *pivot_root* has changed the shell's root or not)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:40
msgid "Change the root file system to _/dev/hda1_ from an interactive shell:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /dev/hda1 /new-root\n"
"cd /new-root\n"
"pivot_root . old-root\n"
"exec chroot . sh <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
"umount /old-root\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:50
msgid "Mount the new root file system over NFS from 10.0.0.1:/my_root and run *init*:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # for portmap\n"
"# configure Ethernet or such\n"
"portmap   # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
"mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
"killall portmap   # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
"cd /mnt\n"
"pivot_root . old_root\n"
"exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /old_root; exec /sbin/init' \\\n"
"  <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*chroot*(1),\n"
"*pivot_root*(2),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*switch_root*(8),\n"
"*umount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. prlimit.1 --
#. Copyright 2011 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "prlimit(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:18
msgid "prlimit - get and set process resource limits"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:24
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] _command_ [_argument_...]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:28
msgid "Given a process ID and one or more resources, *prlimit* tries to retrieve and/or modify the limits."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:30
msgid "When _command_ is given, *prlimit* will run this command with the given arguments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:32
msgid "The _limits_ parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, separated by a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values. If no _limits_ are given, *prlimit* will display the current values. If one of the values is not given, then the existing one will be used. To specify the unlimited or infinity limit (*RLIM_INFINITY*), the -1 or 'unlimited' string can be passed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:34
msgid "Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to the high limit (also called the ceiling). To see all available resource limits, refer to the *RESOURCE OPTIONS* section."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:37
msgid "_soft_{colon}_hard_ Specify both limits."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:38
msgid "_soft_{colon} Specify only the soft limit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:39
msgid "{colon}__hard__ Specify only the hard limit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:40
msgid "_value_ Specify both limits to the same value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:41
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "OPTIONS"
msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
msgstr "VOLBY"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o, --output* _list_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:48
msgid "Define the output columns to use. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p, --pid*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:51
msgid "Specify the process id; if none is given, the running process will be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "OPTIONS"
msgid "RESOURCE OPTIONS"
msgstr "VOLBY"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c, --core*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:64
msgid "Maximum size of a core file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d, --data*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:67
msgid "Maximum data size."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e, --nice*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:70
msgid "Maximum nice priority allowed to raise."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f, --fsize*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:73
msgid "Maximum file size."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i, --sigpending*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:76
msgid "Maximum number of pending signals."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l, --memlock*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:79
msgid "Maximum locked-in-memory address space."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m, --rss*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:82
msgid "Maximum Resident Set Size (RSS)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n, --nofile*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:85
msgid "Maximum number of open files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-q, --msgqueue*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:88
msgid "Maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r, --rtprio*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:91
msgid "Maximum real-time priority."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s, --stack*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:94
msgid "Maximum size of the stack."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t, --cpu*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:97
msgid "CPU time, in seconds."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-u, --nproc*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:100
msgid "Maximum number of processes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-v, --as*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:103
msgid "Address space limit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x, --locks*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:106
msgid "Maximum number of file locks held."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-y, --rttime*[=_limits_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:109
msgid "Timeout for real-time tasks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:113
msgid "The *prlimit*(2) system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels will break this program."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:118
msgid "Display limit values for all current resources."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134 --rss --nofile=1024:4095*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:121
msgid "Display the limits of the RSS, and set the soft and hard limits for the number of open files to 1024 and 4095, respectively."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134 --nproc=512:*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:124
msgid "Modify only the soft limit for the number of processes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "*prlimit --pid $$ --nproc=unlimited*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:127
msgid "Set for the current process both the soft and ceiling values for the number of processes to unlimited."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "*prlimit --cpu=10 sort -u hugefile*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:130
msgid "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run *sort*(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:134
msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso] - In memory of Dennis M. Ritchie."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:139
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*ulimit*(1p),\n"
"*prlimit*(2)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "readprofile(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:12
msgid "readprofile - read kernel profiling information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*readprofile* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "VERSION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:20
msgid "This manpage documents version 2.0 of the program."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:24
msgid "The *readprofile* command uses the _/proc/profile_ information to print ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: the first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C function in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is the normalized `load' of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between the number of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled with blanks to ease readability."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:29
msgid "Print all symbols in the mapfile. By default the procedures with reported ticks are not printed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:30
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-b*, *--histbin*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:32
msgid "Print individual histogram-bin counts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:35
msgid "Info. This makes *readprofile* only print the profiling step used by the kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and is chosen during kernel configuration (through *make config*), or in the kernel's command line. If the *-t* (terse) switch is used together with *-i* only the decimal number is printed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--mapfile* _mapfile_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:38
msgid "Specify a mapfile, which by default is _/usr/src/linux/System.map_. You should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn't the last one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the name of the map file ends with _.gz_ it is decompressed on the fly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M*, *--multiplier* _multiplier_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:41
msgid "On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU. This option allows you to set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. Linux 2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems. This option also resets the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--profile* _pro-file_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:44
msgid "Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is _/proc/profile_. Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze' the kernel profiling at some time and read it later. The _/proc/profile_ file can be copied using *cat*(1) or *cp*(1). There is no more support for compressed profile buffers, like in *readprofile-1.1*, because the program needs to know the size of the buffer in advance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:53
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-r*, *--reset*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:47
msgid "Reset the profiling buffer. This can only be invoked by root, because _/proc/profile_ is readable by everybody but writable only by the superuser. However, you can make *readprofile* set-user-ID 0, in order to reset the buffer without gaining privileges."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s, --counters*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:50
msgid "Print individual counters within functions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:53
msgid "Verbose. The output is organized in four columns and filled with blanks. The first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the second is the name of the function, the third is the number of clock ticks and the last is the normalized load."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/profile_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:60
msgid "A binary snapshot of the profiling buffer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/usr/src/linux/System.map_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:63
msgid "The symbol table for the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/usr/src/linux/*_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:66
msgid "The program being profiled :-)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*readprofile* only works with a 1.3.x or newer kernel, because _/proc/profile_ changed in the step from 1.2 to 1.3.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:72
msgid "This program only works with ELF kernels. The change for a.out kernels is trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:74
msgid "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling module is available, and it wouldn't be easy to build. To enable profiling, you can specify *profile*=_2_ (or another number) on the kernel commandline. The number you specify is the two-exponent used as profiling step."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:76
msgid "Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited. This means that many profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled. Watch out for misleading information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:80
msgid "Browse the profiling buffer ordering by clock ticks:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile | sort -nr | less\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:86
msgid "Print the 20 most loaded procedures:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:92
msgid "Print only filesystem profile:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile | grep _ext2\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:98
msgid "Look at all the kernel information, with ram addresses:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile -av | less\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:104
msgid "Browse a 'frozen' profile buffer for a non current kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:110
msgid "Request profiling at 2kHz per CPU, and reset the profiling buffer:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "   sudo readprofile -M 20\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
#. 	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)renice.8	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "write(1)"
msgid "renice(1)"
msgstr "write(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:46
msgid "renice - alter priority of running processes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*renice* [*-n*] _priority_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identifier_...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*renice* alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. The first argument is the _priority_ value to be used. The other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process group IDs, user IDs, or user names. *renice*'ing a process group causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling priority altered. *renice*'ing a user causes all processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--priority* _priority_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:59
msgid "Specify the scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process group, or user. Use of the option *-n* or *--priority* is optional, but when used it must be the first argument."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-g*, *--pgrp*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:62
msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process group IDs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:65
msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process IDs (the default)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:66
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-u*, *--user*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:68
msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as usernames or UIDs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:73
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su_"
msgid "_/etc/passwd_"
msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:75
msgid "to map user names to user IDs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:79
msgid "Users other than the superuser may only alter the priority of processes they own. Furthermore, an unprivileged user can only _increase_ the \"nice value\" (i.e., choose a lower priority) and such changes are irreversible unless (since Linux 2.6.12) the user has a suitable \"nice\" resource limit (see *ulimit*(1p) and *getrlimit*(2))."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:81
msgid "The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority to any value in the range -20 to 19. Useful priorities are: 19 (the affected processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 (the \"base\" scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go very fast)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:85
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The ancestor of this *fstab* file format appeared in 4.0BSD."
msgid "The *renice* command appeared in 4.0BSD."
msgstr "Předchůdce formátu souboru *fstab* se objevil v 4.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:89
msgid "The following command would change the priority of the processes with PIDs 987 and 32, plus all processes owned by the users daemon and root:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*renice +1 987 -u daemon root -p 32*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*nice*(1),\n"
"*chrt*(1),\n"
"*getpriority*(2),\n"
"*setpriority*(2),\n"
"*credentials*(7),\n"
"*sched*(7)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "rfkill(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:12
msgid "rfkill - tool for enabling and disabling wireless devices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rfkill* [options] [_command_] [_ID_|_type_ ...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rfkill* lists, enabling and disabling wireless devices.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:22
msgid "The command \"list\" output format is deprecated and maintained for backward compatibility only. The new output format is the default when no command is specified or when the option *--output* is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:24
msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:35
msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of available columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*help*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:49
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*comment*"
msgid "*event*"
msgstr "*comment*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:51
msgid "Listen for rfkill events and display them on stdout."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*list* [__id__|__type__ ...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:54
msgid "List the current state of all available devices. The command output format is deprecated, see the *DESCRIPTION* section. It is a good idea to check with *list* command _id_ or _type_ scope is appropriate before setting *block* or *unblock*. Special _all_ type string will match everything. Use of multiple _ID_ or _type_ arguments is supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "**block** __id__|__type__ [...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:57
msgid "Disable the corresponding device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "**unblock** __id__|__type__ [...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:60
msgid "Enable the corresponding device. If the device is hard-blocked, for example via a hardware switch, it will remain unavailable though it is now soft-unblocked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "**toggle** __id__|__type__ [...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:63
msgid "Enable or disable the corresponding device."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  rfkill --output ID,TYPE\n"
"  rfkill block all\n"
"  rfkill unblock wlan\n"
"  rfkill block bluetooth uwb wimax wwan gps fm nfc\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rfkill* was originally written by mailto:johannes@sipsolutions.net[Johannes Berg] and mailto:marcel@holtmann.org[Marcel Holtmann]. The code has been later modified by mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] for the util-linux project.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:77
msgid "This manual page was written by mailto:linux@youmustbejoking.demon.co.uk[Darren Salt] for the Debian project (and may be used by others)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*powertop*(8),\n"
"*systemd-rfkill*(8),\n"
"https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst[Linux kernel documentation]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "rtcwake(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:12
msgid "rtcwake - enter a system sleep state until specified wakeup time"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rtcwake* [options] [*-d* _device_] [*-m* _standby_mode_] {*-s* _seconds_|*-t* _time_t_}\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:20
msgid "This program is used to enter a system sleep state and to automatically wake from it at a specified time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:22
msgid "This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, and leave it no later than a specified time. It uses any RTC framework driver that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:24
msgid "This is normally used like the old *apmsleep* utility, to wake from a suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM). Most platforms can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:26
msgid "On some systems, this can also be used like *nvram-wakeup*, waking from states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk). Not all systems have persistent media that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:28
msgid "Note that alarm functionality depends on hardware; not every RTC is able to setup an alarm up to 24 hours in the future."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:30
msgid "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction of a second after the return key is pressed. *rtcwake* tries to avoid this problem and it waits to the terminal to settle down before entering a system sleep."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-A*, *--adjfile* _file_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:35
msgid "Specify an alternative path to the adjust file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:38
msgid "Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local time) from the _adjtime_ file, where *hwclock*(8) stores that information. This is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--date* _timestamp_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:41
msgid "Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp. Format of the timestamp can be any of the following:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(seconds will be set to 00)\n"
"|YYYY-MM-DD |(time will be set to 00:00:00)\n"
"|hh:mm:ss |(date will be set to today)\n"
"|hh:mm |(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)\n"
"|tomorrow |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
"|+5min |\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--device* _device_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:56
msgid "Use the specified _device_ instead of *rtc0* as realtime clock. This option is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC. You may specify *rtc1*, *rtc2*, ... here."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-l*, *--local*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:59
msgid "Assume that the hardware clock is set to local time, regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--list-modes*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:62
msgid "List available *--mode* option arguments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--mode* _mode_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:65
msgid "Go into the given standby state. Valid values for _mode_ are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "*standby*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:68
msgid "ACPI state S1. This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, while providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system. This is the default mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*freeze*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:71
msgid "The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the processors idled. This state is a general state that does not need any platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, because the system is still in a running state. (Available since Linux 3.9.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mem*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:74
msgid "ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM). This state offers significant power savings as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except for memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*disk*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:77
msgid "ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk). This state offers the greatest power savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform support for power management. This state operates similarly to Suspend-to-RAM, but includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:80
msgid "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling '/sbin/shutdown'. Not officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*no*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:83
msgid "Don't suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:86
msgid "Don't suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. This mode is useful for debugging."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:89
msgid "Disable a previously set alarm."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*show*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:92
msgid "Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on <time>\". The time is in ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 2010\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:95
msgid "This option does everything apart from actually setting up the alarm, suspending the system, or waiting for the alarm."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:96
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
msgid "*-s*, *--seconds* _seconds_"
msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:98
msgid "Set the wakeup time to _seconds_ in the future from now."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--time* _time_t_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:101
msgid "Set the wakeup time to the absolute time _time_t_. _time_t_ is the time in seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC. Use the *date*(1) tool to convert between human-readable time and _time_t_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:102
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-u*, *--utc*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:104
msgid "Assume that the hardware clock is set to UTC (Universal Time Coordinated), regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:113
msgid "Some PC systems can't currently exit sleep states such as *mem* using only the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from userspace code to make the framebuffer work again."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:121
msgid "The program was posted several times on LKML and other lists before appearing in kernel commit message for Linux 2.6 in the GIT commit 87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:125
msgid "The program was written by mailto:dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net[David Brownell] and improved by mailto:bwalle@suse.de[Bernhard Walle]."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:129
msgid "This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of the link:http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html[GNU General Public License]. There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:135
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*mesg*(1),\n"
#| "*talk*(1),\n"
#| "*who*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*adjtime_config*(5),\n"
"*hwclock*(8),\n"
"*date*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "setarch(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:12
msgid "setarch - change reported architecture in new program environment and/or set personality flags"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*setarch* [_arch_] [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setarch* *--list*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:20
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*arch* [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setarch* modifies execution domains and process personality flags.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:26
msgid "The execution domains currently only affects the output of *uname -m*. For example, on an AMD64 system, running *setarch i386* _program_ will cause _program_ to see i686 instead of _x86_64_ as the machine type. It can also be used to set various personality options. The default _program_ is */bin/sh*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:28
msgid "Since version 2.33 the _arch_ command line argument is optional and *setarch* may be used to change personality flags (ADDR_LIMIT_*, SHORT_INODE, etc) without modification of the execution domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--list*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:33
msgid "List the architectures that *setarch* knows about. Whether *setarch* can actually set each of these architectures depends on the running kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--uname-2.6*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:36
msgid "Causes the _program_ to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. Turns on *UNAME26*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-3*, *--3gb*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:42
msgid "Specifies _program_ should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. Supported on x86. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_3GB*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--4gb*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:45
msgid "This option has no effect. It is retained for backward compatibility only, and may be removed in future releases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-B*, *--32bit*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:48
msgid "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM and Alpha. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-F*, *--fdpic-funcptrs*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:51
msgid "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to address descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do not support *FDPIC* ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-I*, *--short-inode*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:54
msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on *SHORT_INODE*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L*, *--addr-compat-layout*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:57
msgid "Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the _program_ binary does not have *PT_GNU_STACK* ELF header. Turns on *ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-R*, *--addr-no-randomize*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:60
msgid "Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on *ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-S*, *--whole-seconds*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:63
msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on *WHOLE_SECONDS*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--sticky-timeouts*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:66
msgid "This makes *select*(2), *pselect*(2), and *ppoll*(2) system calls preserve the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount of time not slept when interrupted by a signal handler. Use when _program_ depends on this behavior. For more details see the timeout description in *select*(2) manual page. Turns on *STICKY_TIMEOUTS*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-X*, *--read-implies-exec*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:69
msgid "If this is set then *mmap*(3p) *PROT_READ* will also add the *PROT_EXEC* bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on *READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Z*, *--mmap-page-zero*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:72
msgid "SVr4 bug emulation that will set *mmap*(3p) page zero as read-only. Use when _program_ depends on this behavior, and the source code is not available to be fixed. Turns on *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog\n"
"setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
"setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm\n"
"setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:89
msgid "mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*personality*(2),\n"
"*select*(2)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "setpriv(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:12
msgid "setpriv - run a program with different Linux privilege settings"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*setpriv* [options] _program_ [_arguments_]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:20
msgid "Sets or queries various Linux privilege settings that are inherited across *execve*(2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:22
msgid "In comparison to *su*(1) and *runuser*(1), *setpriv* neither uses PAM, nor does it prompt for a password. It is a simple, non-set-user-ID wrapper around *execve*(2), and can be used to drop privileges in the same way as *setuidgid*(8) from *daemontools*, *chpst*(8) from *runit*, or similar tools shipped by other service managers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--clear-groups*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:27
msgid "Clear supplementary groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:28
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-d*, *--dump*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:30
msgid "Dump the current privilege state. This option can be specified more than once to show extra, mostly useless, information. Incompatible with all other options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
msgid "*--groups* _group_..."
msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__skupina__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:33
msgid "Set supplementary groups. The argument is a comma-separated list of GIDs or names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--inh-caps* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--ambient-caps* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--bounding-set* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:38
msgid "Set the inheritable capabilities, ambient capabilities or the capability bounding set. See *capabilities*(7). The argument is a comma-separated list of **+**__cap__ and **-**__cap__ entries, which add or remove an entry respectively. _cap_ can either be a human-readable name as seen in *capabilities*(7) without the _cap__ prefix or of the format *cap_N*, where _N_ is the internal capability index used by Linux. *+all* and *-all* can be used to add or remove all caps."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:40
msgid "The set of capabilities starts out as the current inheritable set for *--inh-caps*, the current ambient set for *--ambient-caps* and the current bounding set for *--bounding-set*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:42
msgid "Note the following restrictions (detailed in *capabilities*(7)) regarding modifications to these capability sets:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:44
msgid "A capability can be added to the inheritable set only if it is currently present in the bounding set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:45
msgid "A capability can be added to the ambient set only if it is currently present in both the permitted and inheritable sets."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:46
msgid "Notwithstanding the syntax offered by *setpriv*, the kernel does not permit capabilities to be added to the bounding set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:48
msgid "If you drop a capability from the bounding set without also dropping it from the inheritable set, you are likely to become confused. Do not do that."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--keep-groups*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:51
msgid "Preserve supplementary groups. Only useful in conjunction with *--rgid*, *--egid*, or *--regid*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--init-groups*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:54
msgid "Initialize supplementary groups using initgroups3. Only useful in conjunction with *--ruid* or *--reuid*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--list-caps*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:57
msgid "List all known capabilities. This option must be specified alone."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--no-new-privs*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:60
msgid "Set the _no_new_privs_ bit. With this bit set, *execve*(2) will not grant new privileges. For example, the set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits as well as file capabilities will be disabled. (Executing binaries with these bits set will still work, but they will not gain privileges. Certain LSMs, especially AppArmor, may result in failures to execute certain programs.) This bit is inherited by child processes and cannot be unset. See *prctl*(2) and _Documentation/prctl/no_new_privs.txt_ in the Linux kernel source."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:62
msgid "The _no_new_privs_ bit is supported since Linux 3.5."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--rgid* _gid_, *--egid* _gid_, *--regid* _gid_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:65
msgid "Set the real, effective, or both GIDs. The _gid_ argument can be given as a textual group name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:67
msgid "For safety, you must specify one of *--clear-groups*, *--groups*, *--keep-groups*, or *--init-groups* if you set any primary _gid_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--ruid* _uid_, *--euid* _uid_, *--reuid* _uid_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:70
msgid "Set the real, effective, or both UIDs. The _uid_ argument can be given as a textual login name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:72
msgid "Setting a _uid_ or _gid_ does not change capabilities, although the exec call at the end might change capabilities. This means that, if you are root, you probably want to do something like:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --inh-caps=-all*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--securebits* (**+**|*-*)__securebit__..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:77
msgid "Set or clear securebits. The argument is a comma-separated list. The valid securebits are _noroot_, _noroot_locked_, _no_setuid_fixup_, _no_setuid_fixup_locked_, and _keep_caps_locked_. _keep_caps_ is cleared by *execve*(2) and is therefore not allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--pdeathsig keep**|**clear**|*<signal>*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:80
msgid "Keep, clear or set the parent death signal. Some LSMs, most notably SELinux and AppArmor, clear the signal when the process' credentials change. Using *--pdeathsig keep* will restore the parent death signal after changing credentials to remedy that situation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--selinux-label* _label_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:83
msgid "Request a particular SELinux transition (using a transition on exec, not dyntrans). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if SELinux is not in use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at SELinux's whim. (In particular, this is unlikely to work in conjunction with _no_new_privs_.) This is similar to *runcon*(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--apparmor-profile* _profile_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:86
msgid "Request a particular AppArmor profile (using a transition on exec). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if AppArmor is not in use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at AppArmor's whim."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--reset-env*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:89
msgid "Clears all the environment variables except *TERM*; initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* according to the user's passwd entry; sets *PATH* to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for a regular user and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_ for root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:91
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and _/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))."
msgid "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and _/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_. The environment variable *SHELL* defaults to */bin/sh* if none is given in the user's passwd entry."
msgstr "Proměnná prostředí *PATH* se může lišit na systémech, kde _/bin_ a _/sbin_ jsou začleněny do _/usr_. Tato proměnná je rovněž ovlivněna přepínačem příkazové řádky *--login* a nastavením systému PAM (např. *pam_env*(8))."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:97
msgid "If applying any specified option fails, _program_ will not be run and *setpriv* will return with exit status 127."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:99
msgid "Be careful with this tool -- it may have unexpected security consequences. For example, setting _no_new_privs_ and then execing a program that is SELinux-confined (as this tool would do) may prevent the SELinux restrictions from taking effect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:103
msgid "If you're looking for behavior similar to *su*(1)/*runuser*(1), or *sudo*(8) (without the *-g* option), try something like:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --init-groups*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:107
msgid "If you want to mimic daemontools' *setuid*(8), try:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --clear-groups*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:113
msgid "mailto:luto@amacapital.net[Andy Lutomirski]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*runuser*(1),\n"
"*su*(1),\n"
"*prctl*(2),\n"
"*capabilities*(7)\n"
msgstr ""

#.  Rick Sladkey <jrs@world.std.com>
#.  In the public domain.
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "setsid(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:14
msgid "setsid - run a program in a new session"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:18
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*setsid* [options] _program_ [_arguments_]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setsid* runs a program in a new session. The command calls *fork*(2) if already a process group leader. Otherwise, it executes a program in the current process. This default behavior is possible to override by the *--fork* option.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:25
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-c*, *--ctty*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:27
msgid "Set the controlling terminal to the current one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:81
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--fork*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:30
msgid "Always create a new process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-w*, *--wait*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:33
msgid "Wait for the execution of the program to end, and return the exit status of this program as the exit status of *setsid*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:43
msgid "mailto:jrs@world.std.com[Rick Sladkey]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setsid*(2)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "swapon(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:12
msgid "swapon, swapoff - enable/disable devices and files for paging and swapping"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*swapon* [options] [_specialfile_...]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swapoff* [*-va*] [_specialfile_...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swapon* is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to take place.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:24
msgid "The device or file used is given by the _specialfile_ parameter. It may be of the form *-L* _label_ or *-U* _uuid_ to indicate a device by label or uuid."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:26
msgid "Calls to *swapon* normally occur in the system boot scripts making all swap devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved across several devices and files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swapoff* disables swapping on the specified devices and files. When the *-a* flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices and files (as found in _/proc/swaps_ or _/etc/fstab_).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:33
msgid "All devices marked as \"swap\" in _/etc/fstab_ are made available, except for those with the \"noauto\" option. Devices that are already being used as swap are silently skipped."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--discard*[**=**__policy__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:36
msgid "Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or trim operation. This may improve performance on some Solid State Devices, but often it does not. The option allows one to select between two available swap discard policies:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--discard=once*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:39
msgid "to perform a single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at swapon; or"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--discard=pages*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:42
msgid "to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are available for reuse."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:45
msgid "If no policy is selected, the default behavior is to enable both discard types. The _/etc/fstab_ mount options *discard*, *discard=once*, or *discard=pages* may also be used to enable discard flags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-e*, *--ifexists*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:48
msgid "Silently skip devices that do not exist. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may also be used to skip non-existing device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:49
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--fixpgsz*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:51
msgid "Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match that of the current running kernel. *mkswap*(8) initializes the whole device and does not check for bad blocks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L* _label_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:54
msgid "Use the partition that has the specified _label_. (For this, access to _/proc/partitions_ is needed.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:57
msgid "Specify swap options by an __fstab__-compatible comma-separated string. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:61
msgid "The _opts_ string is evaluated last and overrides all other command line options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:64
msgid "Specify the priority of the swap device. _priority_ is a value between -1 and 32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See *swapon*(2) for a full description of swap priorities. Add **pri=**__value__ to the option field of _/etc/fstab_ for use with *swapon -a*. When no priority is defined, it defaults to -1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:65
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-s*, *--summary*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:67
msgid "Display swap usage summary by device. Equivalent to *cat /proc/swaps*. This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show* that provides better control on output data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--show*[**=**__column__...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:70
msgid "Display a definable table of swap areas. See the *--help* output for a list of available columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:76
msgid "Do not print headings when displaying *--show* output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:79
msgid "Display *--show* output without aligning table columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--bytes*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:82
msgid "Display swap size in bytes in *--show* output instead of in user-friendly units."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-U* _uuid_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:85
msgid "Use the partition that has the specified _uuid_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swapoff* has the following exit status values since v2.36:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:100
msgid "system has insufficient memory to stop swapping (OOM)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swapoff*(2) syscall failed for another reason\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:106
msgid "non-*swapoff*(2) syscall system error (out of memory, ...)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:109
msgid "usage or syntax error"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:112
msgid "all swapoff failed on *--all*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:115
msgid "some swapoff succeeded on *--all*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:117
msgid "The command *swapoff --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:119
msgid "The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means success in all versions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/dev/sd??_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:132
msgid "standard paging devices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:135
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Basic filesystem-independent options are:"
msgid "ascii filesystem description table"
msgstr "Základní volby nezávislé na souborovém systému jsou:"

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "Files with holes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:141
msgid "The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem. This is a problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like Btrfs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:143
msgid "Commands like *cp*(1) or *truncate*(1) create files with holes. These files will be rejected by *swapon*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:145
msgid "Preallocated files created by *fallocate*(1) may be interpreted as files with holes too depending of the filesystem. Preallocated swap files are supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:147
msgid "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use *dd*(1) and _/dev/zero_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "Btrfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:151
msgid "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with *nocow* attribute. See the *btrfs*(5) manual page for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "NFS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:155
msgid "Swap over *NFS* may not work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "Suspend"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:159
#, no-wrap
msgid "*swapon* automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with old software suspend data (e.g., *S1SUSPEND*, *S2SUSPEND*, ...). The problem is that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an attempt at unsuspending is made.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:163
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The ancestor of this *fstab* file format appeared in 4.0BSD."
msgid "The *swapon* command appeared in 4.0BSD."
msgstr "Předchůdce formátu souboru *fstab* se objevil v 4.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:174
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*swapoff*(2),\n"
"*swapon*(2),\n"
"*fstab*(5),\n"
"*init*(8),\n"
"*fallocate*(1),\n"
"*mkswap*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*rc*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "switch_root(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:12
msgid "switch_root - switch to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*switch_root* [*-hV*]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*switch_root* _newroot init_ [_arg_...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*switch_root* moves already mounted _/proc_, _/dev_, _/sys_ and _/run_ to _newroot_ and makes _newroot_ the new root filesystem and starts _init_ process.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*WARNING: switch_root removes recursively all files and directories on the current root filesystem.*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "*switch_root* returns 0 on success and 1 on failure.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*switch_root* will fail to function if _newroot_ is not the root of a mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet this requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn any directory into a mount point:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "mount --bind $DIR $DIR\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:46
msgid "mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:53
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*getmntent*(3),\n"
#| "*fs*(5),\n"
#| "*findmnt*(8),\n"
#| "*mount*(8),\n"
#| "*swapon*(8)\n"
msgid ""
"*chroot*(2),\n"
"*init*(8),\n"
"*mkinitrd*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*getmntent*(3),\n"
"*fs*(5),\n"
"*findmnt*(8),\n"
"*mount*(8),\n"
"*swapon*(8)\n"

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "tunelp(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:12
msgid "tunelp - set various parameters for the lp device"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tunelp* [options] _device_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tunelp* sets several parameters for the /dev/lp__?__ devices, for better performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won't work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device characteristics accordingly.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--irq* _argument_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:25
msgid "specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set to something non-zero, *-t* and *-c* have no effect. If your port does not use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command *tunelp -i 0* restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be desirable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*NOTE*: This option will have no effect with kernel 2.1.131 or later since the irq is handled by the parport driver. You can change the parport irq for example via _/proc/parport/*/irq_. Read _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/admin-guide/parport.rst_ for more details on parport.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--time* _milliseconds_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:30
msgid "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer doesn't take a character for the number of tries dictated by the *-c* parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, and don't care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don't care how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow printer with a buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give you very low system load. This value generally should be lower for printing graphics than text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--chars* _characters_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:33
msgid "is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before sleeping for *-t* _TIME_. It is the number of times around a loop that tries to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are some printers that become jerky otherwise, but you _must_ set this to '1' to handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using interrupts. If you have a very fast printer, a value of 10 might make more sense even if in polling mode. If you have a _really_ old printer, you can increase this further."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:35
msgid "Setting *-t* _TIME_ to 0 is equivalent to setting *-c* _CHARS_ to infinity."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--wait* _milliseconds_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:38
msgid "is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may make it possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use longer cables. It's also possible to decrease this value to 0 if your printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--abort* _<on|off>_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:41
msgid "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you aren't, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the printer isn't ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice is yours."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--check-status* _<on|off>_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:44
msgid "This option is much like *-a*. It makes any *open*(2) of this device check to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of *lpd*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--careful* _<on|off>_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:47
msgid "This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is on, the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is particularly useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when turned off."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*NOTE*: This option is obsolete because it's the default in 2.1.131 kernel or later.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-s*, *--status*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:52
msgid "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, *-q* off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:55
msgid "This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of 1.1.80 or later."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-q*, *--print-irq* _<on|off>_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:58
msgid "This option sets printing the display of the current IRQ setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:63
msgid "_/dev/lp?_, _/proc/parport/*/*_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *-C*, and *-s* all require a Linux kernel version of 1.1.76 or later.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C* requires a Linux version prior to 2.1.131.\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1996 Andries Brouwer
#. This page is somewhat derived from a page that was
#. (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California
#. and had been heavily modified by Rik Faith and myself.
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
#. published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
#. the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
#. document formatting or typesetting system, including
#. intermediate and printed output.
#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#. GNU General Public License for more details.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "umount(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:37
msgid "umount - unmount filesystems"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*umount* *-a* [*-dflnrv*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-O* _option_...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*umount* [*-dflnrv*] {_directory_|_device_}\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*umount* *-h*|*-V*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:49
msgid "The *umount* command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file hierarchy. A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it has been mounted. Giving the special device on which the filesystem lives may also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case this device was mounted on more than one directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:51
msgid "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is 'busy' - for example, when there are open files on it, or when some process has its working directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The offending process could even be *umount* itself - it opens libc, and libc in its turn may open for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids this problem, but it may introduce other issues. See *--lazy* description below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:56
msgid "All of the filesystems described in _/proc/self/mountinfo_ (or in deprecated _/etc/mtab_) are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may be replaced by *--types* umount option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-A*, *--all-targets*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:59
msgid "Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified filesystem. The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or the device name (or UUID, etc.). When this option is used together with *--recursive*, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are recursively unmounted. This option is only supported on systems where _/etc/mtab_ is a symlink to _/proc/mounts_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:62
msgid "Do not canonicalize paths. The paths canonicalization is based on *stat*(2) and *readlink*(2) system calls. These system calls may hang in some cases (for example on NFS if server is not available). The option has to be used with canonical path to the mount point."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:64
msgid "This option is silently ignored by *umount* for non-root users."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:66
msgid "For more details about this option see the *mount*(8) man page. Note that *umount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helpers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:67
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-d*, *--detach-loop*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:69
msgid "When the unmounted device was a loop device, also free this loop device. This option is unnecessary for devices initialized by *mount*(8), in this case \"autoclear\" functionality is enabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--fake*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:72
msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount helper execution; this 'fakes' unmounting the filesystem. It can be used to remove entries from the deprecated _/etc/mtab_ that were unmounted earlier with the *-n* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:75
msgid "Force an unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:77
msgid "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not hang. It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to avoid unwanted *readlink*(2) and *stat*(2) system calls on unreachable NFS in *umount*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:78
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-i*, *--internal-only*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:80
msgid "Do not call the **/sbin/umount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists. By default such a helper program is called if it exists."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:81
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-l*, *--lazy*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:83
msgid "Lazy unmount. Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and clean up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy anymore."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:85
msgid "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. The recommended use-case for *umount -l* is to prevent hangs on shutdown due to an unreachable network share where a normal *umount* will hang due to a downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not be possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:88
msgid "Perform *umount* in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that namespace."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*umount* switches to the namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab_ (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *umount*(2) system call, otherwise it runs in the original namespace. It means that the target mount namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute *umount*(2) command.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:95
msgid "Unmount without writing in _/etc/mtab_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--test-opts* _option_..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:98
msgid "Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in _/etc/fstab_. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. Each option can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be taken for this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:101
msgid "Suppress \"not mounted\" error messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:102
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-R*, *--recursive*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:104
msgid "Recursively unmount each specified directory. Recursion for each directory will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any reason. The relationship between mountpoints is determined by _/proc/self/mountinfo_ entries. The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint path; a recursive unmount by device name (or UUID) is unsupported. Since version 2.37 it umounts also all over-mounted filesystems (more filesystems on the same mountpoint)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:107
msgid "When an unmount fails, try to remount the filesystem read-only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--types* _type_..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:110
msgid "Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the specified _type_. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned types. Note that *umount* reads information about mounted filesystems from kernel (_/proc/mounts_) and filesystem names may be different than filesystem names used in the _/etc/fstab_ (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "NON-SUPERUSER UMOUNTS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:119
msgid "Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can umount the corresponding filesystem. For more details see *mount*(8) man page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:121
msgid "Since version 2.34 the *umount* command can be used to perform umount operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user's ID. In this case _fstab_ *user=* mount option is not required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:123
msgid "Since version 2.35 *umount* command does not exit when user permissions are inadequate by internal *libmount* security rules. It drops suid permissions and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to support use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "LOOP DEVICE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:127
msgid "The *umount* command will automatically detach loop device previously initialized by *mount*(8) command independently of _/etc/mtab_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:129
msgid "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see *losetup*(8) output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use the option *--detach-loop* or call *losetup -d* _device_. The autoclear feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:133
msgid "The syntax of external unmount helpers is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "**umount.**__suffix__ {__directory__|_device_} [*-flnrv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-t* _type_._subtype_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:139
msgid "where _suffix_ is the filesystem type (or the value from a *uhelper=* or *helper=* marker in the mtab file). The *-t* option can be used for filesystems that have subtype support. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid "*umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:145
msgid "A **uhelper=**__something__ marker (unprivileged helper) can appear in the _/etc/mtab_ file when ordinary users need to be able to unmount a mountpoint that is not defined in _/etc/fstab_ (for example for a device that was mounted by *udisks*(1))."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:147
msgid "A **helper=**__type__ marker in the _mtab_ file will redirect all unmount requests to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helper independently of UID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:149
msgid "Note that _/etc/mtab_ is currently deprecated and *helper=* and other userspace mount options are maintained by *libmount*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:154
msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for *suid*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:157
msgid "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file (ignored for *suid*)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:160
msgid "enables *libmount* debug output"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:165
msgid "table of mounted filesystems (deprecated and usually replaced by symlink to _/proc/mounts_)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:168
msgid "table of known filesystems"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/proc/self/mountinfo_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:171
msgid "table of mounted filesystems generated by kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:175
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgid "A *umount* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Příkaz *write* se objevil v AT&T UNIXu verze 6."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:182
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*umount*(2),\n"
"*losetup*(8),\n"
"*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "unshare(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:12
msgid "unshare - run program in new namespaces"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*unshare* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:20
msgid "The *unshare* command creates new namespaces (as specified by the command-line options described below) and then executes the specified _program_. If _program_ is not given, then \"${SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:22
msgid "By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member processes. A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no member processes by bind mounting /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_ files to a filesystem path. A namespace that has been made persistent in this way can subsequently be entered with *nsenter*(1) even after the _program_ terminates (except PID namespaces where a permanently running init process is required). Once a persistent namespace is no longer needed, it can be unpersisted by using *umount*(8) to remove the bind mount. See the *EXAMPLES* section for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.36 uses _/proc/[pid]/ns/pid_for_children_ and _/proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children_ files for persistent PID and TIME namespaces. This change requires Linux kernel 4.17 or newer.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:26
msgid "The following types of namespaces can be created with *unshare*:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:29
msgid "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ or *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* for the *shared* flags). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation to *private* in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new namespace is really unshared. It's possible to disable this feature with option *--propagation unchanged*. Note that *private* is the kernel default.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:43
msgid "Children will have a distinct set of PID-to-process mappings from their parent. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--ipc*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:57
msgid "Create a new IPC namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--mount*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:60
msgid "Create a new mount namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. Note that _file_ must be located on a mount whose propagation type is not *shared* (or an error results). Use the command *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* when not sure about the current setting. See also the examples below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-n*, *--net*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:63
msgid "Create a new network namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pid*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:66
msgid "Create a new PID namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. (Creation of a persistent PID namespace will fail if the *--fork* option is not also specified.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:68
msgid "See also the *--fork* and *--mount-proc* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:69
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-u*, *--uts*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:71
msgid "Create a new UTS namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:72
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-U*, *--user*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:74
msgid "Create a new user namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:75
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__skupina__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:77
msgid "Create a new cgroup namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:78
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-T*, *--time*[**=**__file__]"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:80
msgid "Create a new time namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. The *--monotonic* and *--boottime* options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the time namespace."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:83
msgid "Fork the specified _program_ as a child process of *unshare* rather than running it directly. This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. Note that when *unshare* is waiting for the child process, then it ignores *SIGINT* and *SIGTERM* and does not forward any signals to the child. It is necessary to send signals to the child process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--keep-caps*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:86
msgid "When the *--user* option is given, ensure that capabilities granted in the user namespace are preserved in the child process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--kill-child*[**=**__signame__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:89
msgid "When *unshare* terminates, have _signame_ be sent to the forked child process. Combined with *--pid* this allows for an easy and reliable killing of the entire process tree below *unshare*. If not given, _signame_ defaults to *SIGKILL*. This option implies *--fork*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--mount-proc*[**=**__mountpoint__]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:92
msgid "Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at _mountpoint_ (default is _/proc_). This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. It also implies creating a new mount namespace since the _/proc_ mount would otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. The new proc filesystem is explicitly mounted as private (with *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--map-user=**__uid|name__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:95
msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user ID has been mapped to _uid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--map-users=**__outeruid,inneruid,count__|**auto**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:98
msgid "Run the program only after the block of user IDs of size _count_ beginning at _outeruid_ has been mapped to the block of user IDs beginning at _inneruid_. This mapping is created with **newuidmap**(1). If the range of user IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-user*, then a \"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest user ID of the mapping not being mapped. The special value *auto* will map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subuid_ to a block starting at user ID 0. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:99
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__group__"
msgid "**--map-group=**__gid|name__"
msgstr "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__skupina__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:101
msgid "Run the program only after the current effective group ID has been mapped to _gid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--map-groups=**__outergid,innergid,count__|**auto**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:104
msgid "Run the program only after the block of group IDs of size _count_ beginning at _outergid_ has been mapped to the block of group IDs beginning at _innergid_. This mapping is created with **newgidmap**(1). If the range of group IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-group*, then a \"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest group ID of the mapping not being mapped. The special value *auto* will map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subgid_ to a block starting at group ID 0. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--map-auto**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:107
msgid "Map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subuid_ to a block starting at user ID 0. In the same manner, also map the first block of group IDs owned by the effective group from _/etc/subgid_ to a block starting at group ID 0. This option is intended to handle the common case where the first block of subordinate user and group IDs can map the whole user and group ID space. This option is equivalent to specifying *--map-users=auto* and *--map-groups=auto*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:108
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-r*, *--map-root-user*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:110
msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have been mapped to the superuser UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. This makes it possible to conveniently gain capabilities needed to manage various aspects of the newly created namespaces (such as configuring interfaces in the network namespace or mounting filesystems in the mount namespace) even when run unprivileged. As a mere convenience feature, it does not support more sophisticated use cases, such as mapping multiple ranges of UIDs and GIDs. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=0 --map-group=0*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--map-current-user*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:113
msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have been mapped to the same UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--propagation private**|**shared**|**slave**|*unchanged*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:116
msgid "Recursively set the mount propagation flag in the new mount namespace. The default is to set the propagation to _private_. It is possible to disable this feature with the argument *unchanged*. The option is silently ignored when the mount namespace (*--mount*) is not requested."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "**--setgroups allow**|*deny*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:119
msgid "Allow or deny the *setgroups*(2) system call in a user namespace."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:121
msgid "To be able to call *setgroups*(2), the calling process must at least have *CAP_SETGID*. But since Linux 3.19 a further restriction applies: the kernel gives permission to call *setgroups*(2) only after the GID map (**/proc/**__pid__*/gid_map*) has been set. The GID map is writable by root when *setgroups*(2) is enabled (i.e., *allow*, the default), and the GID map becomes writable by unprivileged processes when *setgroups*(2) is permanently disabled (with *deny*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:122
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
msgid "*-R*, **--root=**__dir__"
msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__skupina__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:124
msgid "run the command with root directory set to _dir_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:125
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
msgid "*-w*, **--wd=**__dir__"
msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__skupina__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:127
msgid "change working directory to _dir_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:130
msgid "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:133
msgid "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop supplementary groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--monotonic* _offset_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:136
msgid "Set the offset of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* which will be used in the entered time namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--boottime* _offset_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:139
msgid "Set the offset of *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which will be used in the entered time namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:145
msgid "The proc and sysfs filesystems mounting as root in a user namespace have to be restricted so that a less privileged user cannot get more access to sensitive files that a more privileged user made unavailable. In short the rule for proc and sysfs is as close to a bind mount as possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:149
msgid "The following command creates a PID namespace, using *--fork* to ensure that the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the first process in the namespace) has PID 1. The *--mount-proc* option ensures that a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and that a new *proc*(5) filesystem is mounted that contains information corresponding to the new PID namespace. When the *readlink*(1) command terminates, the new namespaces are automatically torn down."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:153
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self\n"
"1\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:156
msgid "As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user's credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ id -u; id -g\n"
"1000\n"
"1000\n"
"$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\\n"
"        sh -c ''whoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map''\n"
"root\n"
"         0       1000          1\n"
"         0       1000          1\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:169
msgid "As an unprivileged user, create a user namespace where the first 65536 IDs are all mapped, and the user's credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace. The map is determined by the subordinate IDs assigned in *subuid*(5) and *subgid*(5). Demonstrate this mapping by creating a file with user ID 1 and group ID 1. For brevity, only the user ID mappings are shown:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:187
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ id -u\n"
"1000\n"
"$ cat /etc/subuid\n"
"1000:100000:65536\n"
"$ unshare --user --map-auto --map-root-user\n"
"# id -u\n"
"0\n"
"# cat /proc/self/uid_map\n"
"         0       1000          1\n"
"         1     100000      65535\n"
"# touch file; chown 1:1 file\n"
"# ls -ln --time-style=+ file\n"
"-rw-r--r-- 1 1 1 0  file\n"
"# exit\n"
"$ ls -ln --time-style=+ file\n"
"-rw-r--r-- 1 100000 100000 0  file\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:190
msgid "The first of the following commands creates a new persistent UTS namespace and modifies the hostname as seen in that namespace. The namespace is then entered with *nsenter*(1) in order to display the modified hostname; this step demonstrates that the UTS namespace continues to exist even though the namespace had no member processes after the *unshare* command terminated. The namespace is then destroyed by removing the bind mount."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:197
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# touch /root/uts-ns\n"
"# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname FOO\n"
"# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname\n"
"FOO\n"
"# umount /root/uts-ns\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:200
msgid "The following commands establish a persistent mount namespace referenced by the bind mount _/root/namespaces/mnt_. In order to ensure that the creation of that bind mount succeeds, the parent directory (_/root/namespaces_) is made a bind mount whose propagation type is not *shared*."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:206
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces\n"
"# mount --make-private /root/namespaces\n"
"# touch /root/namespaces/mnt\n"
"# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:209
msgid "The following commands demonstrate the use of the *--kill-child* option when creating a PID namespace, in order to ensure that when *unshare* is killed, all of the processes within the PID namespace are killed."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:212
#, no-wrap
msgid "# set +m                # Don't print job status messages\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:215
#, no-wrap
msgid "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:223
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
"[1] 53456\n"
"#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
"      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
"      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
"      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:228
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# ps h -o 'comm' $!     # Show that background job is unshare(1)\n"
"unshare\n"
"# kill $!               # Kill unshare(1)\n"
"# pidof sleep\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:231
msgid "The *pidof*(1) command prints no output, because the *sleep* processes have been killed. More precisely, when the *sleep* process that has PID 1 in the namespace (i.e., the namespace's init process) was killed, this caused all other processes in the namespace to be killed. By contrast, a similar series of commands where the *--kill-child* option is not used shows that when *unshare* terminates, the processes in the PID namespace are not killed:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:234
#, no-wrap
msgid "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:242
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
"[1] 53479\n"
"#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
"      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
"      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
"      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:246
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# kill $!\n"
"# pidof sleep\n"
"53482 53480\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:249
msgid "The following example demonstrates the creation of a time namespace where the boottime clock is set to a point several years in the past:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:255
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# uptime -p             # Show uptime in initial time namespace\n"
"up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
"# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p\n"
"up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:261
msgid "mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:270
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*newuidmap*(1)\n"
"*newgidmap*(1)\n"
"*clone*(2),\n"
"*unshare*(2),\n"
"*namespaces*(7),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "wdctl(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:12
msgid "wdctl - show hardware watchdog status"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wdctl* [options] [_device_...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:20
msgid "Show hardware watchdog status. The default device is _/dev/watchdog_. If more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one blank line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:22
msgid "If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the device, then *wdctl* reads data from sysfs. In this case information about supported features (flags) might be missing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:24
msgid "Note that the number of supported watchdog features is hardware specific."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:27
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--flags* _list_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:29
msgid "Print only the specified flags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:30
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-F*, *--noflags*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:32
msgid "Do not print information about flags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:33
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-I*, *--noident*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:35
msgid "Do not print watchdog identity information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:38
msgid "Do not print a header line for flags table."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:41
msgid "Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-O*, *--oneline*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:44
msgid "Print all wanted information on one line in key=\"value\" output format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--setpretimeout* _seconds_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:50
msgid "Set the watchdog pre-timeout in seconds. A watchdog pre-timeout is a notification generated by the watchdog before the watchdog reset might occur in the event the watchdog has not been serviced. This notification is handled by the kernel and can be configured to take an action using sysfs or by **--setpregovernor**."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, *--setpregovernor* _governor_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:53
msgid "Set pre-timeout governor name. For available governors see default **wdctl** output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--settimeout* _seconds_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:59
msgid "Set the watchdog timeout in seconds."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-T*, *--notimeouts*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:62
msgid "Do not print watchdog timeouts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:63
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-x*, *--flags-only*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:65
msgid "Same as *-I -T*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:72
msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart Poettering]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "zramctl(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:12
msgid "zramctl - set up and control zram devices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:15
#, no-wrap
msgid "Get info: "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*zramctl* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "Reset zram: "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*zramctl* *-r* _zramdev_...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "Print name of first unused zram device: "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*zramctl* *-f*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "Set up a zram device: "
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "*zramctl* [*-f* | _zramdev_] [*-s* _size_] [*-t* _number_] [*-a* _algorithm_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*zramctl* is used to quickly set up zram device parameters, to reset zram devices, and to query the status of used zram devices.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:36
msgid "If no option is given, all non-zero size zram devices are shown."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:38
msgid "Note that _zramdev_ node specified on command line has to already exist. The command *zramctl* creates a new _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes only when *--find* option specified. It's possible (and common) that after system boot _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes are not created yet."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|**842**|**zstd**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:43
msgid "Set the compression algorithm to be used for compressing data in the zram device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:44
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--find*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:46
msgid "Find the first unused zram device. If a *--size* argument is present, then initialize the device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:52
msgid "Define the status output columns to be used. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:58
msgid "Use the raw format for status output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:61
msgid "Reset the options of the specified zram device(s). Zram device settings can be changed only after a reset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:62
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:64
msgid "Create a zram device of the specified _size_. Zram devices are aligned to memory pages; when the requested _size_ is not a multiple of the page size, it will be rounded up to the next multiple. When not otherwise specified, the unit of the _size_ parameter is bytes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:66
msgid "The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--streams* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:69
msgid "Set the maximum number of compression streams that can be used for the device. The default is use all CPUs and one stream for kernels older than 4.6."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "*zramctl* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/dev/zram[0..N]_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:80
msgid "zram block devices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:84
msgid "The following commands set up a zram device with a size of one gigabyte and use it as swap device."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n"
" /dev/zram0\n"
" # mkswap /dev/zram0\n"
" # swapon /dev/zram0\n"
" ...\n"
" # swapoff /dev/zram0\n"
" # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:99
msgid "mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:103
msgid "link:http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst[Linux kernel documentation]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "agetty(8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:12
msgid "agetty - alternative Linux getty"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "*agetty* [options] _port_ [_baud_rate_...] [_term_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*agetty* opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/login command. It is normally invoked by *init*(8).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "*agetty* has several _non-standard_ features that are useful for hardwired and for dial-in lines:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:24
msgid "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: Control-U (kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of line). See also the *--erase-chars* and *--kill-chars* options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:25
msgid "Optionally deduces the baud rate from the CONNECT messages produced by Hayes(tm)-compatible modems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:26
msgid "Optionally does not hang up when it is given an already opened line (useful for call-back applications)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:27
msgid "Optionally does not display the contents of the _/etc/issue_ file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:28
msgid "Optionally displays an alternative issue files or directories instead of _/etc/issue_ or _/etc/issue.d_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:29
msgid "Optionally does not ask for a login name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:30
msgid "Optionally invokes a non-standard login program instead of _/bin/login_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:31
msgid "Optionally turns on hardware flow control."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:32
msgid "Optionally forces the line to be local with no need for carrier detect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:34
msgid "This program does not use the _/etc/gettydefs_ (System V) or _/etc/gettytab_ (SunOS 4) files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "_port_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:39
msgid "A path name relative to the _/dev_ directory. If a \"-\" is specified, *agetty* assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty port and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:41
msgid "Under System V, a \"-\" _port_ argument should be preceded by a \"--\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "_baud_rate_,..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:44
msgid "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time *agetty* receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated as if it were circular."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:46
msgid "Baud rates should be specified in descending order, so that the null character (Ctrl-@) can also be used for baud-rate switching."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:48
msgid "This argument is optional and unnecessary for *virtual terminals*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:50
msgid "The default for *serial terminals* is keep the current baud rate (see *--keep-baud*) and if unsuccessful then default to '9600'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "_term_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:53
msgid "The value to be used for the *TERM* environment variable. This overrides whatever *init*(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:55
msgid "The default is 'vt100', or 'linux' for Linux on a virtual terminal, or 'hurd' for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-8*, *--8bits*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:60
msgid "Assume that the tty is 8-bit clean, hence disable parity detection."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, *--autologin* _username_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:63
msgid "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or password. Using this option causes an *-f* _username_ option and argument to be added to the */bin/login* command line. See *--login-options*, which can be used to modify this option's behavior."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:65
msgid "Note that *--autologin* may affect the way in which *getty* initializes the serial line, because on auto-login *agetty* does not read from the line and it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:66
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-c*, *--noreset*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:68
msgid "Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes). See *termios*(3) for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:69
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-E*, *--remote*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:71
msgid "Typically the *login*(1) command is given a remote hostname when called by something such as *telnetd*(8). This option allows *agetty* to pass what it is using for a hostname to *login*(1) for use in *utmp*(5). See *--host*, *login*(1), and *utmp*(5)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:73
msgid "If the *--host* _fakehost_ option is given, then an *-h* _fakehost_ option and argument are added to the _/bin/login_ command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:75
msgid "If the *--nohostname* option is given, then an *-H* option is added to the */bin/login* command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:77
msgid "See *--login-options*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--issue-file* _path_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:80
msgid "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed instead of _/etc/issue_ (or other). All specified files and directories are displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the specified path is a directory then display all files with __.issue__ file extension in version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom messages to be displayed on different terminals. The *--noissue* option will override this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--show-issue*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:83
msgid "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and exit. Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed for any other purpose. Note that output may use some default or incomplete information as proper output depends on terminal and *agetty* command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-h, --flow-control*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:86
msgid "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application to disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:87
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-H*, *--host* _fakehost_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:89
msgid "Write the specified _fakehost_ into the utmp file. Normally, no login host is given, since *agetty* is used for local hardwired connections and consoles. However, this option can be useful for identifying terminal concentrators and the like."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:90
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-i*, *--noissue*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:92
msgid "Do not display the contents of _/etc/issue_ (or other) before writing the login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become confused when receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up scripts may fail if the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-I*, *--init-string* _initstring_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:95
msgid "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending anything else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable characters may be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a backslash (\\). For example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, octal 012), write \\12."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:96
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-J*, *--noclear*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:98
msgid "Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name. By default the screen is cleared."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--login-program* _login_program_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:101
msgid "Invoke the specified _login_program_ instead of /bin/login. This allows the use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for example, ask for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See *--login-options*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:102
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
msgid "*-L*, *--local-line*[=__mode__]"
msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:104
msgid "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional _mode_ argument is *auto*, *always* or *never*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, then the default is *always*. If the *--local-line* option is not given at all, then the default is *auto*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "_always_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
msgid "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line does not set the carrier-detect signal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "_never_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109
msgid "Explicitly clears the CLOCAL flag from the line setting and the carrier-detect signal is expected on the line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "_auto_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:111
msgid "The *agetty* default. Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows the setting enabled by the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:112
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-m*, *--extract-baud*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:114
msgid "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: \"<junk><speed><junk>\". *agetty* assumes that the modem emits its status message at the same speed as specified with (the first) _baud_rate_ value on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:116
msgid "Since the *--extract-baud* feature may fail on heavily-loaded systems, you still should enable BREAK processing by enumerating all expected baud rates on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--list-speeds*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:119
msgid "Display supported baud rates. These are determined at compilation time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:120
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:122
msgid "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with the *--login-program* option to invoke a non-standard login process such as a BBS system. Note that with the *--skip-login* option, *agetty* gets no input from the user who logs in and therefore will not be able to figure out parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line character. Beware that the program that *agetty* starts (usually /bin/login) is run as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:123
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-N*, *--nonewline*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:125
msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out _/etc/issue_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:126
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--login-options* _login_options_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:128
msgid "Options and arguments that are passed to *login*(1). Where \\u is replaced by the login name. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--login-options '-h darkstar \\-- \\u'*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:132
msgid "See *--autologin*, *--login-program* and *--remote*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:134
msgid "Please read the *SECURITY NOTICE* below before using this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:135
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-p*, *--login-pause*"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:137
msgid "Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt. Can be combined with *--autologin* to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--chroot* _directory_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:140
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "changes to the target user's home directory"
msgid "Change root to the specified directory."
msgstr "přejde do domovského adresáře cílového uživatele"

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:141
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-R*, *--hangup*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:143
msgid "Call *vhangup*(2) to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:144
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-s*, *--keep-baud*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:146
msgid "Try to keep the existing baud rate. The baud rates from the command line are used when *agetty* receives a BREAK character. If another baud rates specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the wanted baud rates list. This can be used to return to the original baud rate after unexpected BREAKs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:147 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _timeout_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:149
msgid "Terminate if no user name could be read within _timeout_ seconds. Use of this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:150
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-U*, *--detect-case*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:152
msgid "Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal. This setting will detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an uppercase-only terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case conversions. Note that this has no support for any Unicode characters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:153
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-w*, *--wait-cr*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:155
msgid "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed character before sending the _/etc/issue_ file (or others) and the login prompt. This is useful with the *--init-string* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--nohints*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:158
msgid "Do not print hints about Num, Caps and Scroll Locks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:159
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--nohostname*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:161
msgid "By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no hostname at all will be shown."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:162
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--long-hostname*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:164
msgid "By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot. With this option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by *gethostname*(3P) or (if not found) by *getaddrinfo*(3) is shown."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:165
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--erase-chars* _string_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:167
msgid "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the login name. The default additional 'erase' has been '#', but since util-linux 2.23 no additional erase characters are enabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:168
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--kill-chars* _string_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:170
msgid "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login name. The default additional 'kill' has been '@', but since util-linux 2.23 no additional kill characters are enabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:171
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--chdir* _directory_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:173
msgid "Change directory before the login."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--delay* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:176
msgid "Sleep seconds before open tty."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:177
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--nice* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:179
msgid "Run login with this priority."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--reload*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:182
msgid "Ask all running *agetty* instances to reload and update their displayed prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without Linux *inotify*(7)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:188
msgid "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the _/etc/inittab_ file. You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the other fields. See *inittab*(5) for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:190
msgid "For a hardwired line or a console tty:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:193
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:196
msgid "For a directly connected terminal without proper carrier-detect wiring (try this if your terminal just sleeps instead of giving you a password: prompt):"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:199
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:202
msgid "For an old-style dial-in line with a 9600/2400/1200 baud modem:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:205
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:208
msgid "For a Hayes modem with a fixed 115200 bps interface to the machine (the example init string turns off modem echo and result codes, makes modem/computer DCD track modem/modem DCD, makes a DTR drop cause a disconnection, and turns on auto-answer after 1 ring):"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:211
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:213
#, no-wrap
msgid "SECURITY NOTICE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:216
msgid "If you use the *--login-program* and *--login-options* options, be aware that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, which then get passed to the used login program. *agetty* does check for a leading \"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so embedded spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on how the login binary parses the command line that might not be sufficient. Check that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:218
msgid "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\u."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:219
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "FILES"
msgid "ISSUE FILES"
msgstr "SOUBORY"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:222
msgid "The default issue file is _/etc/issue_. If the file exists, then *agetty* also checks for _/etc/issue.d_ directory. The directory is optional extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is printed after _/etc/issue_ content. If the _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then the directory is ignored. All files *with .issue extension* from the directory are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be used to maintain 3rd-party messages independently on the primary system _/etc/issue_ file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:224
msgid "Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are supported. If the default _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then *agetty* checks for _/run/issue_ and _/run/issue.d_, thereafter for _/usr/lib/issue_ and _/usr/lib/issue.d_. The directory _/etc_ is expected for host specific configuration, _/run_ is expected for generated stuff and _/usr/lib_ for static distribution maintained configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:226
msgid "The default path maybe overridden by *--issue-file* option. In this case specified path has to be file or directory and all the default issue file and directory locations are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:228
msgid "The issue file feature can be completely disabled by *--noissue* option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:230
msgid "It is possible to review the current issue file by *agetty --show-issue* on the current terminal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:232
msgid "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\) immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:233
#, no-wrap
msgid "4 or 4{_interface_}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:235
msgid "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: \\4\\{eth0}). If the _interface_ argument is not specified, then select the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If no configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the machine's hostname."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:236
#, no-wrap
msgid "6 or 6{_interface_}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:238
msgid "The same as \\4 but for IPv6."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:239
#, no-wrap
msgid "b"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:241
msgid "Insert the baudrate of the current line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:242
#, no-wrap
msgid "d"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:244
msgid "Insert the current date."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "e or e{_name_}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:247
msgid "Translate the human-readable _name_ to an escape sequence and insert it (for example: \\e{red}Alert text.\\e{reset}). If the _name_ argument is not specified, then insert \\033. The currently supported names are: black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown names are silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "s"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:250
msgid "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as 'uname -s'. See also the \\S escape code."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "S or S{VARIABLE}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:253
msgid "Insert the VARIABLE data from _/etc/os-release_. If this file does not exist then fall back to _/usr/lib/os-release_. If the VARIABLE argument is not specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name (see \\s). This escape code can be used to keep _/etc/issue_ distribution and release independent. Note that \\S{ANSI_COLOR} is converted to the real terminal escape sequence."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:254
#, no-wrap
msgid "l"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:256
msgid "Insert the name of the current tty line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:257
#, no-wrap
msgid "m"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:259
msgid "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine. Same as *uname -m*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:260
#, no-wrap
msgid "n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:262
msgid "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as *uname -n*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:263
#, no-wrap
msgid "o"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:265
msgid "Insert the NIS domainname of the machine. Same as *hostname -d*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:266
#, no-wrap
msgid "O"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:268
msgid "Insert the DNS domainname of the machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:269
#, no-wrap
msgid "r"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:271
msgid "Insert the release number of the OS. Same as *uname -r*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "t"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:274
msgid "Insert the current time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:275
#, no-wrap
msgid "u"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:277
msgid "Insert the number of current users logged in."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:278
#, no-wrap
msgid "U"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:280
msgid "Insert the string \"1 user\" or \"<n> users\" where <n> is the number of current users logged in."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:281
#, no-wrap
msgid "v"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:283
msgid "Insert the version of the OS, that is, the build-date and such."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:285
msgid "An example. On my system, the following _/etc/issue_ file:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:288
#, no-wrap
msgid "This is \\n.\\o (\\s \\m \\r) \\t\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:291
msgid "displays as:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "This is thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:298
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/var/run/utmp_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:300
msgid "the system status file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:301
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su_"
msgid "_/etc/issue_"
msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:303
msgid "printed before the login prompt."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:304
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:306
msgid "operating system identification data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:307
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/dev/console_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:309
msgid "problem reports (if *syslog*(3) is not used)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:310
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "_/etc/fstab_"
msgid "_/etc/inittab_"
msgstr "_/etc/fstab_"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:312
#, no-wrap
msgid "*init*(8) configuration file for SysV-style init daemon.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:316
msgid "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that *agetty* be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in call (within 30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, always use the *--extract-baud* option in combination with a multiple baud rate command-line argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:318
msgid "The text in the _/etc/issue_ file (or other) and the login prompt are always output with 7-bit characters and space parity."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:320
msgid "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that the modem emits its status message _after_ raising the DCD line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:324
msgid "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written to the console device or reported via the *syslog*(3) facility. Error messages are produced if the _port_ argument does not specify a terminal device; if there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V only); and so on."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:329
msgid "mailto:werner@suse.de[Werner Fink], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:331
msgid "The original *agetty* for serial terminals was written by mailto:wietse@wzv.win.tue.nl[W.Z. Venema] and ported to Linux by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]."
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993
#. 	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#. 	@(#)mesg.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "mesg(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:46
msgid "mesg - display (or do not display) messages from other users"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mesg* [_option_] [*n*|*y*]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:54
msgid "The *mesg* utility is invoked by a user to control write access others have to the terminal device associated with standard error output. If write access is allowed, then programs such as *talk*(1) and *write*(1) may display messages on the terminal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:56
msgid "Traditionally, write access is allowed by default. However, as users become more conscious of various security risks, there is a trend to remove write access by default, at least for the primary login shell. To make sure your ttys are set the way you want them to be set, *mesg* should be executed in your login scripts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:58
msgid "The *mesg* utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on terminal. In this case execute *mesg* is pointless. The command line option *--verbose* forces mesg to print a warning in this situation. This behaviour has been introduced in version 2.33."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:63
msgid "Disallow messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*y*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:66
msgid "Allow messages to be displayed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:68
msgid "If no arguments are given, *mesg* shows the current message status on standard error output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:79
msgid "The *mesg* utility exits with one of the following values:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:82
msgid "Messages are allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:84
msgid "Messages are not allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*>1*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:86
msgid "An error has occurred."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:90
msgid "_/dev/[pt]ty[pq]?_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:94
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgid "A *mesg* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Příkaz *write* se objevil v AT&T UNIXu verze 6."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*login*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*write*(1),\n"
"*wall*(1),\n"
"*xterm*(1)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#. 	@(#)script.1	6.5 (Berkeley) 7/27/91
#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "script(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:47
msgid "script - make typescript of terminal session"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*script* [options] [_file_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*script* makes a typescript of everything on your terminal session. The terminal data are stored in raw form to the log file and information about timing to another (optional) structured log file. The timing log file is necessary to replay the session later by *scriptreplay*(1) and to store additional information about the session.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:57
msgid "Since version 2.35, *script* supports multiple streams and allows the logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file. This version also supports a new timing file which records additional information. The command *scriptreplay --summary* then provides all the information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:59
msgid "If the argument _file_ or option *--log-out* _file_ is given, *script* saves the dialogue in this _file_. If no filename is given, the dialogue is saved in the file _typescript_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:61
msgid "Note that logging input using *--log-in* or *--log-io* may record security-sensitive information as the log file contains all terminal session input (e.g., passwords) independently of the terminal echo flag setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:65
msgid "Below, the _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:68
msgid "Append the output to _file_ or to _typescript_, retaining the prior contents."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:71
msgid "Run the _command_ rather than an interactive shell. This makes it easy for a script to capture the output of a program that behaves differently when its stdout is not a tty."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-E*, *--echo* _when_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:74
msgid "This option controls the *ECHO* flag for the slave end of the session's pseudoterminal. The supported modes are _always_, _never_, or _auto_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:76
msgid "The default is _auto_ -- in this case, *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal slave; if the current standard input is a terminal, *ECHO* is disabled for it to prevent double echo; if the current standard input is not a terminal (for example pipe: *echo date | script*) then keeping *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal slave enables the standard input data to be viewed on screen while being recorded to session log simultaneously."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:78
msgid "Note that 'never' mode affects content of the session output log, because users input is not repeated on output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:79
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-e*, *--return*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:81
msgid "Return the exit status of the child process. Uses the same format as bash termination on signal termination (i.e., exit status is 128 {plus} the signal number). The exit status of the child process is always stored in the type script file too."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:83
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--flush*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:85
msgid "Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one person does *mkfifo* _foo_; *script -f* _foo_, and another can supervise in real-time what is being done using *cat* _foo_. Note that flush has an impact on performance; it's possible to use *SIGUSR1* to flush logs on demand."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--force*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:88
msgid "Allow the default output file _typescript_ to be a hard or symbolic link. The command will follow a symbolic link."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:89 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:33
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:38
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-B*, *--log-io* _file_"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:91
msgid "Log input and output to the same _file_. Note, this option makes sense only if *--log-timing* is also specified, otherwise it's impossible to separate output and input streams from the log _file_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:92 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:30
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:32
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-I*, *--log-in* _file_"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:94
msgid "Log input to the _file_. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:96
msgid "Use this logging functionality carefully as it logs all input, including input when terminal has disabled echo flag (for example, password inputs)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:97 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--log-out* _file_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:99
msgid "Log output to the _file_. The default is to log output to the file with name _typescript_ if the option *--log-out* or *--log-in* is not given. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:100 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:39
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--log-timing* _file_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:102
msgid "Log timing information to the _file_. Two timing file formats are supported now. The classic format is used when only one stream (input or output) logging is enabled. The multi-stream format is used on *--log-io* or when *--log-in* and *--log-out* are used together. See also *--logging-format*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--logging-format* _format_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:105
msgid "Force use of _advanced_ or _classic_ format. The default is the classic format to log only output and the advanced format when input as well as output logging is requested."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Classic format*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:108
msgid "The log contains two fields, separated by a space. The first field indicates how much time elapsed since the previous output. The second field indicates how many characters were output this time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Advanced (multi-stream) format*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:111
msgid "The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, 'H'eader, 'S'ignal). The second field is how much time elapsed since the previous entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--output-limit* _size_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:114
msgid "Limit the size of the typescript and timing files to _size_ and stop the child process after this size is exceeded. The calculated file size does not include the start and done messages that the *script* command prepends and appends to the child process output. Due to buffering, the resulting output file might be larger than the specified value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:117
msgid "Be quiet (do not write start and done messages to standard output)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*[_file_], *--timing*[=_file_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:120
msgid "Output timing data to standard error, or to _file_ when given. This option is deprecated in favour of *--log-timing* where the _file_ argument is not optional."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:126
msgid "Upon receiving *SIGUSR1*, *script* immediately flushes the output files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:130
msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by *script*:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:131 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:171
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "*SHELL*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:133
msgid "If the variable *SHELL* exists, the shell forked by *script* will be that shell. If *SHELL* is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed. (Most shells set this variable automatically)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:137
msgid "The script ends when the forked shell exits (a _control-D_ for the Bourne shell (*sh*(1p)), and _exit_, _logout_ or _control-d_ (if _ignoreeof_ is not set) for the C-shell, *csh*(1))."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:139
msgid "Certain interactive commands, such as *vi*(1), create garbage in the typescript file. *script* works best with commands that do not manipulate the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy terminal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:141
msgid "It is not recommended to run *script* in non-interactive shells. The inner shell of *script* is always interactive, and this could lead to unexpected results. If you use *script* in the shell initialization file, you have to avoid entering an infinite loop. You can use for example the *.profile* file, which is read by login shells only:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:147
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"if test -t 0 ; then\n"
"    script\n"
"    exit\n"
"fi\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:150
msgid "You should also avoid use of *script* in command pipes, as *script* can read more input than you would expect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The ancestor of this *fstab* file format appeared in 4.0BSD."
msgid "The *script* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
msgstr "Předchůdce formátu souboru *fstab* se objevil v 4.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "*script* places _everything_ in the log file, including linefeeds and backspaces. This is not what the naive user expects.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "*script* is primarily designed for interactive terminal sessions. When stdin is not a terminal (for example: *echo foo | script*), then the session can hang, because the interactive shell within the script session misses EOF and *script* has no clue when to close the session. See the *NOTES* section for more information.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*csh*(1) (for the _history_ mechanism),\n"
"*scriptreplay*(1),\n"
"*scriptlive*(1)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#
#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:2
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "write(1)"
msgid "scriptlive(1)"
msgstr "write(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:13
msgid "scriptlive - re-run session typescripts, using timing information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*scriptlive* [options] [*-t*] _timingfile_ [*-I*|*-B*] _typescript_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:21
msgid "This program re-runs a typescript, using stdin typescript and timing information to ensure that input happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script was recorded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:23
msgid "The *session is executed* in a newly created pseudoterminal with the user's $SHELL (or defaults to _/bin/bash_)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Be careful!* Do not forget that the typescript may contains arbitrary commands. It is recommended to use *\"scriptreplay --stream in --log-in typescript\"* (or with *--log-io* instead of *--log-in*) to verify the typescript before it is executed by *scriptlive*.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:27
msgid "The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--log-timing*. The typescript has to contain stdin information and it is what script1 outputs to file specified by *--log-in* or *--log-io*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:32 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:34
msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal input."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:35 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:40
msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output and input."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:36 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--timing* _file_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:43
msgid "File containing *script*'s timing output. This option overrides old-style arguments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:41
msgid "Aliased to *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) command-line options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:55
msgid "Speed up the replay displaying this _number_ of times. The argument is a floating-point number. It's called divisor because it divides the timings by this factor. This option overrides old-style arguments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:45 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--maxdelay* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:47 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:58
msgid "Set the maximum delay between updates to _number_ of seconds. The argument is a floating-point number. This can be used to avoid long pauses in the typescript replay."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"% script --log-timing file.tm --log-in script.in\n"
"Script started, file is script.out\n"
"% date\n"
"<etc, etc>\n"
"% exit\n"
"Script done, file is script.out\n"
"% scriptlive --log-timing file.tm --log-in script.in\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:70
msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2019 Karel Zak"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:72 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:92
msgid "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:74 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:94
msgid "Released under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*script*(1),\n"
"*scriptreplay*(1)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "scriptreplay(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:13
msgid "scriptreplay - play back typescripts, using timing information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*scriptreplay* [options] [*-t*] _timingfile_ [_typescript_ [_divisor_]]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:21
msgid "This program replays a typescript, using timing information to ensure that output happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script was recorded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:23
msgid "The replay simply displays the information again; the programs that were run when the typescript was being recorded are *not run again*. Since the same information is simply being displayed, *scriptreplay* is only guaranteed to work properly if run on the same type of terminal the typescript was recorded on. Otherwise, any escape characters in the typescript may be interpreted differently by the terminal to which *scriptreplay* is sending its output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:25
msgid "The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--log-timing*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:27
msgid "By default, the typescript to display is assumed to be named _typescript_, but other filenames may be specified, as the second parameter or with option *--log-out*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:29
msgid "If the third parameter or *--divisor* is specified, it is used as a speed-up multiplier. For example, a speed-up of 2 makes *scriptreplay* go twice as fast, and a speed-down of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than the original session."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:37
msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:46
msgid "This is an alias for *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) command-line options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--typescript* _file_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:49
msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output. Deprecated alias to *--log-out*. This option overrides old-style arguments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
msgid "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"
msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:52
msgid "Specifies how to use the CR (0x0D, carriage return) character from log files. The default mode is _auto_, in this case CR is replaced with line break for stdin log, because otherwise *scriptreplay* would overwrite the same line. The other modes are _never_ and _always_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--summary*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:61
msgid "Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file and exit. The session has to be recorded using _advanced_ format (see *script*(1) option *--logging-format* for more details)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--stream* _type_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:64
msgid "Forces *scriptreplay* to print only the specified stream. The supported stream types are _in_, _out_, _signal_, or _info_. This option is recommended for multi-stream logs (e.g., *--log-io*) in order to print only specified data."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"% script --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
"Script started, file is script.out\n"
"% ls\n"
"<etc, etc>\n"
"% exit\n"
"Script done, file is script.out\n"
"% scriptreplay --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:82
msgid "The original *scriptreplay* program was written by mailto:joey@kitenet.net[Joey Hess]. The program was re-written in C by mailto:jay@gnu.org[James Youngman] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:87
msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2008 James Youngman"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:90
msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*script*(1),\n"
"*scriptlive*(1)\n"
msgstr ""

#. Copyright 1990 Gordon Irlam (gordoni@cs.ua.oz.au)
#. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. Copyright 2000 Colin Watson (cjw44@cam.ac.uk)
#. Do not restrict distribution.
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "setterm(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:19
msgid "setterm - set terminal attributes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setterm* [options]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "*setterm* writes to standard output a character string that will invoke the specified terminal capabilities. Where possible _terminfo_ is consulted to find the string to use. Some options however (marked \"virtual consoles only\" below) do not correspond to a *terminfo*(5) capability. In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\" the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix virtual console driver is output. Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:31
msgid "For boolean options (*on* or *off*), the default is *on*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:33
msgid "Below, an _8-color_ can be *black*, *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:35
msgid "A _16-color_ can be an _8-color_, or *grey*, or *bright* followed by *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:37
msgid "The various color options may be set independently, at least on virtual consoles, though the results of setting multiple modes (for example, *--underline* and *--half-bright*) are hardware-dependent."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:39
msgid "The optional arguments are recommended with '=' (equals sign) and not space between the option and the argument. For example --option=argument. *setterm* can interpret the next non-option argument as an optional argument too."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--appcursorkeys* on|off"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:42
msgid "Sets Cursor Key Application Mode on or off. When on, ESC O A, ESC O B, etc. will be sent for the cursor keys instead of ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc. See the _vi and Cursor-Keys_ section of the _Text-Terminal-HOWTO_ for how this can cause problems for *vi* users. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--append* _console_number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:45
msgid "Like *--dump*, but appends to the snapshot file instead of overwriting it. Only works if no *--dump* options are given."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--background* __8-color__|default"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:48
msgid "Sets the background text color."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--blank*[=0-60|force|poke]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:51
msgid "Sets the interval of inactivity, in minutes, after which the screen will be automatically blanked (using APM if available). Without an argument, it gets the blank status (returns which vt was blanked, or zero for an unblanked vt). Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:53
msgid "The *force* argument keeps the screen blank even if a key is pressed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:55
msgid "The *poke* argument unblanks the screen."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--bfreq*[=_number_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:58
msgid "Sets the bell frequency in Hertz. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--blength*[=0-2000]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:61
msgid "Sets the bell duration in milliseconds. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--blink* on|off"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:64
msgid "Turns blink mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--blink off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--bold* on|off"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:67
msgid "urns bold (extra bright) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--bold off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--clear*[=all|rest]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:70
msgid "Without an argument or with the argument *all*, the entire screen is cleared and the cursor is set to the home position, just like *clear*(1) does. With the argument *rest*, the screen is cleared from the current cursor position to the end."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--clrtabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:73
msgid "Clears tab stops from the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range *1-160*. Without arguments, it clears all tab stops. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--cursor* on|off"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:76
msgid "Turns the terminal's cursor on or off."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:77
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*defaults*"
msgid "*--default*"
msgstr "*defaults*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:79
msgid "Sets the terminal's rendering options to the default values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--dump*[=_console_number_]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:82
msgid "Writes a snapshot of the virtual console with the given number to the file specified with the *--file* option, overwriting its contents; the default is _screen.dump_. Without an argument, it dumps the current virtual console. This overrides *--append*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--file* _filename_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:85
msgid "Sets the snapshot file name for any *--dump* or *--append* options on the same command line. If this option is not present, the default is _screen.dump_ in the current directory. A path name that exceeds the system maximum will be truncated, see *PATH_MAX* from _linux/limits.h_ for the value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--foreground* __8-color__|default"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:88
msgid "Sets the foreground text color."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--half-bright* on|off"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:91
msgid "Turns dim (half-brightness) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--half-bright off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--hbcolor* [bright] _16-color_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:94
msgid "Sets the color for half-bright characters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--initialize*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:97
msgid "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--inversescreen* on|off"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:100
msgid "Swaps foreground and background colors for the whole screen."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--linewrap* on|off"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:103
msgid "Makes the terminal continue on a new line when a line is full."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--msg* on|off"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:106
msgid "Enables or disables the sending of kernel *printk*() messages to the console. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--msglevel* 0-8"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:109
msgid "Sets the console logging level for kernel *printk()* messages. All messages strictly more important than this will be printed, so a logging level of *0* has the same effect as *--msg on* and a logging level of *8* will print all kernel messages. *klogd*(8) may be a more convenient interface to the logging of kernel messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:111
msgid "Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--powerdown*[=0-60]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:114
msgid "Sets the VESA powerdown interval in minutes. Without an argument, it defaults to *0* (disable powerdown). If the console is blanked or the monitor is in suspend mode, then the monitor will go into vsync suspend mode or powerdown mode respectively after this period of time has elapsed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--powersave* _mode_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:117
msgid "Valid values for _mode_ are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "*vsync|on*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120
msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA vsync suspend mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hsync*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:122
msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA hsync suspend mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "*powerdown*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:124
msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA powerdown mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:126
msgid "Turns monitor VESA powersaving features."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--regtabs*[=1-160]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:129
msgid "Clears all tab stops, then sets a regular tab stop pattern, with one tab every specified number of positions. Without an argument, it defaults to *8*. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--repeat* on|off"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:132
msgid "Turns keyboard repeat on or off. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:133
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--reset*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:135
msgid "Displays the terminal reset string, which typically resets the terminal to its power-on state."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--resize*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:138
msgid "Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column. This is useful when actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync. Most notable use case is with serial consoles, that do not use *ioctl*(3p) but just byte streams and breaks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--reverse* on|off"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:141
msgid "Turns reverse video mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--reverse off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--store*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:144
msgid "Stores the terminal's current rendering options (foreground and background colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:145
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--tabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:147
msgid "Sets tab stops at the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range *1-160*. Without arguments, it shows the current tab stop settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--term* _terminal_name_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:150
msgid "Overrides the *TERM* environment variable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--ulcolor* [bright] _16-color_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:153
msgid "Sets the color for underlined characters. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--underline* on|off"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:156
msgid "Turns underline mode on or off."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:162
msgid "Since version 2.25 *setterm* has support for long options with two hyphens, for example *--help*, beside the historical long options with a single hyphen, for example *-help*. In scripts it is better to use the backward-compatible single hyphen rather than the double hyphen. Currently there are no plans nor good reasons to discontinue single-hyphen compatibility."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:166
msgid "Differences between the Minix and Linux versions are not documented."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:173
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*stty*(1),\n"
"*tput*(1),\n"
"*tty*(4),\n"
"*terminfo*(5)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)wall.1	6.5 (Berkeley) 4/23/91
#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "wall(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "write - send a message to another user"
msgid "wall - write a message to all users"
msgstr "write - pošle zprávu jinému uživateli"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _timeout_] [*-g* _group_] [_message_ | _file_]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wall* displays a _message_, or the contents of a _file_, or otherwise its standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users. The command will wrap lines that are longer than 79 characters. Short lines are whitespace padded to have 79 characters. The command will always put a carriage return and new line at the end of each line.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:57
msgid "Only the superuser can write on the terminals of users who have chosen to deny messages or are using a program which automatically denies messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:59
msgid "Reading from a _file_ is refused when the invoker is not superuser and the program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:62
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-n*, *--nobanner*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:64
msgid "Suppress the banner."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:67
msgid "Abandon the write attempt to the terminals after _timeout_ seconds. This _timeout_ must be a positive integer. The default value is 300 seconds, which is a legacy from the time when people ran terminals over modem lines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:68
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
msgid "*-g*, *--group* _group_"
msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__skupina__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:70
msgid "Limit printing message to members of group defined as a _group_ argument. The argument can be group name or GID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:76
msgid "Some sessions, such as *wdm*(1x), that have in the beginning of *utmp*(5) ut_type data a ':' character will not get the message from *wall*. This is done to avoid write errors."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgid "A *wall* command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Příkaz *write* se objevil v AT&T UNIXu verze 6."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:87
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*mesg*(1),\n"
#| "*talk*(1),\n"
#| "*who*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*write*(1),\n"
"*shutdown*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
#. 	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
#. Jef Poskanzer and Craig Leres of the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. 	This product includes software developed by the University of
#. 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)write.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "write(1)"
msgstr "write(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:49
msgid "write - send a message to another user"
msgstr "write - pošle zprávu jinému uživateli"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*write* _user_ [_ttyname_]\n"
msgstr "*write* _uživatel_ [_název_TTY_]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*write* allows you to communicate with other users, by copying lines from your terminal to theirs.\n"
msgstr "*write* vám umožňuje komunikovat s ostatními uživateli, pomocí kopírování řádků z vašeho terminálu na jejich.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:57
msgid "When you run the *write* command, the user you are writing to gets a message of the form:"
msgstr "Když spustíte příkaz *write*, uživatel, kterému píšete, dostane zprávu ve formě:"

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "Message from yourname@yourhost on yourtty at hh:mm ...\n"
msgstr "Zpráva od vaše_jméno@váš_počítač na vaše_TTY v hh:mm…\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:63
msgid "Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's terminal. If the other user wants to reply, they must run *write* as well."
msgstr "Každé další napsané řádky se zkopírují na určený uživatelský terminál. Pokud chce druhý uživatel odpovědět, musí také spustit *write*."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:65
msgid "When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character. The other user will see the message *EOF* indicating that the conversation is over."
msgstr "Když chcete skončit, vložte znak konce souboru (end-of-file, tj. CTRL+d) nebo přerušovací znak (CTRL+c). Druhý uživatel uvidí zprávu *EOF* ukazující, že konverzace skončila."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:67
msgid "You can prevent people (other than the superuser) from writing to you with the *mesg*(1) command. Some commands, for example *nroff*(1) and *pr*(1), may automatically disallow writing, so that the output they produce isn't overwritten."
msgstr "Psaní na svůj terminál můžete ostatním lidem (kromě superuživatele) zakázat pomocí příkazu *mesg*(1). Některé příkazy, např. *nroff*(1) a *pr*(1), mohou výpisy zakazovat automaticky, takže výstup, který vytváří, nebude zprávou přepsán."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:69
msgid "If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, you can specify which terminal to write to by giving the terminal name as the second operand to the *write* command. Alternatively, you can let *write* select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the shortest idle time. This is so that if the user is logged in at work and also dialed up from home, the message will go to the right place."
msgstr "Pokud je uživatel, kterému chcete psát, přihlášen na více terminálech, můžete určit, na který terminál se bude psát zadáním jména terminálu jako druhého parametru za příkazem *write*. Můžete také nechat program *write* vybrat jeden z terminálů - vybere se ten s nejkratší dobou nečinnosti. Pokud je tedy uživatel přihlášen v práci a zároveň je připojen z domova, zpráva dojde na správný terminál."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:71
msgid "The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string _-o_, either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the other person's turn to talk. The string _oo_ means that the person believes the conversation to be over."
msgstr "Tradiční dohoda při psaní je, že značka _-o_, buď na konci řádku nebo na vlastním řádku, znamená, že je řada na druhé osobě. Znaky _oo_ znamenají, že osoba předpokládá, že konverzace skončila."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:79
msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Příkaz *write* se objevil v AT&T UNIXu verze 6."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
#. Michael Rendell.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)col.1	6.8 (Berkeley) 6/17/91
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "col(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:49
msgid "col - filter reverse line feeds from input"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*col* _options_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*col* filters out reverse (and half-reverse) line feeds so the output is in the correct order, with only forward and half-forward line feeds. It also replaces any whitespace characters with tabs where possible. This can be useful in processing the output of *nroff*(1) and *tbl*(1).\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*col* reads from standard input and writes to standard output.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--no-backspaces*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:64
msgid "Do not output any backspaces, printing only the last character written to each column position."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:65
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--fine*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:67
msgid "Permit half-forward line feeds. Normally characters destined for a half-line boundary are printed on the following line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:68
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-h*, *--tabs*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:70
msgid "Output tabs instead of multiple spaces."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--lines* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:73
msgid "Buffer at least _number_ lines in memory. By default, 128 lines are buffered."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:74
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-p*, *--pass*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:76
msgid "Force unknown control sequences to be passed through unchanged. Normally *col* will filter out any control sequences other than those recognized and interpreted by itself, which are listed below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:77
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-x*, *--spaces*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:79
msgid "Output multiple spaces instead of tabs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:85
msgid "The *col* utility conforms to the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2. The *-l* option is an extension to the standard."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:89
msgid "The control sequences for carriage motion that *col* understands and their decimal values are listed in the following table:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ESC-7*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:92
msgid "reverse line feed (escape then 7)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ESC-8*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:94
msgid "half reverse line feed (escape then 8)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ESC-9*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:96
msgid "half forward line feed (escape then 9)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*backspace*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:98
msgid "moves back one column (8); ignored in the first column"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*newline*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:100
msgid "forward line feed (10); also does carriage return"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*carriage return*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:102
msgid "(13)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "*shift in*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:104
msgid "shift to normal character set (15)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*shift out*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:106
msgid "shift to alternate character set (14)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "*space*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:108
msgid "moves forward one column (32)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tab*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110
msgid "moves forward to next tab stop (9)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "*vertical tab*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:112
msgid "reverse line feed (11)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:114
msgid "All unrecognized control characters and escape sequences are discarded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "*col* keeps track of the character set as characters are read and makes sure the character set is correct when they are output.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:118
msgid "If the input attempts to back up to the last flushed line, *col* will display a warning message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:122
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgid "A *col* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Příkaz *write* se objevil v AT&T UNIXu verze 6."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:128
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*mesg*(1),\n"
#| "*talk*(1),\n"
#| "*who*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*expand*(1),\n"
"*nroff*(1),\n"
"*tbl*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
#. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)colcrt.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/30/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "colcrt(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:47
msgid "colcrt - filter nroff output for CRT previewing"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*colcrt* [options] [_file_ ...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*colcrt* provides virtual half-line and reverse line feed sequences for terminals without such capability, and on which overstriking is destructive. Half-line characters and underlining (changed to dashing `-') are placed on new lines in between the normal output lines.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-*, *--no-underlining*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:60
msgid "Suppress all underlining. This option is especially useful for previewing _allboxed_ tables from *tbl*(1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-2*, *--half-lines*"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:63
msgid "Causes all half-lines to be printed, effectively double spacing the output. Normally, a minimal space output format is used which will suppress empty lines. The program never suppresses two consecutive empty lines, however. The *-2* option is useful for sending output to the line printer when the output contains superscripts and subscripts which would otherwise be partially invisible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:69
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The ancestor of this *fstab* file format appeared in 4.0BSD."
msgid "The *colcrt* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
msgstr "Předchůdce formátu souboru *fstab* se objevil v 4.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:73
msgid "Should fold underlines onto blanks even with the *-* option so that a true underline character would show."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:75
msgid "Can't back up more than 102 lines."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:78
msgid "General overstriking is lost; as a special case '|' overstruck with '-' or underline becomes '{plus}'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:80
msgid "Lines are trimmed to 132 characters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:82
msgid "Some provision should be made for processing superscripts and subscripts in documents which are already double-spaced."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:86
msgid "A typical use of *colcrt* would be:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tbl exum2.n | nroff -ms | colcrt - | more*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*col*(1),\n"
"*more*(1),\n"
"*nroff*(1),\n"
"*troff*(1),\n"
"*ul*(1)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)colrm.1	6.6 (Berkeley) 3/14/91
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "colrm(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:46
msgid "colrm - remove columns from a file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*colrm* _[first [last]]_\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*colrm* removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from standard input. Output is sent to standard output.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:56
msgid "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed starting with the specified _first_ column. If called with two parameters the columns from the _first_ column to the _last_ column will be removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:58
msgid "Column numbering starts with column 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:66
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The ancestor of this *fstab* file format appeared in 4.0BSD."
msgid "The *colrm* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
msgstr "Předchůdce formátu souboru *fstab* se objevil v 4.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*awk*(1p),\n"
"*column*(1),\n"
"*expand*(1),\n"
"*paste*(1)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
#. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)column.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "column(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:46
msgid "column - columnate lists"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*column* [options] [_file_ ...]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:54
msgid "The *column* utility formats its input into multiple columns. The util support three modes:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "*columns are filled before rows*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:57
msgid "This is the default mode (required by backward compatibility)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rows are filled before columns*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:60
msgid "This mode is enabled by option *-x, --fillrows*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*table*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:63
msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. This mode is enabled by option *-t, --table* and columns formatting is possible to modify by *--table-** options. Use this mode if not sure. The output is aligned to the terminal width in interactive mode and the 80 columns in non-interactive mode (see *--output-width* for more details)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:65
msgid "Input is taken from _file_, or otherwise from standard input. Empty lines are ignored and all invalid multibyte sequences are encoded by x<hex> convention."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:69
msgid "The argument _columns_ for *--table-** options is a comma separated list of the column names as defined by *--table-columns* or it's column number in order as specified by input. It's possible to mix names and numbers. The special placeholder '0' (e.g. -R0) may be used to specify all columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-J, --json*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:72
msgid "Use JSON output format to print the table, the option *--table-columns* is required and the option *--table-name* is recommended."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c, --output-width* _width_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:75
msgid "Output is formatted to a width specified as number of characters. The original name of this option is *--columns*; this name is deprecated since v2.30. Note that input longer than _width_ is not truncated by default. The default is a terminal width and the 80 columns in non-interactive mode. The column headers are never truncated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d, --table-noheadings*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:78
msgid "Do not print header. This option allows the use of logical column names on the command line, but keeps the header hidden when printing the table."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o, --output-separator* _string_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:81
msgid "Specify the columns delimiter for table output (default is two spaces)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s, --separator* _separators_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:84
msgid "Specify the possible input item delimiters (default is whitespace)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t, --table*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:87
msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters supplied using the *--output-separator* option. Table output is useful for pretty-printing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N, --table-columns* _names_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:90
msgid "Specify the columns names by comma separated list of names. The names are used for the table header or to address column in option arguments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l, --table-columns-limit* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:93
msgid "Specify maximal number of the input columns. The last column will contain all remaining line data if the limit is smaller than the number of the columns in the input data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-R, --table-right* _columns_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:96
msgid "Right align text in the specified columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T, --table-truncate* _columns_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:99
msgid "Specify columns where text can be truncated when necessary, otherwise very long table entries may be printed on multiple lines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-E, --table-noextreme* _columns_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:102
msgid "Specify columns where is possible to ignore unusually long (longer than average) cells when calculate column width. The option has impact to the width calculation and table formatting, but the printed text is not affected."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:104
msgid "The option is used for the last visible column by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e, --table-header-repeat*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:107
msgid "Print header line for each page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-W, --table-wrap* _columns_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:110
msgid "Specify columns where is possible to use multi-line cell for long text when necessary."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-H, --table-hide* _columns_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:113
msgid "Don't print specified columns. The special placeholder '-' may be used to hide all unnamed columns (see *--table-columns*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O, --table-order* _columns_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:116
msgid "Specify columns order on output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n, --table-name* _name_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:119
msgid "Specify the table name used for JSON output. The default is \"table\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L, --keep-empty-lines*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:122
msgid "Preserve whitespace-only lines in the input. The default is ignore empty lines at all. This option's original name was *--table-empty-lines* but is now deprecated because it gives the false impression that the option only applies to table mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r, --tree* _column_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:125
msgid "Specify column to use tree-like output. Note that the circular dependencies and other anomalies in child and parent relation are silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:126
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i, --tree-id* _column_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:128
msgid "Specify column with line ID to create child-parent relation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:129
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p, --tree-parent* _column_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:131
msgid "Specify column with parent ID to create child-parent relation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:132
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x, --fillrows*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:134
msgid "Fill rows before filling columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:140
msgid "The environment variable *COLUMNS* is used to determine the size of the screen if no other information is available."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:144
msgid "The *column* command appeared in 4.3BSD-Reno."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:148
msgid "Version 2.23 changed the *-s* option to be non-greedy, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "printf \"a:b:c\\n1::3\\n\" | column -t -s ':'\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:154
msgid "Old output:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:158
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"a  b  c\n"
"1  3\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:161
msgid "New output (since util-linux 2.23):"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:165
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"a  b  c\n"
"1     3\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:168
msgid "Historical versions of this tool indicated that \"rows are filled before columns\" by default, and that the *-x* option reverses this. This wording did not reflect the actual behavior, and it has since been corrected (see above). Other implementations of *column* may continue to use the older documentation, but the behavior should be identical in any case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:172
msgid "Print fstab with header line and align number to the right:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:175
#, no-wrap
msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:178
msgid "Print fstab and hide unnamed columns:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide -\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:184
msgid "Print a tree:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:192
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"echo -e '1 0 A\\n2 1 AA\\n3 1 AB\\n4 2 AAA\\n5 2 AAB' | column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3\n"
"1  0  A\n"
"2  1  |-AA\n"
"4  2  | |-AAA\n"
"5  2  | `-AAB\n"
"3  1  `-AB\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:200
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*mesg*(1),\n"
#| "*talk*(1),\n"
#| "*who*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*colrm*(1),\n"
"*ls*(1),\n"
"*paste*(1),\n"
"*sort*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
#. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#. 	@(#)hexdump.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "hexdump(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:48
msgid "hexdump - display file contents in hexadecimal, decimal, octal, or ascii"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hexdump* _options file_ ...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hd* _options file_ ...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:56
msgid "The *hexdump* utility is a filter which displays the specified files, or standard input if no files are specified, in a user-specified format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:60
msgid "Below, the _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--one-byte-octal*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:63
msgid "_One-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, zero-filled bytes of input data, in octal, per line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:66
msgid "_One-byte character display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, space-filled characters of input data per line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:67
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-C*, *--canonical*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} and {underscore} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:69
msgid "_Canonical hex{plus}ASCII display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, two-column, hexadecimal bytes, followed by the same sixteen bytes in *%{underscore}p* format enclosed in *|* characters. Invoking the program as *hd* implies this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-d*, *--two-bytes-decimal*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:73
msgid "_Two-byte decimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, five-column, zero-filled, two-byte units of input data, in unsigned decimal, per line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--format* _format_string_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:76
msgid "Specify a format string to be used for displaying data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:77
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--format-file* _file_"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:79
msgid "Specify a file that contains one or more newline-separated format strings. Empty lines and lines whose first non-blank character is a hash mark (#) are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:82
msgid "Accept color units for the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *Colors* subsection and the *COLORS* section below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--length* _length_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:85
msgid "Interpret only _length_ bytes of input."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--two-bytes-octal*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:88
msgid "_Two-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, six-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of input data, in octal, per line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:89
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
msgid "*-s*, *--skip* _offset_"
msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:91
msgid "Skip _offset_ bytes from the beginning of the input."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:92
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-v*, *--no-squeezing*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:94
msgid "The *-v* option causes *hexdump* to display all input data. Without the *-v* option, any number of groups of output lines which would be identical to the immediately preceding group of output lines (except for the input offsets), are replaced with a line comprised of a single asterisk."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:95
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-x*, *--two-bytes-hex*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:97
msgid "_Two-byte hexadecimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, four-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of input data, in hexadecimal, per line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:101
msgid "For each input file, *hexdump* sequentially copies the input to standard output, transforming the data according to the format strings specified by the *-e* and *-f* options, in the order that they were specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ==
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "FORMATS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:105
msgid "A format string contains any number of format units, separated by whitespace. A format unit contains up to three items: an iteration count, a byte count, and a format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:107
msgid "The iteration count is an optional positive integer, which defaults to one. Each format is applied iteration count times."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:109
msgid "The byte count is an optional positive integer. If specified it defines the number of bytes to be interpreted by each iteration of the format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:111
msgid "If an iteration count and/or a byte count is specified, a single slash must be placed after the iteration count and/or before the byte count to disambiguate them. Any whitespace before or after the slash is ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:113
msgid "The format is required and must be surrounded by double quote (\" \") marks. It is interpreted as a fprintf-style format string (see *fprintf*(3)), with the following exceptions:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:114
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "1"
msgid "1."
msgstr "1"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:116
msgid "An asterisk (*) may not be used as a field width or precision."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "2."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:119
msgid "A byte count or field precision _is_ required for each *s* conversion character (unlike the *fprintf*(3) default which prints the entire string if the precision is unspecified)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "3."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:122
msgid "The conversion characters *h*, *l*, *n*, *p*, and *q* are not supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "4."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:125
msgid "The single character escape sequences described in the C standard are supported:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|NULL |\\0\n"
"|<alert character> |\\a\n"
"|<backspace> |\\b\n"
"|<form-feed> |\\f\n"
"|<newline> |\\n\n"
"|<carriage return> |\\r\n"
"|<tab> |\\t\n"
"|<vertical tab> |\\v\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "Conversion strings"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:142
msgid "The *hexdump* utility also supports the following additional conversion strings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:143
#, no-wrap
msgid "*_a[dox]*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:145
msgid "Display the input offset, cumulative across input files, of the next byte to be displayed. The appended characters *d*, *o*, and *x* specify the display base as decimal, octal or hexadecimal respectively."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "*_A[dox]*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:148
msgid "Almost identical to the *_a* conversion string except that it is only performed once, when all of the input data has been processed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "*_c*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:151
msgid "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are displayed in three-character, zero-padded octal, except for those representable by standard escape notation (see above), which are displayed as two-character strings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "*_p*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:154
msgid "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are displayed as a single '*.*'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "*_u*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:157
msgid "Output US ASCII characters, with the exception that control characters are displayed using the following, lower-case, names. Characters greater than 0xff, hexadecimal, are displayed as hexadecimal strings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Table
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|000 nul |001 soh |002 stx |003 etx |004 eot |005 enq\n"
"|006 ack |007 bel |008 bs |009 ht |00A lf |00B vt\n"
"|00C ff |00D cr |00E so |00F si |010 dle |011 dc1\n"
"|012 dc2 |013 dc3 |014 dc4 |015 nak |016 syn |017 etb\n"
"|018 can |019 em |01A sub |01B esc |01C fs |01D gs\n"
"|01E rs |01F us |0FF del | | |\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:172
msgid "When put at the end of a format specifier, *hexdump* highlights the respective string with the color specified. Conditions, if present, are evaluated prior to highlighting."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "*_L[color_unit_1,color_unit_2,...,color_unit_n]*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:176
msgid "The full syntax of a color unit is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "*[!]COLOR[:VALUE][@OFFSET_START[-END]]*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:179
#, no-wrap
msgid "*!*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:181
msgid "Negate the condition. Please note that it only makes sense to negate a unit if both a value/string and an offset are specified. In that case the respective output string will be highlighted if and only if the value/string does not match the one at the offset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:182
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "COLORS"
msgid "*COLOR*"
msgstr "BARVY"

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:184
msgid "One of the 8 basic shell colors."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:185
#, no-wrap
msgid "*VALUE*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:187
msgid "A value to be matched specified in hexadecimal, or octal base, or as a string. Please note that the usual C escape sequences are not interpreted by *hexdump* inside the color_units."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "*OFFSET*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:190
msgid "An offset or an offset range at which to check for a match. Please note that lone OFFSET_START uses the same value as END offset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Title ===
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:191
#, no-wrap
msgid "Counters"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:194
msgid "The default and supported byte counts for the conversion characters are as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:195
#, no-wrap
msgid "*%_c*, *%_p*, *%_u*, *%c*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:197
msgid "One byte counts only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:198
#, no-wrap
msgid "*%d*, *%i*, *%o*, *%u*, *%X*, *%x*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:200
msgid "Four byte default, one, two and four byte counts supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:201
#, no-wrap
msgid "*%E*, *%e*, *%f*, *%G*, *%g*"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:203
msgid "Eight byte default, four byte counts supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:205
msgid "The amount of data interpreted by each format string is the sum of the data required by each format unit, which is the iteration count times the byte count, or the iteration count times the number of bytes required by the format if the byte count is not specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:207
msgid "The input is manipulated in _blocks_, where a block is defined as the largest amount of data specified by any format string. Format strings interpreting less than an input block's worth of data, whose last format unit both interprets some number of bytes and does not have a specified iteration count, have the iteration count incremented until the entire input block has been processed or there is not enough data remaining in the block to satisfy the format string."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:209
msgid "If, either as a result of user specification or *hexdump* modifying the iteration count as described above, an iteration count is greater than one, no trailing whitespace characters are output during the last iteration."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:211
msgid "It is an error to specify a byte count as well as multiple conversion characters or strings unless all but one of the conversion characters or strings is *_a* or *_A*."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:213
msgid "If, as a result of the specification of the *-n* option or end-of-file being reached, input data only partially satisfies a format string, the input block is zero-padded sufficiently to display all available data (i.e., any format units overlapping the end of data will display some number of the zero bytes)."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:216
msgid "Further output by such format strings is replaced by an equivalent number of spaces. An equivalent number of spaces is defined as the number of spaces output by an *s* conversion character with the same field width and precision as the original conversion character or conversion string but with any '*{plus}*', ' ', '*#*' conversion flag characters removed, and referencing a NULL string."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:218
msgid "If no format strings are specified, the default display is very similar to the *-x* output format (the *-x* option causes more space to be used between format units than in the default output)."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hexdump* exits 0 on success and > 0 if an error occurred.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:226
msgid "The *hexdump* utility is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") compatible."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:230
msgid "Display the input in perusal format:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:235
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"   \"%06.6_ao \"  12/1 \"%3_u \"\n"
"   \"\\t\" \"%_p \"\n"
"   \"\\n\"\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:238
msgid "Implement the *-x* option:"
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:242
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"   \"%07.7_Ax\\n\"\n"
"   \"%07.7_ax  \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\n\"\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:245
msgid "MBR Boot Signature example: Highlight the addresses cyan and the bytes at offsets 510 and 511 green if their value is 0xAA55, red otherwise."
msgstr ""

#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:249
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"   \"%07.7_Ax_L[cyan]\\n\"\n"
"   \"%07.7_ax_L[cyan]  \" 8/2 \"   %04x_L[green:0xAA55@510-511,!red:0xAA55@510-511] \" \"\\n\"\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#
#.  This page is in the public domain
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:3
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "write(1)"
msgid "line(1)"
msgstr "write(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:13
msgid "line - read one line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*line*\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:21
msgid "The utility *line* copies one line (up to a newline) from standard input to standard output. It always prints at least a newline and returns an exit status of 1 on EOF or read error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "*read*(1p)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1988, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
#. Copyright (c) 1988 Mark Nudleman
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#.    This product includes software developed by the University of
#.    California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#. @(#)more.1	5.15 (Berkeley) 7/29/91
#. Copyright (c) 1992 Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:39
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "write(1)"
msgid "more(1)"
msgstr "write(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:49
msgid "more - file perusal filter for crt viewing"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*more* [options] _file_ ...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "*more* is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time. This version is especially primitive. Users should realize that *less*(1) provides *more*(1) emulation plus extensive enhancements.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:61
msgid "Options are also taken from the environment variable *MORE* (make sure to precede them with a dash (*-*)) but command-line options will override those."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:62
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-d*, *--silent*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:64
msgid "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\", and display \"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is pressed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:65
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
msgid "*-l*, *--logical*"
msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:67
msgid "Do not pause after any line containing a *^L* (form feed)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:68
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-e*, *--exit-on-eof*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:70
msgid "Exit on End-Of-File, enabled by default if not executed on terminal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:71
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-f*, *--no-pause*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:73
msgid "Count logical lines, rather than screen lines (i.e., long lines are not folded)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:74
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-p*, *--print-over*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:76
msgid "Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text. Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the executable is named *page*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:77
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgid "*-c*, *--clean-print*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:79
msgid "Do not scroll. Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the remainder of each line as it is displayed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:80
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-s*, *--squeeze*"
msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:82
msgid "Squeeze multiple blank lines into one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:83
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
msgid "*-u*, *--plain*"
msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:85
msgid "Suppress underlining. This option is silently ignored as backwards compatibility."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--lines* _number_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:88
msgid "Specify the _number_ of lines per screenful. The _number_ argument is a positive decimal integer. The *--lines* option shall override any values obtained from any other source, such as number of lines reported by terminal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:89 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "**-**__number__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:91
msgid "A numeric option means the same as *--lines* option argument."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:92 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "**+**__number__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:94
msgid "Start displaying each file at line _number_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "**+**/__string__"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:97
msgid "The _string_ to be searched in each file before starting to display it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:103
msgid "Interactive commands for *more* are based on *vi*(1). Some commands may be preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below. In the following descriptions, *^X* means *control-X*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*h* or *?*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:106
msgid "Help; display a summary of these commands. If you forget all other commands, remember this one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "*SPACE*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:109
msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "*z*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:112
msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size. Argument becomes new default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "*RETURN*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:115
msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to 1. Argument becomes new default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "*d* or *^D*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:118
msgid "Scroll k lines. Default is current scroll size, initially 11. Argument becomes new default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "*q* or *Q* or *INTERRUPT*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:121
msgid "Exit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:124
msgid "Skip forward k lines of text. Defaults to 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "*f*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:127
msgid "Skip forward k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "*b* or *^B*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:130
msgid "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1. Only works with files, not pipes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "*'*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:133
msgid "Go to the place where the last search started."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "*=*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:136
msgid "Display current line number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "*/pattern*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:139
msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression. Defaults to 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:142
msgid "Search for kth occurrence of last regular expression. Defaults to 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:143
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
msgid "*!command* or *:!command*"
msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:145
msgid "Execute _command_ in a subshell."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "*v*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:148
msgid "Start up an editor at current line. The editor is taken from the environment variable *VISUAL* if defined, or *EDITOR* if *VISUAL* is not defined, or defaults to *vi*(1) if neither *VISUAL* nor *EDITOR* is defined."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "*^L*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:151
msgid "Redraw screen."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "*:n*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:154
msgid "Go to kth next file. Defaults to 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "*:p*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:157
msgid "Go to kth previous file. Defaults to 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "*:f*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:160
msgid "Display current file name and line number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:161
#, no-wrap
msgid "*.*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:163
msgid "Repeat previous command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:167
msgid "The *more* command respects the following environment variables, if they exist:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:168
#, no-wrap
msgid "*MORE*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:170
msgid "This variable may be set with favored options to *more*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:173
msgid "Current shell in use (normally set by the shell at login time)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:174 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:133
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "*TERM*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:176
msgid "The terminal type used by *more* to get the terminal characteristics necessary to manipulate the screen."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:177
#, no-wrap
msgid "*VISUAL*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:179
msgid "The editor the user prefers. Invoked when command key _v_ is pressed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:182
msgid "The editor of choice when *VISUAL* is not specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:186
msgid "The *more* command appeared in 3.0BSD. This man page documents *more* version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux community. Documentation was produced using several other versions of the man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:190
msgid "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:192
msgid "Modified by Geoff Peck, UCB to add underlining, single spacing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:194
msgid "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:199
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "*mesg*(1),\n"
#| "*talk*(1),\n"
#| "*who*(1)\n"
msgid ""
"*less*(1),\n"
"*vi*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
"*mesg*(1),\n"
"*talk*(1),\n"
"*who*(1)\n"

#.  Copyright 2001 Gunnar Ritter
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:3
#, no-wrap
msgid "pg(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:13
msgid "pg - browse pagewise through text files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*pg* *-*_amount_ *-p* _prompt_ *-cefnrs* +line +/pattern/ file_ ...\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "*pg* displays a text file on a CRT one screenful at once. After each page, a prompt is displayed. The user may then either press the newline key to view the next page or one of the keys described below.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:23
msgid "If no filename is given on the command line, *pg* reads from standard input. If standard output is not a terminal, *pg* acts like *cat*(1) but precedes each file with its name if there is more than one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:25
msgid "If input comes from a pipe, *pg* stores the data in a buffer file while reading, to make navigation possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "*pg* accepts the following options:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:32
msgid "Start at the given line number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "**+/**__pattern__*/*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:35
msgid "Start at the line containing the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ given."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:38
msgid "The number of lines per page. By default, this is the number of CRT lines minus one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:41
msgid "Clear the screen before a page is displayed, if the terminfo entry for the terminal provides this capability."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:44
msgid "Do not pause and display _(EOF)_ at the end of a file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:47
msgid "Do not split long lines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:50
msgid "Without this option, commands must be terminated by a newline character."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:52
msgid "With this option, *pg* advances once a command letter is entered."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p* _string_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:55
msgid "Instead of the normal prompt _:_, _string_ is displayed. If _string_ contains *%d*, its first occurrence is replaced by the number of the current page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:58
msgid "Disallow the shell escape."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:61
msgid "Print messages in _standout_ mode, if the terminfo entry for the terminal provides this capability."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:67
msgid "The following commands may be entered at the prompt. Commands preceded by _i_ in this document accept a number as argument, positive or negative. If this argument starts with *+* or *-*, it is interpreted relative to the current position in the input file, otherwise relative to the beginning."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**<Enter>**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:70
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Display help text and exit."
msgid "Display the next or the indicated page."
msgstr "Zobrazí text nápovědy a skončí."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**d** or *^D*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:73
msgid "Display the next halfpage. If _i_ is given, it is always interpreted relative to the current position."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**l**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:76
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Display help text and exit."
msgid "Display the next or the indicated line."
msgstr "Zobrazí text nápovědy a skončí."

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**f**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:79
msgid "Skip a page forward. _i_ must be a positive number and is always interpreted relative to the current position."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**w** or __i__**z**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:82
msgid "As *<Enter>* except that _i_ becomes the new page size."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*.* or *^L*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:85
msgid "Redraw the screen."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*$*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:88
msgid "Advance to the last line of the input file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**/**__pattern__**/**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:91
msgid "Search forward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts after the current page and stops at the end of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a positive number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**?**__pattern__**?** or __i__**^**__pattern__**^**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:94
msgid "Search backward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts before the current page and stops at the beginning of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a positive number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:96
msgid "The search commands accept an added letter. If *t* is given, the line containing the pattern is displayed at the top of the screen, which is the default. *m* selects the middle and *b* the bottom of the screen. The selected position is used in following searches, too."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**n**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:99
msgid "Advance to the next file or _i_ files forward."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**p**"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:102
msgid "Reread the previous file or _i_ files backward."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "*s* _filename_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:105
msgid "Save the current file to the given _filename_."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:108
msgid "Display a command summary."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:109
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
msgid "**!**__command__"
msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__příkaz__"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:111
msgid "Execute _command_ using the shell."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "*q* or *Q*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:114
msgid "Quit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:116
msgid "If the user presses the interrupt or quit key while *pg* reads from the input file or writes on the terminal, *pg* will immediately display the prompt. In all other situations these keys will terminate *pg*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:120
msgid "The following environment variables affect the behavior of *pg*:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "*COLUMNS*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:123
msgid "Overrides the system-supplied number of columns if set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LANG*, *LC_ALL*, *LC_COLLATE*, *LC_CTYPE*, *LC_MESSAGES*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:126
msgid "See *locale*(7)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LINES*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:129
msgid "Overrides the system-supplied number of lines if set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:132
msgid "Used by the *!* command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:135
msgid "Determines the terminal type."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "*pg* expects the terminal tabulators to be set every eight positions.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:141
msgid "Files that include NUL characters cannot be displayed by *pg*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*cat*(1),\n"
"*more*(1),\n"
"*sh*(1p),\n"
"*terminfo*(5),\n"
"*locale*(7),\n"
"*regex*(7),\n"
"*term*(7)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1985, 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
#. All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#. 	@(#)rev.1	6.3 (Berkeley) 3/21/92
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "rev(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:46
msgid "rev - reverse lines characterwise"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rev* [option] [_file_...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:54
msgid "The *rev* utility copies the specified files to standard output, reversing the order of characters in every line. If no files are specified, standard input is read."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:56
msgid "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated buffer for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without line breaks then allocating the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tac*(1)\n"
msgstr ""

#
#
#
#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
#. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
#. are met:
#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
#.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
#.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
#.    must display the following acknowledgement:
#. This product includes software developed by the University of
#. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
#.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
#.    without specific prior written permission.
#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
#. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
#. SUCH DAMAGE.
#.     @(#)ul.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
#. type: Title =
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "ul(1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:46
msgid "ul - do underlining"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
msgid "*ul* [options] [_file_...]\n"
msgstr "*su* [přepínače] [*-*] [_uživatel_ [_argument_…]]\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ul* reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment variable *TERM*. The _terminfo_ database is read to determine the appropriate sequences for underlining. If the terminal is incapable of underlining but is capable of a standout mode, then that is used instead. If the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining automatically, *ul* degenerates to *cat*(1). If the terminal cannot underline, underlining is ignored.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
msgid "*-i*, *--indicated*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:59
msgid "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes `-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is present in an *nroff* output stream on a crt-terminal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *-T*, *--terminal* _terminal_"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
msgid "Override the environment variable *TERM* with the specified _terminal_ type."
msgstr "vyčistí všechny proměnné prostředí kromě *TERM* a proměnných zadaných v *--whitelist-environment*"

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:68
msgid "The following environment variable is used:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:71
msgid "The *TERM* variable is used to relate a tty device with its device capability description (see *terminfo*(5)). *TERM* is set at login time, either by the default terminal type specified in _/etc/ttys_ or as set during the login process by the user in their _login_ file (see *setenv*(3))."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:75
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The ancestor of this *fstab* file format appeared in 4.0BSD."
msgid "The *ul* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
msgstr "Předchůdce formátu souboru *fstab* se objevil v 4.0BSD."

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nroff* usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed with the text to indicate underlining. No attempt is made to optimize the backward motion.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*colcrt*(1),\n"
"*login*(1),\n"
"*man*(1),\n"
"*nroff*(1),\n"
"*setenv*(3),\n"
"*terminfo*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
